Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

power+object

  • 1 Object file

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > Object file

  • 2 обектив

    object-glass, lens, objective
    * * *
    обектѝв,
    м., -и, (два) обектѝва опт. object-glass, lens, objective (и прен.); \обектив с голяма светлосила high-power objective; \обектив с малка светлосила low-power objective; \обектив с променливо фокусно разстояние objective with variable focal length, zoom lens; широкоъгълен \обектив wide-angle lens.
    * * *
    lens
    * * *
    object-glass, lens, objective

    Български-английски речник > обектив

  • 3 sua

    sŭus, a, um (old form sos, sa, sum; dat. plur. sis, Enn. ap. Fest. p. 301 Mull.; acc. sas. id. ib. p. 325 ib.; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 47; Schol. Pers. 1, 108; sing. sam for suam, Fest. p. 47 Mull.;

    so for suo, C. I. L. 5, 2007. In ante-class. verse su- with the following vowel freq. forms one syllable,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 48; id. Ps. 1, 3, 5; Ter. And. 1, 1, 68; Lucr. 1, 1022; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 189 sqq.), pron. poss., 3 d pers. [root SVA-; Sanscr. sva, own; cf. sui; Gr. seWo-, whence sphe, etc., and he; cf. heos], of or belonging to himself, herself, etc.; his own, her own, etc.; his, her, its, their; one ' s; hers, theirs.
    I.
    Ordinary possessive use his, etc. (cf. the similar use of the pers. pron. sui, q. v.).
    A.
    With antecedent in the same sentence.
    1.
    The antecedent a subject-nominative, expressed or understood.
    (α).
    His:

    Caesar copias suas divisit,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 97:

    ille in sua sententia perseverat,

    id. ib. 1, 72:

    tantam habebat suarum rerum fiduciam,

    id. ib. 2, 37:

    cum sceleris sui socios Romae reliquisset,

    Cic. Cat. 3, 1, 3:

    cur ego non ignoscam si anteposuit suam salutem meae?

    id. Pis. 32, 79; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Mil. 10, 27; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:

    Hanno praefecturam ejus (i.e. Muttinis) filio suo (Hannonis) dedit,

    Liv. 26, 40, 7:

    imperat princeps civibus suis,

    Sen. Clem. 1, 16, 2:

    nemo rem suam emit,

    id. Ben. 7, 4, 8.—
    (β).
    Her:

    mea Glycerium suos parentes repperit,

    Ter. And. 5, 6, 5:

    utinam haec ignoraret suum patrem,

    id. Phorm. 5, 6, 34:

    si nunc facere volt era officium suom,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 72:

    ne eadem mulier cum suo conjuge honestissimum adulescentem oppressisse videatur,

    Cic. Cael. 32, 78:

    si omnibus suis copiis excellentem virum res publica armasset,

    id. Phil. 13, 16, 32.—
    (γ).
    Its:

    omne animal, simul et ortum est, et se ipsum et omnes partes suas diligit,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 11, 33:

    cum mea domus ardore suo deflagrationem Italiae toti minaretur,

    id. Planc. 40, 95.—
    (δ).
    Their: (legiones) si consulem suum reliquerunt, vituperandae sunt Cic. Phil. 5, 2, 4:

    mittent aliquem de suo numero,

    id. ib. 11, 10, 25:

    rationem illi sententiae suae non fere reddebant,

    id. Tusc. 1, 17, 38:

    qui agellos suos redimere a piratis solebant,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 37, § 85:

    edicunt ut ad suum vestitum senatores redirent,

    id. Sest. 14, 32:

    suis finibus eos prohibent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 1: Allobrogibus sese persuasuros existimabant ut per suos (Allobrogum) fines eos (Helvetios) ire paterentur, id. id. 1, 6;

    and distributively: ac naves onerariae LXIII. in portu expugnatae, quaedam cum suis oneribus, frumento, armis, aere, etc.,

    some with their several cargoes, Liv. 26, 47, 9.—
    2.
    With a subject-clause as antecedent:

    id sua sponte apparebat tuta celeribus consiliis praepositurum,

    was selfevident, Liv. 22, 38, 13:

    ad id quod sua sponte satis collectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,

    id. 3, 62, 1:

    secutum tamen sua sponte est ut vilior ob ea regi Hannibal et suspectior fieret,

    id. 35, 14, 4. —
    3.
    With subject-acc. as antecedent:

    hanc dicam Athenis advenisse cum aliquo amatore suo, Plant. Mil. 2, 2, 86: doceo gratissimum esse in sua tribu Plancium,

    Cic. Planc. 19, 47:

    cupio eum suae causae confidere,

    id. Sest. 64, 135:

    suspicari debuit (Milo), eum (Clodium) ad villam suam (Clodii) deversurum,

    id. Mil. 19, 51: Medeam praedicant in fuga fratris sui membra dissipavisse, id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 22:

    (dixit) Caesarem pro sua dignitate debere et studium et iracundiam suam reipublicae dimittere,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
    4.
    With object-acc. as antecedent.
    (α).
    Suus being an adjunct of the subject (generally rendered in Engl. by a pass. constr.):

    hunc pater suus de templo deduxit,

    he was taken from the temple by his father, Cic. Inv. 2, 17, 52:

    hunc sui cives e civitate ejecerunt,

    id. Sest. 68, 142:

    Alexandrum uxor sua... occidit,

    id. Inv. 2, 49, 144:

    illum ulciscentur mores sui,

    id. Att. 9, 12, 2:

    quodsi quem natura sua... forte deficiet,

    id. Or. 1, 14:

    utrumque regem sua multitudo consalutaverat,

    Liv. 1, 7, 1:

    quas (urbes) sua virtus ac dii juvent, magnas sibi opes facere,

    id. 1, 9, 3; 1, 7, 15; 6, 33, 5:

    quos nec sua conscientia impulerit, nec, etc.,

    id. 26, 33, 3; 25, 14, 7:

    consulem C. Marium servus suus interemit,

    Val. Max. 6, 8, 2:

    quis non Vedium Pollionem pejus oderat quam servi sui?

    Sen. Clem. 1, 18, 2:

    sera dies sit qua illum gens sua caelo adserat,

    id. Cons. Poll. 12 (31), 5.—With the antecedent understood from the principal sentence:

    ita forma simili pueri ut mater sua internoscere (sc. eos) non posset,

    Plaut. Men. prol. 19; and with suus as adjunct both of the subject and of the antecedent: jubet salvere suos vir uxorem suam, id. merc. 4, 3, 11. —
    (β).
    With impers. verbs:

    sunt homines, quos libidinis infamiaeque suae neque pudeat neque taedeat,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 12, 35:

    video fore ut inimicos tuos poeniteat intemperantiae suae,

    id. Fam. 3, 10, 1:

    si Caesarem beneficii sui poeniteret,

    id. Lig. 10, 29; so id. Agr. 2, 11, 26:

    jam ne nobilitatis quidem suae plebejos poenitere,

    Liv. 10, 7, 8:

    militem jam minus virtutis poenitere suae,

    id. 22, 12, 10.—
    (γ).
    As adjunct of other members of the sentence:

    ad parentes suos ducas Silenium,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 86. nam is illius filiam conicit in navem clam matrem suam (i.e. filiae), id. Mil. 2, 1, 34:

    eosdem ad quaestoris sui aut imperatoris, aut commilitonum suorum pericula impulistis,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 17, 34:

    totum enim ex sua patria sustulisti,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 49, § 127; id. Or. 3, 32, 126: quem (Hammonium) tibi etiam suo nomine ( on his own account) commendo... itaque peto a te ut ejus procuratorem et ipsum suo nomine diligas, id. Fam. 13, 21, 2:

    Caesar Fabium in sua remittit hiberna,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 33; id. B. C. 3, 24:

    introire ad Ciceronem, et domi suae imparatum confodere,

    Sall. C. 28, 1:

    suis flammis delete Fidenas,

    i. e. the flames kindled by the Fidenates, Liv. 4, 33, 5:

    suo igni involvit hostes,

    Tac. A. 14, 30:

    quid Caesarem in sua fata inmisit?

    Sen. Ep. 94, 65; id. Q. N. 1, praef. 7; cf.

    with antecedent supplied from preceding sentence: non destiti rogare et petere (sc. Brutum) mea causa, suadere et hortari sua,

    Cic. Att. 6, 2, 7.—
    5.
    With dat. as antecedent.
    (α).
    As adjunct of subject (cf. 4. supra):

    suus rex reginae placet,

    a queen likes her own king, Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 76:

    ei nunc alia ducenda'st domum, sua cognata Lemniensis,

    id. Cist. 1, 1, 101:

    Autronio nonne sodales, non collegae sui... defuerunt?

    Cic. Sull. 2, 7:

    si ceteris facta sua recte prosunt,

    id. Cat. 3, 12, 27:

    cui non magistri sui atque doctores, cui non... locus ipse... in mente versetur?

    id. Planc. 33, 81:

    haec omnia plane... Siculis erepta sunt: primum suae leges, etc.,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 33:

    Romanis multitudo sua auxit animum,

    Liv. 21, 50, 4:

    sicuti populo Romano sua fortuna labet,

    id. 42, 50, 7:

    Lanuvinis sacra sua reddita,

    id. 8, 14, 2:

    vilitas sua illis detrahit pretium,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 29, 2:

    nemo est cui felicitas sua satisfaciat,

    id. Ep. 115, 17:

    labor illi suus restitutus est,

    id. Brev. Vit. 20, 3:

    magnitudo sua singulis constat,

    id. Q. N. 1, 1, 10:

    tantum sapienti sua, quantum Dec omnis aetas patet,

    id. Ep. 53, 11. —

    With antecedent supplied from principal sentence: mater quod suasit sua Adulescens mulier fecit, i.e. ei,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 38.—
    (β).
    Of other words:

    regique Thebano regnum stabilivit suum,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 40:

    mittam hodie huic suo die natali malam rem magnam,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 5:

    ego Metello non irascor, neque ei suam vacationem eripio,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:

    desinant insidiari domui suae consuli,

    id. Cat. 1, 13, 32:

    quibus ea res honori fuerit a suis civibus,

    id. Mil. 35, 96: Scipio suas res Syracusanis restituit, Liv. [p. 1824] 29, 1, 17:

    nos non suas (leges Lacedaemoniis arbitror) ademisse, sed nostras leges dedisse,

    id. 39, 37, 6:

    Graccho et Tuditano provinciae Lucani et Galliae cum suis exercitibus prorogatae,

    id. 25, 3, 5.—
    6.
    With gen., abl., or object of a prep. as antecedent:

    nec illius animi aciem praestringit splendor sui nominis,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:

    nolite a sacris patriis Junonis Sospitae domesticum et suum consulem avellere,

    id. Mur. 41, 90:

    quamvis tu magna mihi scripseris de Bruti adventu ad suas legiones,

    id. Att. 14, 13, 12:

    suae legis ad scriptum ipsam quoque sententiam adjungere,

    the meaning of their law to which they refer, id. Inv. 2, 49, 147:

    cum ambitio alterius suam primum apud eos majestatem solvisset,

    Liv. 22, 42, 12:

    nunc causam instituendorum ludorum ab origine sua repetam,

    Val. Max. 2, 4, 4:

    Jubam in regno suo non locorum notitia adjuvet, non popularium pro rege suo virtus,

    Sen. Ep. 71, 10; id. Ben. 7, 6, 3; id. Clem. 1, 3, 4.—Esp. with cujusque as antecedent:

    in qua deliberatione ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,

    Cic. Off. 1, 33, 119 (v. II. D. 2. infra).— Abl.:

    operam dare ut sua lex ipso scripto videatur niti,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 147 (cf. supra):

    (Caesar reperiebat) ad Galbam propter justitiam prudentiamque suam totius belli summam deferri,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 4:

    credere, ad suum concilium a Jove deos advocari,

    Sen. Q. N. 2, 42, 1.—
    7.
    With predic. nom. as antecedent:

    sapientissimi artis suae professores sunt a quibus et propria studia verecunde et aliena callide administrantur,

    Val. Max. 8, 12, 1.—
    8.
    With appositive noun.
    (α).
    With gram. subject as antecedent:

    hoc Anaximandro, populari ac sodali suo, non persuasit,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 37, 118:

    vidit fortissimum virum, inimicissimum suum,

    id. Mil. 9, 25:

    (hic) fuit in Creta contubernalis Saturnini, propinqui sui,

    id. Planc. 11, 27:

    ut non per L. Crassum, adfinem suum... causam illam defenderit,

    id. Balb. 21, 49:

    ne cum hoc T. Broccho, avunculo, ne cum ejus filio, consobrino suo, ne nobiscum vivat,

    id. Lig. 4, 11:

    Caesar mittit ad eum A. Clodium, suum atque illius familiarem,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 57.—
    (β).
    With object as antecedent:

    Dicaearchum cum Aristoxeno, aequali et condiscipulo suo, omittamus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 41:

    tres fratres optimos, non solum sibi ipsos, neque nobis, necessariis suis, sed etiam rei publicae condonavit,

    id. Lig. 12, 36:

    Varroni, quem, sui generis hominem,... vulgus extrahere ad consulatum nitebatur,

    Liv. 22, 34, 2.—
    (γ).
    With appositive noun as antecedent:

    si P. Scipionem, clarissimum virum, majorumque suorum simillimum res publica tenere potuisset,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 14, 29:

    M. Fabi Ambusti, potentis viri cum inter sui corporis homines, tum ad plebem, etc.,

    Liv. 6, 34, 5:

    C. vero Fabricii, et Q. Aemilii Papi, principum saeculi sui, domibus argentum fuisse confitear oportet,

    Val. Max. 4, 4, 3.—
    9.
    In participial clauses.
    (α).
    The antecedent being the logical subject of the participle, and other than the principal subject:

    credamus igitur Panaetio, a Platone suo dissentienti ( = qui dissentiebat),

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 32, 79:

    ea Sex. Roscium, expulsum ex suis bonis, recepit domum,

    id. Rosc. Am. 10, 27:

    diffidentemque rebus suis confirmavit,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23:

    Dejotarum ad me venientem cum omnibus copiis suis, certiorem feci, etc.,

    id. Fam. 15, 4, 7; id. Cat. 4, 9, 18: si hominis et suis et populi Romani ornamentis amplissimi ( being greatly distinguished) causam repudiassem, id. Mur. 4, 8:

    stupentes tribunos et suam jam vicem magis anxios quam, etc., liberavit consensus populi Romani,

    Liv. 8, 35, 1; 22, 42, 8:

    manet in folio scripta querela suo ( = quam scripsit),

    Ov. F. 5, 224; cf. in abl. absol.:

    et ipsis (hostibus) regressis in castra sua,

    Liv. 22, 60, 9:

    quibus (speculis) si unum ostenderis hominem, populus adparet, unaquaque parte faciem exprimente sua,

    Sen. Q. N. 1, 5, 5.—
    (β).
    The logical subject of the participle, being also the principal subject:

    sic a suis legionibus condemnatus irrupit in Galliam,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 10, 21:

    hunc agrum patres nostri, acceptum a majoribus suis ( = quem acceperant), perdiderunt,

    id. Agr. 2, 31, 84:

    ut in suis ordinibus dispositi dispersos adorirentur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 92: Appius, odium in se aliorum suo in eos metiens odio, haud ignaro, inquit, imminet fortuna, Liv. 3, 54, 3:

    ipsa capit Condita in pharetra ( = quae condiderat) tela minora sua,

    Ov. F. 2, 326; cf. in abl. absol.:

    Sopater, expositis suis difficultatibus ( = cum exposuisset, etc.): Timarchidem... perducit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 69:

    Caesar, primum suo deinde omnium ex conspectu remotis equis, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 25:

    Campani, audita sua pariter sociorumque clade, legatos ad Hannibalem miserunt,

    Liv. 25, 15, 1:

    (Appius) deposito suo magistratu... domum est reductus,

    id. 4, 24, 7; 3, 35, 9; 9, 10, 13; 9, 41, 9.—
    (γ).
    The antecedent being the principal subject, not the logical subject of the participle:

    M. Papirius dicitur Gallo, barbam suam (i.e. Papirii) permulcenti,... iram movisse,

    Liv. 5, 41, 9: cum Gracchus, verecundia deserendi socios, implorantis fidem suam populique Romani, substitisset. id. 23, 36, 8; cf. in abl. absol.:

    si sine maximo dedecore, tam impeditis suis rebus, potuisset emori,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 10, 29; id. Mil. 14, 38; id. Planc. 21, 51; id. Clu. 14, 42:

    ita (consul) proelio uno accidit Vestinorum res, haudquaquam tamen incruento milite suo (consulis),

    Liv. 8, 29, 12; cf.

    with antecedent to be supplied: Campani, cum, robore juventutis suae acciso, nulla (sc. eis) propinqua spes esset, etc.,

    id. 7, 29, 7.—
    10.
    In gerund. construction. ( a) With subject as antecedent:

    mihi ipsa Roma ad complectendum conservatorem suum progredi visa est,

    Cic. Pis. 22, 52.—
    (β).
    With object, the logical subjects of the gerund as antecedent:

    cur iis persequendi juris sui... adimis potestatem?

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21:

    si senatui doloris sui de me declarandi potestas esset erepta,

    id. Sest. 23, 51:

    nec tribunis plebis (spatium datur) sui periculi deprecandi,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 5.—
    (γ).
    With antecedent dependent on the gerund:

    eamque rem illi putant a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19.—
    11.
    As adjunct of a noun dependent on a subjectinf., with its logical subject as antecedent:

    magnum Miloni fuit, conficere illam pestem nulla sua invidia?

    Cic. Mil. 15, 40:

    neque enim fuit Gabinii, remittere tantum de suo nec regis, imponere tantum plus suis,

    his claim, id. Rab. Post. 11, 31:

    Piso, cui fructum pietatis suae neque ex me neque a populo Romano ferre licuit,

    id. Sest. 31, 68:

    ei cujus magis intersit, vel sua, vel rei publicae causa vivere,

    id. Off. 3, 23, 90:

    sapientis est consilium explicare suum de maximis rebus,

    id. Or. 2, 81, 333; id. Mil. 15, 41.—With logical subject understood:

    totam Italiam suis colonis ut complere (sc. eis) liceat, permittitur,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 13, 34:

    maximum (sc. eis) solacium erit, propinquorum eodem monumento declarari, et virtutem suorum, et populi Romani pietatem,

    id. Phil. 14, 13, 35.
    B.
    Without gram. antec., one ' s, one ' s own.
    1.
    Dependent on subject-inff.:

    ejusdem animi est, posteris suis amplitudinem nobis quam non acceperit tradere, et memoriam prope intermortuam generis sui, virtute renovare,

    Cic. Mur. 7, 16:

    siquidem atrocius est, patriae parentem quam suum occidere,

    id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:

    miliens perire est melius quam in sua civitate sine armorum praesidio non posse vivere,

    id. ib. 2, 44, 112: quanto est honestius, alienis injuriis quam suis commoveri, one ' s own, id. Verr. 2, 3, 72, § 169:

    contentum suis rebus esse maximae sunt certissimaeque divitiae,

    id. Par. 6, 51:

    ut non liceat sui commodi causa nocere alteri,

    id. Off. 3, 5, 23:

    detrahere de altero sui commodi causa,

    id. ib. 3, 5, 24:

    suis exemplis melius est uti,

    Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2:

    levius est sua decreta tollere quam aliorum,

    Liv. 3, 21. 5; 39, 5, 2;

    29, 37, 11: satius est vitae suae rationes quam frumenti publici nosse,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 18, 3:

    quanto satius est sua mala exstinguere quam aliena posteris tradere?

    id. Q. N. 3, praef. 5:

    cum initia beneficiorum suorum spectare, tum etiam exitus decet,

    id. Ben. 2, 14, 2; 3, 1, 5:

    Romani nominis gloriae, non suae, composuisse illa decuit,

    Plin. 1, prooem. § 16.—With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent: cum possimus ab Ennio sumere... exemplum, videtur esse arrogantia illa relinquere, et ad sua devenire, to one ' s own = to our own, Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2.—
    2.
    Without a subject-inf.:

    omnia torquenda sunt ad commodum suae causae... sua diligenter narrando,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 21, 30: ut in ceteris habenda ratio non sua (al. sui) solum, sed etiam aliorum, id. Off. 1, 39, 139:

    erat Dareo mite ac tractabile ingenium, nisi suam naturam plerumque fortuna corrumperet (suam not referring to Dareo),

    Curt. 3, 2, 17 MSS. (Foss, mansuetam). — With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent (cf. 1. supra):

    non erit ista amicitia sed mercatura quaedam utilitatum suarum,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 44, 122; cf.: pro suo possidere, II. A. 2. a. g; and Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73, II. A. 2. b. a; cf. also II. B. 1. a; II. B. 5. c.; II. B. 7. b.; II. C. 8. b. b infra.
    C.
    With antec. in a previous sentence. Here ejus, eorum, earum are used for his, her, their, unless the clause is oblique in regard to the antecedent, i. e. the antecedent is conceived as the author of the statement.
    1.
    In clauses dependent on a verbum sentiendi or dicendi, expressed or understood, referring to the grammatical or logical subject of the verb.
    a.
    In infinitive clauses:

    (Clodius) Caesaris potentiam suam potentiam esse dicebat,

    Cic. Mil. 32, 88:

    (Caelius) a sua (causa) putat ejus (i.e. Ascitii) esse sejunctam,

    id. Cael. 10, 24:

    ipsos certo scio non negare ad haec bona Chrysogonum accessisse impulsu suo (referring to ipsos),

    id. Rosc. Am. 37, 107:

    hostes viderunt,... suorum tormentorum usum spatio propinquitatis interire,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 16:

    docent, sui judicii rem non esse,

    id. ib. 1, 13.—The reference of suus may be ambiguous, esp. if an infinitive is dependent on another:

    hoc Verrem dicere ajebant, te... opera sua consulem factum, i.e. Verris, though grammatically it might refer to the subj. of aiebant,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 10, 29:

    (Ariovistus) dixit neminem secum sine sua pernicie contendisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 36; cf. the context with, in all, eleven reflexive pronouns referring to four different antecedents (populus Romanus, Ariovistus, Caesar, nemo); cf.

    also: occurrebat ei, mancam praeturam suam futuram consule Milone,

    Cic. Mil. 9, 25; 32, 88; Liv. 3, 42, 2.—
    b.
    Suus in a clause dependent on inf.:

    scio equidem, ut, qui argentum afferret atque expressam imaginem suam (i.e. militis) huc ad nos, cum eo ajebat velle mitti mulierem,

    Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 55:

    isti bonorum emptores arbitrantur, vos hic sedere qui excipiatis eos qui de suis (i.e. emptorum) manibus effugerint,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:

    Siculi venisse tempus ajebant ut commoda sua defenderem,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 1, 3:

    ut tunc tandem sentiret recuperanda esse quae prius sua culpa amissa forent,

    Liv. 44, 8, 4. —

    Ambiguous: velle Pompejum se Caesari purgatum, ne ea quae reipublicae causa egerit (Pompejus) in suam (i.e. Caesaris) contumeliam vertat (where suam might be referred to Pompejus),

    Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
    c.
    In oblique clauses introduced by ut or ne, or clauses subordinate to such:

    Cassius constituit ut ludi absente te fierent suo nomine,

    Cic. Att. 15, 11, 2:

    postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam tam nefariam adjutores vos profiteamini,

    id. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:

    Nasidius eos magnopere hortatur ut rursus cum Bruti classe, additis suis (i.e. Nasidii) auxiliis confligant,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 3:

    (regem) denuntiasse sibi ut triduo regni sui decederent finibus,

    Liv. 42, 25, 12:

    Sabinae mulieres, hinc patres, hinc viros orantes, ne parricidio macularent partus suos (i.e. mulierum),

    id. 1, 13, 2:

    Patron praecepit suis ut arma induerent, ad omne imperium suum parati,

    Curt. 5, 11, 1.—With reflex. pron., referring to a different antecedent:

    ad hanc (Laidem) Demosthenes clanculum adit, et ut sibi copiam sui faceret, petit,

    Gell. 1, 8, 5. —
    d.
    In subordinate clauses introduced by quin or quod:

    (Dejotarus) non recusat quin id suum facinus judices,

    Cic. Deiot. 15, 43; so id. ib. 4, 15;

    16, 45: parietes hujus curiae tibi gratias agere gestiunt, quod futura sit illa auctoritas in his majorum suorum et suis sedibus,

    id. Marcell. 3, 10:

    quidni gauderet quod iram suam nemo sentiret?

    Sen. Troad. 3, 13:

    querenti quod uxor sua e fico se suspendisset,

    Quint. 6, 3, 88;

    and with intentional ambiguity: cum Proculejus quereretur de filio quod is mortem suam expectaret,

    id. 9, 3, 68. —
    e.
    In interrogative clauses:

    si, quod officii sui sit, non occurrit animo, nihil umquam omnino aget,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 8, 25:

    ut non auderet iterum dicere quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,

    id. Caecin. 10, [p. 1825] 28:

    donec sciat unisquisque quid sui, quid alieni sit,

    Liv. 6, 27, 8:

    rex ignarus, quae cum Hannibale legatis suis convenisset, quaeque legati ejus ad se allaturi fuissent,

    id. 23, 39, 2:

    postquam animadvertit quantus agminis sui terror esset,

    id. 43, 19, 5. —
    2.
    In a virtually oblique clause.
    a.
    In final clause, introduced by ut, ne, or rel., referring to the subject of the purpose:

    me a portu praemisit domum, ut haec nuntiem uxori suae,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 41:

    quasi Appius ille Caecus viam muniverit, non qua populus uteretur, sed ubi impune sui posteri latrocinarentur, i. e. Appii,

    Cic. Mil. 7, 17:

    quae gens ad Caesarem legatos mise. rat, ut suis omnibus facultatibus uteretur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 80:

    inde castra movent, ne qua vis sociis suis ab Romano exercitu inferri possit,

    Liv. 43, 23, 5:

    (Romani) Albam a fundamentis proruerunt, ne memoria originum suarum exstaret,

    id. 26, 13, 16:

    oppidani nuntios Romam, qui certiorem de suo casu senatum facerent, misere,

    id. 6, 33, 7; cf.:

    tanto intervallo ab hostibus consedit, ut nec adventus suus propinquitate nimia nosci posset, et, etc.,

    Liv. 10, 20, 7:

    Datames locum delegit talem ut non multum obesse multitudo hostium suae paucitati posset,

    Nep. Dat. 7, 3:

    quid si gubernator a diis procellas petat ut gratior ars sua periculo fiat?

    Sen. Ben. 6, 25, 4. —
    b.
    In other dependent clauses represented as conceived by an antecedent in the principal sentence:

    Sulla, si sibi suus pudor ac dignitas non prodesset, nullum auxilium requisivit ( = negavit se defendi velle, si, etc.),

    Cic. Sull. 5, 15:

    Paetus omnes libros quos frater suus reliquisset mihi donavit ( = dixit se donare libros quos, etc.),

    id. Att. 2, 1, 12:

    non enim a te emit, sed, priusquam tu suum sibi venderes, ipse possedit ( = potitus est, ne, etc.),

    id. Phil. 2, 37, 96:

    Africanus, si sua res ageretur, testimonium non diceret,

    id. Rosc. Am. 36, 3:

    ille ipse (Pompejus) proposuit epistulam illam, in qua est Pro tuis rebus gestis amplissimis. Amplioribusne quam suis, quam Africani?

    id. Att. 8, 9, 2:

    spiritus dabat (Manlio) quod... vinculorum suorum invidiam dictator fugisset,

    Liv. 6, 18, 4:

    (Numa) Camenis eum lucum sacravit, quod earum ibi concilia cum conjuge sua Egeria essent,

    id. 1, 21, 3:

    adulescens deos omnis invocare ad gratiam illi pro se referendam, quoniam sibi nequaquam satis facultatis pro suo animo atque illius erga se esset,

    id. 26, 50, 4 (cf. D. 1. a. infra).
    D.
    In the place of ejus.
    1.
    In clauses virtually oblique, but with indicative, being conceived by the antecedent (hence suus, not ejus), but asserted as fact by the author (hence indicative, not subjunctive):

    Cicero tibi mandat ut Aristodemo idem respondeas, quod de fratre suo (Ciceronis) respondisti,

    Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4:

    oriundi ab Sabinis, ne, quia post Tatii mortem ab sua parte non erat regnatum, imperium amitterent, sui corporis creari regem volebant,

    Liv. 1, 17, 2:

    C. Caesar villam pulcherrimam, quia mater sua aliquando in illa custodita erat, diruit,

    Sen. Ira, 3, 21, 5:

    Philemonem, a manu servum, qui necem suam per venenum inimicis promiserat, non gravius quam simplici morte punivit,

    Suet. Caes. 74; cf.:

    quomodo excandescunt si quid e juba sua decisum est,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 12, 3.—
    2.
    To avoid ambiguity:

    petunt rationes illius (Catilinae) ut orbetur consilio res publica, ut minuatur contra suum (i.e. Catilinae) furorem imperatorum copia (instead of ejus, which might be referred to res publica),

    Cic. Mur. 39, 83:

    equites a cornibus positos, cum jam pelleretur media peditum suorum acies, incurrisse ab lateribus ferunt,

    Liv. 1, 37, 3.—
    3.
    Colloquially and in epistolary style suus is used emphatically instead of ejus, with the meaning own, peculiar: deinde ille actutum subferret suus servus poenas Sosia, his own slave (opp. Mercury, who personates Sosias), Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 19: mira erant in civitatibus ipsorum furta Graecorum quae magistratus sui fecerant, their own magistrates ( = ipsorum), Cic. Att. 6, 2, 5:

    in quibus (litteris Bruti) unum alienum summa sua prudentia (est), ut spectem ludos suos,

    his peculiar prudence, id. ib. 15, 26, 1; so,

    quod quidem ille (Nero) decernebat, quorumdam dolo ad omina sui exitus vertebatur,

    Tac. A. 16, 24; cf. II. A. 1. b and g; II. A. 2. a. b; II. B. 3.—
    4.
    Without particular emphasis (mostly ante- and post-class. and poet.):

    tum erit tempestiva cum semen suum maturum erit,

    Cato, R. R. 31:

    vitis si macra erit, sarmenta sua concidito minute,

    id. ib. 37:

    qui sic purgatus erit, diuturna valetudine utatur, neque ullus morbus veniet, nisi sua culpa,

    id. ib. 157:

    Cimon in eandem invidiam incidit quam pater suus,

    Nep. Cim. 3, 1:

    id qua ratione consecutus sit (Lysander) latet. Non enim virtute sui exercitus factum est, etc.,

    id. Lys. 1, 2:

    ipse sub Esquiliis, ubi erat regia sua, Concidit,

    Ov. F. 6, 601:

    quodque suus conjux riguo collegerat horto, Truncat olus foliis,

    id. M. 8, 646; so id. ib. 15, 819.
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    As substt.
    1.
    sui, suorum, m., his, their (etc.) friends, soldiers, fellow-beings, equals, adherents, followers, partisans, posterity, slaves, family, etc., of persons in any near connection with the antecedent.
    (α).
    (Corresp. to the regular usage, I. A. B. C.) Cupio abducere ut reddam (i.e. eam) suis, to her family, friends, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 77; cf. id. ib. 1, 2, 66:

    cum animus societatem caritatis coierit cum suis, omnesque natura conjunctos suos duxerit,

    fellow-beings, Cic. Leg. 1, 23, 60:

    mulier ingeniosa praecepit suis omnia Caelio pollicerentur,

    her slaves, id. Cael. 25, 62:

    quo facilius et nostras domos obire, et ipse a suis coli possit,

    his friends, id. ib. 7, 18:

    qua gratiam beneficii vestri cum suorum laude conjungant,

    their family, id. Agr. 2, 1, 1:

    vellem hanc contemptionem pecuniae suis reliquisset,

    to his posterity, id. Phil. 3, 6, 16:

    cum divisurum se urbem palam suis polliceretur,

    his partisans, id. ib. 13, 9, 19:

    Caesar, cohortatus suos, proelium commisit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 25; so,

    Curio exercitum reduxit, suis omnibus praeter Fabium incolumibus,

    id. B. C. 2, 35:

    Caesar receptui suorum timens,

    id. ib. 3, 46:

    certior ab suis factus est, praeclusas esse portas,

    id. ib. 2, 20:

    omnium suorum consensu, Curio bellum ducere parabat,

    id. ib. 2, 37: so,

    Pompejus suorum omnium hortatu statuerat proelio decertare,

    id. ib. 3, 86:

    Caesar Brundisium ad suos severius scripsit,

    to his officers, id. ib. 3, 25:

    naviculam conscendit cum paucis suis,

    a few of his followers, id. ib. 3, 104:

    multum cum suis consiliandi causa secreto praeter consuetudinem loqueretur,

    id. ib. 1, 19:

    nupsit Melino, adulescenti inprimis inter suos et honesto et nobili,

    his equals, associates, Cic. Clu. 5, 11:

    rex raptim a suis in equum impositus fugit,

    his suite, Liv. 41, 4, 7:

    subsidio suorum proelium restituere,

    comrades, id. 21, 52, 10:

    feras bestias... ad opem suis ferendam avertas,

    their young, id. 26, 13, 12:

    abstulit sibi in suos potestatem,

    his slaves, Sen. Ira, 3, 12, 6:

    Besso et Nabarzani nuntiaverant sui regem... interemptum esse,

    their fellow - conspirators, Curt. 5, 12, 14. — Very rarely sing.:

    ut bona mens suis omnibus fuerit. Si quem libido abripuit, illorum eum, cum quibus conjuravit, non suum judicet esse,

    Liv. 39, 16, 5.—
    (β).
    Irregular use (acc. to I. D.): sui = ejus amici, etc. (freq.;

    the absolute use of ejus in this sense being inadmissible): quasi vero quisquam dormiat? ne sui quidem hoc velint, non modo ipse (sui = ejus amici, liberi),

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:

    is (annus) ejus omnem spem... morte pervertit. Fuit hoc luctuosum suis, acerbum patriae, etc.,

    id. Or. 3, 2, 8:

    quadrigas, quia per suos ( = ipsius milites) agendae erant, in prima acie locaverat rex,

    Liv. 37, 41, 8:

    auctoritatem Pisistrati qui inter suos ( = ejus cives) maxima erat,

    id. 37, 12:

    quo cum multitudine adversariorum sui superarentur, ipse fuit superior, etc.,

    Nep. Hann. 8, 4; v. g.—
    (γ).
    Without antecedent (cf. I. B. supra): quoties necesse est fallere aut falli a suis, by one ' s friends, Sen. Phoen. 493.—
    (δ).
    Sing.: sŭa, suae. f., a sweetheart, mistress (rare): illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit. Cic. Phil. 2, 28. 69:

    cedo quid hic faciet sua?

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 92.—
    2.
    sŭum, i, n., and more freq. sŭa, suorum, n. plur., = one ' s property.
    a.
    Sing.
    (α).
    Lit.:

    nec suom adimerem alteri,

    his property, his own, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 38 (34):

    nunc si ille salvos revenit, reddam suom sibi (v. D. 3. a. infra),

    id. ib. 1, 2, 119:

    illum studeo quam facillime ad suum pervenire,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 26, 4:

    populi Romani hanc esse consuetudinem ut socios sui nihil deperdere velit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43; cf. Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 3, I. A. 11. supra:

    nec donare illi de suo dicimur,

    Sen. Ben. 7, 4, 2; so esp. with quisque; v. infra — Hence, de suo = per se, or sua sponte;

    (stellae) quae per igneos tractus labentia inde splendorem trahant caloremque, non de suo clara,

    Sen. Q. N. 7, 1, 6. —
    (β).
    Trop.:

    meum mihi placebat, illi suum (of a literary essay),

    Cic. Att. 14, 20, 3: suom quemque decet, his own manners, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 11; so, expendere oportet quid quisque habeat sui ( what peculiarities) nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant;

    id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,

    Cic. Off. 1, 31, 113.—
    (γ).
    Jurid. term: aliquid pro suo possidere, to possess in the belief of one ' s legal right:

    pro suo possessio tale est, cum dominium nobis acquiri putamus. Et ea causa possidemus ex qua acquiritur, et praeterea pro suo,

    Dig. 41, 10, 1;

    so without an antecedent, and referring to a first person: item re donata, pro donato et pro suo possideo,

    ib. 41, 10, 1; v. the whole tit. ib. 42, 10 (Pro suo); cf. ib. 23, 3, 67; cf. C., infra fin.;

    similarly: usucapere pro suo = acquire dominion by a possession pro suo, Fragm. Vat. 111: res pro suo, quod justam causam possidendi habet, usucapit,

    id. ib. 260; Dig. 41, 3, 27. —
    b.
    Plur.
    (α).
    One ' s property:

    Roscius tibi omnia sua praeter animam tradidit,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 146:

    qui etiam hostibus externis victis sua saepissime reddiderunt,

    id. Agr. 1, 6, 19:

    tu autem vicinis tuis Massiliensibus sua reddis,

    id. Att. 14, 14, 6:

    Remi legatos miserunt qui dicerent se suaque omnia in fidem atque potestatem populi Romani permittere,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 3, 2; 1, 11, 2; 2, 13, 2:

    ipsi milites alveos informes quibus se suaque transveherent, faciebant,

    their baggage, Liv. 21, 26, 9:

    docere eos qui sua permisere fortunae,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, praef. 7; so without an antecedent, one ' s own property (cf. I. B. 2. supra):

    hanc ob causam maxime ut sua tenerentur res publicae constitutae sunt,

    Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73;

    rarely = eorum res: quod vero etiam sua reddiderint (i.e. Gallis),

    Liv. 39, 55, 3. —
    (β).
    One ' s own affairs:

    aliena ut melius videant et dijudicent Quam sua,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 96:

    cognoscunt... immobile agmen et sua quemque molientem,

    Liv. 10, 20, 8:

    omnia ei hostium non secus quam sua nota erant,

    id. 22, 41, 5:

    aliena cum suis perdidit,

    Sen. Ben. 7, 16, 3.— Absol., referring to a noun fem.: sua (finxit) C. Cassius ( = suas persuasiones; cf.

    the context),

    Quint. 6, 3, 90.
    B.
    Predicative uses: suum esse, facere, fieri, putare, etc., like a gen. poss., to be, etc., the property, or under the dominion, control, power of the antecedent.
    1.
    Of property in things.
    (α).
    Corporeal:

    scripsit causam dicere Prius aurum quare sit suum,

    Ter. Eun. prol. 11:

    nihil erat cujusquam quod non hoc anno suum fore putabat (Clodius),

    Cic. Mil. 32, 87:

    quia suum cujusque fit, eorum quae natura fuerant communia quod cuique obtigit, id quisque teneat,

    id. Off. 1, 7, 21:

    Juba suam esse praedicans praedam,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 84:

    gratum sibi populum facturum, si omnes res Neapolitanorum suas duxissent,

    Liv. 22, 32, 8: libros esse dicimus Ciceronis;

    eosdem Dorus librarius suos vocat,

    Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 1:

    cum enim istarum personarum nihil suum esse possit,

    since these persons can own nothing, Gai. Inst. 2, 96; cf. Dig. 1, 7, 15 pr.—Virtually predicative:

    referas ad eos qui suam rem nullam habent ( = rem quae sua sit),

    nothing of their own, Cic. Phil. 2, 6, 15:

    qui in potestate nostra est, nihil suum habere potest,

    Gai. Inst. 2, 84. — ( b) Of literary works:

    quae convenere in Andriam ex Perinthia Fatetur transtulisse, atque usum pro suis ( = quasi sua essent),

    Ter. And. prol. 14:

    potest autem... quae tum audiet... ingenue pro suis dicere,

    his own thoughts, Quint. 12, 3, 3.—
    (γ).
    Of a country or people:

    suum facere = suae dicionis facere: commemorat ut (Caesar) magnam partem Italiae beneficio atque auctoritate eorum suam fecerit,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 32:

    in quam (Asiam) jam ex parte suam fecerit,

    Liv. 44, 24, 4:

    crudelissima ac superbissima gens sua omnia suique arbitrii facit,

    id. 21, 44, 5.—
    (δ).
    Trop.:

    omnia sua putavit quae vos vestra esse velletis,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 12, 27:

    non meminit, illum exercitum senatus populique Romani esse, non suum,

    id. ib. 13, 6, 4: [p. 1826] probavit, non rempublicam suam esse, sed se reipublicae, Sen. Clem. 1, 19, 8;

    so of incorporeal things: hi si velint scire quam brevis eorum vita sit, cogitent ex quota parte sua sit,

    how much of it is their own, id. Brev. Vit. 19, 3; so, suum facere, to appropriate:

    prudentis est, id quod in quoque optimum est, si possit, suum facere,

    Quint. 10, 2, 26:

    quaeremus quomodo animus (hanc virtutem) usu suam faciat,

    Sen. Clem. 1, 3, 1.—
    2.
    Of persons.
    (α).
    Under a master ' s or father ' s control:

    ut lege caverent, ne quis quem civitatis mutandae causa suum faceret, neve alienaret,

    make any one his slave, Liv. 41, 8, 12: quid eam tum? suamne esse ajebat, his daughter, i.e. in his power? Ter. And. 5, 4, 29:

    eduxit mater pro sua ( = quasi sua esset),

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 76.—
    (β).
    Reflexively = sui juris, independent, one ' s own master or mistress, not subject to another ' s control, under one ' s own control (v. sui juris, infra):

    ancilla, quae mea fuit hodie, sua nunc est,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 3.—
    (γ).
    Of moral power over others: suus = devoted to one:

    hice hoc munere arbitrantur Suam Thaidem esse,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 38:

    eos hic fecit suos Paulo sumptu,

    id. Ad. 5, 4, 21:

    sed istunc exora, ut (mulierem) suam esse adsimulet,

    to be friendly to him, id. Heaut. 2, 3, 117:

    cum Antonio sic agens ut perspiciat, si in eo negotio nobis satisfecerit, totum me futurum suum,

    Cic. Att. 14, 1 a, 2:

    Alpheus... utebatur populo sane suo,

    devoted to him, id. Quint. 7, 29.— Poet.: vota suos habuere deos, the vows (inst. of the persons uttering them) had the gods on their side, Ov. M. 4, 373. —
    (δ).
    Of power over one's self, etc.:

    nam qui sciet ubi quidque positum sit, quaque eo veniat, is poterit eruere, semperque esse in disputando suus,

    self-possessed, Cic. Fin. 4, 4, 10:

    inaestimabile bonum est suum fieri,

    selfcontrol, Sen. Ep. 75, 18:

    (furiosus) qui suus non est,

    Dig. 42, 4, 7, § 9:

    vix sua, vix sanae virgo Niseia compos Mentis erat,

    Ov. M. 8, 35. —
    3.
    Suum est, as impers. predicate: = ejus est, characteristic of, peculiar to one (very rare):

    dixit antea, sed suum illud est, nihil ut affirmet,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99.
    C.
    Attributive usages, almost always (except in Seneca) with suus before its noun.
    1.
    The property, relations, affairs, etc., of one opposed to those of another, own.
    a.
    Opposition expressed:

    nihil de suo casu, multa de vestro querebatur,

    Cic. Balb. 8, 21:

    sua sibi propiora pericula quam mea loquebantur,

    id. Sest. 18, 40:

    suasque et imperatoris laudes canentes,

    Liv. 45, 38, 12:

    damnatione collegae et sua,

    id. 22, 35, 3:

    Senecae fratris morte pavidum et pro sua incolumitate pavidum,

    Tac. A. 14, 73:

    velut pro Vitellio conquerentes suum dolorem proferebant,

    id. H. 3, 37;

    opp. alienus: ut suo potius tempore mercatorem admitterent, quam celerius alieno,

    at a time convenient to themselves, Varr. R. R. 3, 16, 11. —Without antecedent, opp. externus:

    (Platoni) duo placet esse motus, unum suum, alterum externum, esse autem divinius quod ipsum ex se sua sponte moveatur, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32. —
    b.
    Implied:

    voluptatem suis se finibus tenere jubeamus,

    within the limits assigned to it, Cic. Fin. 3, 1, 1:

    cum vobis immortale monumentum suis paene manibus senatus... exstruxerit,

    id. Phil. 14, 12, 33:

    superiores (amnes) in Italia, hic (Rhodanus) trans Alpes, hospitales suas tantum, nec largiores quam intulere aquas vehentes,

    Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224: colligitur aqua ex imbribus;

    ex suo fonte nativa est,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 3:

    pennas ambo non habuere suas (non suas = alienas),

    Ov. Tr. 3, 4, 24. —
    c.
    In particular phrases. ( a) Sua sponte and suo Marte, of one ' s own accord, by one ' s self, without the suggestion, influence, aid, etc., of others:

    Caesar bellum contra Antonium sua sponte suscepit,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 2, 5:

    sua sponte ad Caesarem in jus adierunt,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 87.—So of things, = per se, by or of itself, for itself, for its own sake:

    jus et omne honestum sua sponte expetendum (cf. in the context: per se igitur jus est expetendum),

    Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 48: justitium sua sponte inceptum priusquam indiceretur, by itself, i. e. without a decree, Liv. 9, 7, 8; so,

    sortes sua sponte attenuatas,

    id. 22, 1, 11 (cf. id. 22, 38, 13; 35, 14, 4, I. A. 2., supra): rex enim ipse, sua sponte, nullis commentariis Caesaris, simul atque audivit ejus interitum suo Marte res suas recuperavit, Cic. Phil. 2, 37, 95.—
    (β).
    Suus locus, in milit. lang., one ' s own ground, position, or lines:

    restitit suo loco Romana acies (opp. to the advance of the enemy),

    Liv. 22, 16, 2.—So figuratively:

    et staturas suo loco leges,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2:

    aciem instruxit primum suis locis, pauloque a castris Pompeji longius,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 84 (cf.: suo loco, 7. b. g, infra).—
    (γ).
    For suo jure v. 3. infra.—
    (δ).
    Sua Venus = one's own Venus, i. e. good luck (v. Venus): ille non est mihi par virtutibus, nec officiis;

    sed habuit suam Venerem,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 2. —
    2.
    Of private relations (opp. to public):

    ut in suis rebus, ita in re publica luxuriosus nepos,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 18, 48:

    deinde ut communibus pro communibus utatur, privatis ut suis,

    id. Off. 1, 7, 20:

    quod oppidum Labienus sua pecunia exaedificaverat,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 15:

    militibus agros ex suis possessionibus pollicetur,

    i. e. his private property, id. ib. 1, 17; Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 3. —
    3.
    Of just rights or claims:

    imperatori senatuique honos suus redditus,

    due to them, Liv. 3, 10, 3:

    neque inpedimento fuit, quominus religionibus suus tenor suaque observatio redderetur,

    Val. Max. 1, 1, 8:

    quibus omnibus debetur suus decor,

    Quint. 11, 1, 41. —

    So distributively: is mensibus suis dimisit legionem,

    in the month in which each soldier was entitled to his discharge, Liv. 40, 41, 8. — Esp.: suo jure (so, meo, nostro, tuo, etc., jure), by his own right:

    Tullus Hostilius qui suo jure in porta nomen inscripsit,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 12, 26:

    earum rerum hic A. Licinius fructum a me repetere prope suo jure debet,

    id. Arch. 1, 1; id. Marcell. 2, 6; id. Phil. 2, 25, 62; id. Balb. 8, 21:

    numquam illum res publica suo jure esset ulta,

    by its unquestionable right, id. Mil. 33, 88. —
    4.
    Of that to which one is exclusively devoted:

    huic quaestioni suum diem dabimus,

    a day for its exclusive discussion, Sen. Ep. 94, 52:

    homini autem suum bonum ratio est,

    his exclusive good, id. ib. 76, 10:

    in majorem me quaestionem vocas, cui suus locus, suus dies dandus est,

    id. Q. N. 2, 46, 1. —

    With proprius: mentio inlata apud senatum est, rem suo proprio magistratu egere,

    that the business needed a particular officer exclusively for itself, Liv. 4, 8, 4:

    et Hannibalem suo proprio occupandum bello,

    id. 27, 38, 7; cf.:

    dissupasset hostes, ni suo proprio eum proelio equites Volscorum exceptum tenuissent,

    in which they alone fought, id. 3, 70, 4:

    mare habet suas venas quibus impletur,

    by which it alone is fed, Sen. Q. N. 3, 14, 3. —
    5.
    According to one ' s liking, of one ' s own choice.
    a.
    Of persons, devoted to one, friendly, dear:

    Milone occiso (Clodius) habuisset suos consules,

    after his own heart, Cic. Mil. 33, 89:

    collegit ipse se contra suum Clodium,

    his dear Clodius, id. Pis. 12, 27 (cf.: suum facere, habere, II. B. 2. g).—
    b.
    Of things, favorable.
    (α).
    Of place: neque Jugurtham nisi... suo loco pugnam facere, on his own ground, i. e. chosen by him, favorable, Sall. J. 61, 1:

    hic magna auxilia expectabant et suis locis bellum in hiemem ducere cogitabant,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 61; cf.:

    numquam nostris locis laboravimus,

    Liv. 9, 19, 15.—
    (β).
    Of time:

    cum Perseus suo maxime tempore et alieno hostibus incipere bellum posset,

    Liv. 42, 43, 3; v. 7. b, infra. —
    c.
    Of circumstances: sua occasio, a favorable opportunity; sometimes without antecedent:

    neque occasioni tuae desis, neque suam occasionem hosti des,

    Liv. 22, 39, 21:

    tantum abfuit ut ex incommodo alieno sua occasio peteretur,

    id. 4, 58, 2:

    aestuque suo Locros trajecit,

    a favorable tide, id. 23, 41, 11:

    ignoranti quem portum petat nullus suus ventus est,

    Sen. Ep. 71, 3:

    orba suis essent etiamnunc lintea ventis,

    Ov. M. 13, 195:

    aut ille Ventis iturus non suis,

    Hor. Epod. 9, 30. —
    6.
    Of persons or things, peculiar, particular:

    quae est ei (animo) natura? Propria, puto, et sua,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 70:

    omnis enim motus animi suum quendam a natura habet vultum,

    id. de Or. 3, 57, 316:

    geometrae et musici... more quodam loquuntur suo. Ipsae rhetorum artes verbis in docendo quasi privatis utuntur ac suis,

    id. Fin. 3, 1, 4:

    sensus omnis habet suum finem,

    its peculiar limits, Quint. 9, 4, 61: animus cum suum ambitum complevit et finibus se suis cinxit, consummatum est summum bonum, Sen. Vit. Beat. 9, 3: est etiam in nominibus ( nouns) diverso collocatis sua gratia, their peculiar elegance, Quint. 9, 3, 86:

    ibi non bello aperto, sed suis artibus, fraude et insidiis, est paene circumventus,

    Liv. 21, 34, 1:

    nec Hannibalem fefellit, suis se artibus peti,

    id. 22, 16, 5:

    adversus hostem non virtute tantum, sed suis (i. e. hostis) etiam pugnare consiliis oportebat,

    Flor. 2, 6, 26:

    liberam Minucii temeritatem se suo modo expleturum,

    Liv. 22, 28, 2:

    equites ovantes sui moris carmine,

    id. 10, 26, 11:

    exsultans cum sui moris tripudiis,

    id. 21, 42, 3:

    tripudiantes suo more,

    id. 23, 26, 9.—So, suo Marte, referring to the style of fighting peculiar to the different arms:

    equitem suo alienoque Marte pugnare,

    that the cavalry were fighting both in their own style and in that of the other arms, Liv. 3, 62, 9; cf.: suo Marte, 1, c. a, supra.—And distributively ( = suus quisque):

    suos autem haec operum genera ut auctores, sic etiam amatores habent,

    Quint. 12, 10, 2:

    illa vero fatidica fulmina ex alto et ex suis venire sideribus,

    Plin. 2, 43, 43, § 113; cf.:

    quae quidem planiora suis exemplis reddentur,

    Val. Max. 3, 4 prooem.—
    7.
    Proper, right.
    a.
    Referring to one's ordinary or normal condition:

    quod certe non fecisset, si suum numerum naves habuissent,

    their regular complement, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 51, § 133. — So poet.:

    flecte ratem! numerum non habet illa suum,

    its full number, Ov. H. 10, 36:

    novus exercitus consulibus est decretus: binae legiones cum suo equitatu,

    Liv. 40, 36, 6:

    cum suo justo equitatu,

    id. 21, 17, 8:

    totam (disciplinam) in suum statum redegit,

    Val. Max. 2, 7, 2:

    tranquilla mente et vultu suo,

    with the ordinary expression of his face, Sen. Clem. 2, 6, 2:

    media pars aeris ab his (ignibus) submota, in frigore suo manet. Natura enim aeris gelida est,

    id. Q. N. 2, 10, 4:

    cornuaque in patriis non sua vidit aquis,

    not natural to her, Ov. H. 14, 90. —

    So, non suus, of ingrafted branches and their fruit: miraturque (arbos) novas frondis et non sua poma,

    Verg. G. 2, 82. —
    b.
    Of time, proper, regular, etc. (cf. 5. b, supra).
    (α).
    The regular time ( = stato tempore):

    signum quod semper tempore exoritur suo,

    Plaut. Rud. prol. 4:

    cum et recte et suo tempore pepererit,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 16: aestas suo tempore incanduit...;

    tam solstitium quam aequinoctium suos dies retulit,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 16, 3:

    omnes venti vicibus suis spirant majore ex parte,

    Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128. —
    (β).
    The right or proper time:

    salictum suo tempore caedito,

    Cato, R. R. 33:

    cessit e vita suo magis quam suorum civium tempore,

    the right time for himself, Cic. Brut. 1, 4; so,

    exstingui homini suo tempore optabile est,

    id. Sen. 23, 85:

    Scandilius dicit se suo tempore rediturum,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 60, § 139:

    si Ardeates sua tempora exspectare velint,

    Liv. 4, 7, 6:

    Chrysippus dicit, illum... opperiri debere suum tempus, ad quod velut dato signo prosiliat,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 25, 3:

    quam multi exercitus tempore suo victorem hostem pepulerunt!

    Liv. 44, 39, 4. — Without antecedent: sed suo tempore totius sceleris hujus fons aperietur. Cic. Phil. 14, 6, 15; cf.:

    de ordine laudis, etc., praecipiemus suo tempore,

    Quint. 2, 4, 21. —
    (γ).
    Suo loco = at the proper place:

    quae erant prudentiae propria suo loco dicta sunt,

    Cic. Off. 1, 40, 143:

    quod reddetur suo loco,

    Quint. 11, 1, 16:

    ut suo loco dicetur,

    Plin. 2, 90, 102, § 221:

    inscripta quae suis locis reddam,

    id. 1, prooem. § 27; Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2; cf. 1, c. b; 4. supra. —
    (δ).
    Suited, appropriate, adapted to one:

    in eodem fundo suum quidquid conseri oportet,

    Cato, R. R. 7:

    siquidem hanc vendidero pretio suo,

    at a suitable price, Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 30:

    in partes suas digerenda causa,

    Quint. 11, 1, 6:

    confundetur quidquid in suas partes natura digessit,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 29, 8. — Poet.: haec ego dumque queror, lacrimae sua verba sequuntur, Deque meis oculis in tua membra cadunt, appropriate, i. e. tristia, Ov. H. 14, 67.—Without antecedent: suum quidquid genus talearum serito, any fit kind, i. e. suited to the ground, Cato, R. R. 48. —
    8.
    Own, with the notion of independence of, or dependence on others (cf. B. 2. g d).
    a.
    Of political independence: pacem condicionibus his fecerunt ut Capuae suae leges, sui magistratus essent, her own laws, i. e. not subject to Carthage, Liv. 23, 7, 2: liberos [p. 1827] eos ac suis legibus victuros, id. 25, 23, 4. —

    Esp. in the phrases suae potestatis or in sua potestate esse, suo jure uti, sui juris esse: Puteolos, qui nunc in sua potestate sunt, suo jure, libertate aequa utuntur, totos occupabunt,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 31, 86:

    Rhegini potestatis suae ad ultimum remanserunt,

    retained their self-government, Liv. 23, 30, 9:

    urbem ne quam formulae sui juris facerent,

    id. 38, 9, 10. —
    b.
    Of paternal authority.
    (α).
    Free from the power of the paterfamilias; in the phrases sui juris esse, suae potestatis esse, to be independent:

    quaedam personae sui juris sunt, quaedam alieno juri sunt subjectae, Gai,

    Inst. 1, 48:

    sui juris sunt familiarum suarum principes, id est pater familiae, itemque mater familiae,

    Ulp. Fragm. 4, 1:

    liberi parentum potestate liberantur emancipatione. Sed filius quidem ter manumissus sui juris fit, ceteri autem liberi una manumissione sui juris fiunt,

    id. ib. 10, 1:

    morte patris filius et filia sui juris fiunt,

    id. ib. 10, 2:

    patres familiarum sunt qui sunt suae potestatis,

    Dig. 1, 6, 4:

    si modo defunctus testator suae potestatis mortis tempore fuerit,

    Gai. Inst. 2, 147. —

    With indef. reference: si sui juris sumus,

    Dig. 46, 2, 20; cf.:

    pro suo possideo, 2. a. supra.—Attributively: sui juris arrogatio feminae,

    Cod. Just. 8, 47, 8:

    homo sui juris,

    ib. 10, § 5.— Trop.:

    sapiens numquam semiliber erit: integrae semper libertatis et sui juris,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 5, 3:

    non illarum coitu fieri cometen, sed proprium et sui juris esse,

    id. Q. N. 7, 12, 2: nullique sunt tam feri et sui juris adfectus, ut non disciplina perdomentur, id. Ira, 2, 12, 3. —
    (β).
    Subject to paternal authority, in the phrases suus heres, sui liberi; suus heres, an heir who had been in the paternal power of the deceased:

    CVI SVVS HERES NON SIT, XII. Tab. fr. 5, 4.—In the jurists without antecedent: sui et necessarii heredes sunt velut filius filiave, nepos neptisve ex filia, deinceps ceteri qui modo in potestate morientis fuerunt,

    Gai. Inst. 2, 156:

    (emancipati liberi) non sunt sui heredes,

    ib. 2, 135:

    alia facta est juris interpretatio inter suos heredes,

    ib. 3, 15:

    datur patrono adversus suos heredes bonorum possessio (where patrono is not the antecedent of suos),

    ib. 3, 41:

    sui heredes vel instituendi sunt vel exheredandi,

    Ulp. Fragm. 22, 14:

    accrescunt suis quidem heredibus in partem virilem, extraneis autem in partem dimidiam,

    id. ib. 22, 17. —

    Sui liberi, children in paternal power: de suis et legitimis liberis,

    Cod. Just. 6, 55 inscr.
    D.
    In particular connections.
    1.
    With ipse, his own, etc. (cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 696).
    a.
    Ipse agreeing with the antecedent of suus, the antecedent being,
    (α).
    A subjectnom.:

    (ingenium ejus) valet ipsum suis viribus,

    by its own strength, Cic. Cael. 19, 45:

    legio Martia non ipsa suis decretis hostem judicavit Antonium?

    by its own resolutions, id. Phil. 4, 2, 5:

    ruit ipse suis cladibus,

    id. ib. 14, 3, 8:

    si ex scriptis cognosci ipsi suis potuissent,

    id. de Or. 2, 2, 8:

    qui se ipse sua gravitate et castimonia defenderet,

    id. Cael. 5, 11:

    quod ipse suae civitatis imperium obtenturus esset,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 3:

    suamet ipsae fraude omnes interierunt,

    Liv. 8, 18, 9; 39, 49, 3:

    ut saeviret ipse in suum sanguinem effecerunt,

    id. 40, 5, 1:

    respicerent suum ipsi exercitum,

    id. 42, 52, 10; 21, 31, 12; 22, 38, 3; 6, 19, 6.—
    (β).
    A subject-acc.:

    sunt qui dicant eam sua ipsam peremptam mercede,

    Liv. 1, 11, 9:

    (tribuniciam potestatem) suis ipsam viribus dissolvi,

    id. 2, 44, 2.—
    (γ).
    An object in dat. or acc.:

    sic ut ipsis consistendi in suis munitionibus locus non esset,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 6:

    tribuni (hostem) intra suamet ipsum moenia compulere,

    Liv. 6, 36, 4:

    alios sua ipsos invidia opportunos interemit,

    id. 1, 54, 8; 22, 14, 13.—Suus as adjunct of subject (rare):

    aliquando sua praesidia in ipsos consurrexerunt,

    their own garrisons revolted against them, Sen. Clem. 1, 26, 1.—
    b.
    With gen. of ipse, strengthening the possessive notion (cf. 4.;

    post-Aug. and very rare, but freq. in modern Lat.): aves (foetus suos) libero caelo suaeque ipsorum fiduciae permittunt,

    Quint. 2, 6, 7 (but tuus ipsius occurs in Cic.:

    tuo ipsius studio,

    Cic. Mur. 4, 9:

    tuam ipsius amicitiam,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 4, § 7).—
    c.
    Both suus and ipse agreeing with the governing noun (very rare; not in Cic. or Caes.): quae tamen in ipso cursu suo dissipata est (= ipsa in cursu suo), in its very course, Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 3 dub.:

    suamet ipsa scelera,

    Sall. C. 23, 2 (Dietsch ex conj. ipse):

    suismet ipsis corporibus,

    Liv. 2, 19, 5 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. ipsi):

    a suismet ipsis praesidiis,

    id. 8, 25, 6 MSS. (Weissenb. ipsi).—
    2.
    With quisque, distributively, each ( every one)... his own; in prose quisque is generally preceded by suus.
    a.
    Quisque and suus in different cases.
    (α).
    Quisque as subjectnom.:

    sentit enim vim quisque suam quoad possit abuti,

    Lucr. 5, 1033:

    suo quisque loco cubet,

    Cato, R. R. 5:

    suum quisque noscat ingenium,

    Cic. Off. 1, 31, 114:

    ad suam quisque (me disciplinam) rapiet,

    id. Ac. 2, 36, 114:

    quod suos quisque servos in tali re facere voluisset,

    id. Mil. 10, 29:

    cum suo quisque auxilio uteretur,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 51:

    celeriter ad suos quisque ordines redit,

    id. ib. 3, 37.—In apposition with plur. subj. (freq. in Liv.):

    nunc alii sensus quo pacto quisque suam rem Sentiat,

    Lucr. 4, 522:

    ut omnes cives Romani in suis quisque centuriis prima luce adessent,

    that all the Roman citizens should be present, each in his own centuria, Liv. 1, 44, 1:

    hinc senatus, hinc plebs, suum quisque intuentes ducem constiterant,

    id. 6, 15, 3:

    ut (trigemini) pro sua quisque patria dimicent,

    id. 1, 24, 2:

    stabant compositi suis quisque ordinibus,

    id. 44, 38, 11:

    (consules) in suas quisque provincias proficiscuntur,

    id. 25, 12, 2; 25, 26, 13:

    in suo quaeque (stella) motu naturam suam exercent,

    Plin. 2, 39, 39, § 106.—With abl. absol.:

    omnes, velut dis auctoribus in spem suam quisque acceptis, proelium una voce poscunt,

    Liv. 21, 45, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    relictis suis quisque stationibus... concurrerunt,

    id. 32, 24, 4; 4, 44, 10; 39, 49, 3; 2, 38, 6.—
    (β).
    With acc. of quisque as subj.:

    fabrum esse suae quemque fortunae, App. Claud. ap. Ps.-Sall. Ep. ad Caes. Rep. c. l.: sui quemque juris et retinendi et dimittendi esse dominum,

    Cic. Balb. 13, 31:

    recipere se in domos suas quemque jussit,

    Liv. 25, 10, 9; and (ungrammatically) nom., as apposition to a subj.-acc.:

    se non modo suam quisque patriam, sed totam Siciliam relicturos,

    id. 26, 29, 3 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. quosque).—
    (γ).
    As adjunct of the subject-nom., with a case of quisque as object, attribut. gen., etc.:

    sua cujusque animantis natura est,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 9, 25:

    sua quemque fraus, suum facinus, suum scelus, etc., de sanitate ac mente deturbat,

    id. Pis. 20, 46:

    sua quemque fraus et suus terror maxime vexat,

    id. Rosc. Am. 24, 67:

    suum cuique incommodum ferendum est,

    id. Off. 3, 6, 30:

    ut solidum suum cuique solvatur,

    id. Rab. Post. 17, 46:

    ne suus cuique domi hostis esset,

    Liv. 3, 16, 3:

    ut sua cuique respublica in manu esset,

    id. 26, 8, 11:

    animus suus cuique ordinem pugnandi dabat,

    id. 22, 5, 8:

    tentorium suum cuique militi domus ac penates sunt,

    id. 44, 39, 5:

    suus cuique (stellae) color est,

    Plin. 2, 18, 16, § 79:

    trahit sua quemque voluptas,

    Verg. E. 2, 65:

    stat sua cuique dies,

    id. A. 10, 467.—
    (δ).
    As predicate-nom. (v. II. B.):

    opinionem, quae sua cuique conjectanti esse potest,

    Liv. 6, 12, 3.—
    (ε).
    As adjunct of subj.-acc.:

    suum cuique honorem et gradum redditum gaudeo,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 136:

    scientiam autem suam cujusque artis esse,

    id. Fin. 5, 9, 26.—
    (ζ).
    As adjunct of an object, with a case of quisque as object or attribut. gen.: suam cuique sponsam, mihi meam: suum cuique amorem, mihi meum, Atil. Fragm. inc. 1: suom cuique per me uti atque frui licet, Cato ap. Gell. 13, 24 (23), 1:

    ut suo quemque appellem nomine,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52:

    placet Stoicis suo quamque rem nomine appellare,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 22, 1:

    ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,

    id. Off. 1, 33, 119:

    justitia quae suum cuique distribuit,

    id. N. D. 3, 15, 38:

    in tribuendo suum cuique,

    id. Off. 1, 5, 14:

    Turnus sui cuique periculi recens erat documentum,

    Liv. 1, 52, 4:

    in trimatu suo cuique dimidiam esse mensuram futurae certum esse,

    Plin. 7, 15, 16, § 73:

    certa cuique rerum suarum possessio,

    Vell. 2, 89, 4; cf.: qua re suum unicuique studium suaque omnibus delectatio relinquatur, Ps.-Cic. Cons. 26, 93.—With quemque in apposition with acc. plur.:

    Camillus vidit intentos opifices suo quemque operi,

    Liv. 6, 25, 9; so cujusque in appos. with gen. plur.: trium clarissimorum suae cujusque gentis virorum mors, id. 39, 52, 7; and cuique with dat. plur.: sui cuique mores fingunt fortunam hominibus, Poet. ap. Nep. Att. 11, 6 (where Lachm. ad Lucr. 2, 372, reads quique, ex conj.; cf. b. b, infra).—
    b.
    Attraction of suus and quisque as adjuncts of nouns.
    (α).
    Attraction of suus:

    ut nemo sit nostrum quin in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium requirat acrius (= suum cujusque generis judicium),

    Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:

    quas tamen inter omnes (voces) est suo quoque in genere (vox) mediocris ( = inter omnes voces est mediocris vox, sua quoque in genere),

    id. de Or. 3, 57, 216:

    eo concilia suae cujusque regionis indici jussit (= sua cujusque regionis concilia),

    Liv. 45, 29, 10:

    equites suae cuique parti post principia collocat (= equites suos cuique parti),

    id. 3, 22, 6:

    cum motibus armorum et corporum suae cuique genti assuetis,

    id. 25, 17, 5:

    legiones deducebantur cum tribunis et centurionibus et sui cujusque ordinis militibus (= suis cujusque),

    Tac. A. 14, 27:

    quae sui cujusque sunt ingenii,

    Quint. 7, 10, 10 Halm (al. sua):

    sui cujusque ingenii poma vel semina gerunt (= sua cujusque),

    Col. 3, 1;

    and by a double attraction: has (cohortes) subsidiariae ternae et aliae totidem suae cujusque legionis subsequebantur (= has cohortes... totidem cujusque legionis, suam quaeque legionem, subsequebantur),

    Caes. B. C. 1, 83. —
    (β).
    Attraction of quisque:

    tanta ibi copia venustatum in suo quique loco sita,

    Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 6 (al. quaeque):

    quodvis frumentum non tamen omne Quique suo genere inter se simile esse videbis,

    Lucr. 2, 372 Lachm. and Munro ad loc.:

    cum verba debeant sui cujusque generis copulari,

    Varr. L. L. 10, 48:

    in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:

    haec igitur proclivitas ad suum quodque genus aegrotatio dicatur,

    id. Tusc. 4, 12, 28:

    separatim greges sui cujusque generis nocte remeabant (= greges sui quisque generis),

    Liv. 24, 3, 5:

    ut sui cujusque mensis acciperet (frumentum),

    Suet. Aug. 40;

    and quisque both attracted and in its own case: quia cujusque partis naturae et in corpore et in animo sua quaeque vis sit (where either cujusque or quaeque is redundant),

    Cic. Fin. 5, 17, 46; v. Madv. ad loc.; Cato, R. R. 23 fin.;

    so esp. in the phrases suo quoque tempore, anno, die, loco, etc.: pecunia, quae in stipendium Romanis suo quoque anno penderetur, deerat (= suo quaeque anno),

    each instalment in the year when due, Liv. 33, 46, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    suo quoque loco,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 2; 1, 22, 6:

    opera quae suis quibusque temporibus anni vilicum exsequi oporteret,

    Col. 11, 3:

    suo quoque tempore,

    Vitr. 2, 9, 4:

    nisi sua quaque die usurae exsolverentur (= sua quaeque die),

    Dig. 22, 1, 12 init.; 13, 7, 8, § 3:

    ut opera rustica suo quoque tempore faciat,

    ib. 19, 2, 25, § 3 (al. quaeque)—
    c.
    In the order quisque... suus.
    (α).
    In relative clauses, comparative clauses with ut, and interrogative clauses introduced by quid, etc., where quisque immediately follows the relative, etc.:

    ut quisque suom volt esse, ita est,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 45; cf.

    with sibi,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 49; id. Lael. 9, 30:

    expendere oportere quid quisque habeat sui... nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant. Id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,

    id. Off. 1, 31, 113:

    neque solum quid in senatu quisque civitatis suae dicerent ignorabant, sed, etc.,

    Liv. 32, 19, 9:

    gratius id fore laetiusque quod quisque sua manu ex hoste captum rettulerit,

    id. 5, 20, 8; 6, 25, 10; cf.:

    in quibus cum multa sint quae sua quisque dicere velit, nihil est quod quisque suum possit dicere,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 23, 1.—
    (β).
    If the emphasis is not on suus, but (for quisque, when emphatic, unusquisque is used) on some other word:

    in civitates quemque suas... dimisit,

    Liv. 21, 48, 2:

    in patriam quisque suam remissus est,

    Just. 33, 2, 8:

    in vestigio quemque suo vidit,

    Liv. 28, 22, 15; cf.:

    hospitibus quisque suis scribebant,

    id. 33, 45, 6:

    pro facultatibus quisque suis,

    id. 42, 53, 3; cf.:

    respiciendae sunt cuique facultates suae,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 15, 3:

    praecipitat quisque vitam suam et futuri desiderio laborat,

    id. Brev. Vit. 7, 5; id. Ben. 7, 5, 1:

    tunc praeceps quisque se proripit et penates suos deserit,

    id. Q. N. 6, 1, 5; 5, 18, 8:

    summum quisque causae suae judicem facit,

    Plin. 1, prooem. § 10: aestimatione nocturnae [p. 1828] quietis, dimidio quisque spatio vitae suae vivit, id. 7, 50, 51, § 167.—
    (γ).
    Poets adopt the order quisque suus when the metre requires it, Verg. A. 6, 743:

    oscula quisque suae matri tulerunt,

    Ov. F. 2, 715. —
    (δ).
    When suus and quisque belong to different clauses:

    atque earum quaeque, suum tenens munus... manet in lege naturae,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 13, 38. —
    d.
    Suus uterque, or uterque suus, distributively of two subjects:

    suas uterque legiones reducit in castra,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 40; 2, 28:

    ideo quod uterque suam legem confirmare debebit,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 142:

    cum sui utrosque adhortarentur,

    Liv. 1, 25, 1:

    ad utrumque ducem sui redierunt,

    id. 21, 29, 5:

    utraque (lex) sua via it,

    Sen. Ben. 6, 6, 1; cf.

    uterque, in apposit.: nec ipsi tam inter se acriter contenderunt, quam studia excitaverant uterque sui corporis hominum,

    Liv. 26, 48, 6.—
    3.
    With sibi.
    (α).
    Sibi with pronom. force (cf. sui, IV. C. fin.):

    reddam suum sibi,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 119 ( = ei; but referred to b, infra, by Brix ad loc.); cf.:

    suam rem sibi salvam sistam,

    id. Poen. 5, 2, 123:

    idem lege sibi sua curationem petet,

    for himself, Cic. Agr. 2, 9, 22 (cf. id. Phil. 2, 37, 96;

    I. B. 2. b. supra): ut vindicare sibi suum fulgorem possint,

    Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 11; cf.

    the formula of divorce: tuas res tibi habeto,

    Dig. 24, 2, 2.—Hence, illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit, Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69.—
    (β).
    With sibi redundant, to strengthen suus (anteand post-class. and colloq.):

    quo pacto serviat suo sibi patri,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 5:

    eum necabam ilico per cerebrum pinna sua sibi, quasi turturem,

    id. Poen. 2, 40; v. sui, IV. C. and the passages there cited.—
    4.
    With gen. agreeing with the subject of suus:

    quas cum solus pertulisset ut sua unius in his gratia esset,

    that the credit of it should belong to him alone, Liv. 2, 8, 3:

    qui de sua unius sententia omnia gerat,

    id. 44, 22, 11; cf.:

    unam Aegyptus in hoc spem habet suam,

    Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2.—For suus ipsius, etc., v. D. 1. b. supra.—
    5.
    With demonstr., rel., or indef. pronn. and adjj., of his, hers, etc.:

    postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam adjutores vos profiteamini,

    to this booty of his, Cic. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:

    Sestius cum illo exercitu suo,

    id. Sest. 5, 12:

    qua gravitate sua,

    id. ib. 61, 129:

    suam rem publicam illam defenderunt,

    that republic of theirs, id. ib. 67, 141:

    in istum civem suum,

    against this citizen of theirs, id. Balb. 18, 41:

    cum illo suo pari,

    id. Pis. 8, 18:

    te nulla sua calamitate civitas satiare potest?

    id. Phil. 8, 6, 19:

    dubitatis igitur, quin vos M. Laterensis ad suam spem aliquam delegerit,

    for some hope of his, id. Planc. 16, 39:

    non tam sua ulla spe quam militum impetu tractus,

    by any hope of his, Liv. 25, 21, 5:

    nullo suo merito,

    from no fault of theirs, id. 26, 29, 4:

    ipse arcano cum paucis familiaribus suis colloquitur,

    with a few of his friends, Caes. B. C. 1, 19.—
    6.
    With descriptive adjj.
    (α).
    Standing before the adj. and noun (so most freq.):

    suorum improbissimorum sermonum domicilium,

    Cic. Pis. 31, 76:

    causam sui dementissimi consilii,

    id. Phil. 2, 22, 53:

    suam insatiabilem crudelitatem,

    id. ib. 11, 3, 8:

    suis amplissimis fortunis,

    id. ib. 13, 8, 16:

    suum pristinum morem,

    id. Pis. 12, 27:

    suis lenissimis postulatis,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 5: simili ratione Pompeius in suis veteribus castris consedit (suis emphatic; cf. b, infra), id. ib. 3, 76.—
    (β).
    Between the adj. and noun (less emphatic):

    pro eximiis suis beneficiis,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 4, 7:

    propter summam suam humanitatem,

    id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:

    ex praeteritis suis officiis,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 60:

    Caesar in veteribus suis castris consedit,

    id. ib. 3, 76.—
    (γ).
    After adj. and noun:

    veterem amicum suum excepit,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:

    in illo ardenti tribunatu suo,

    id. Sest. 54, 116.—
    7.
    Objectively for the pers. pron. (rare):

    neque cuiquam mortalium injuriae suae parvae videntur ( = sibi illatae),

    Sall. C. 51, 11; so,

    neglectam ab Scipione et nimis leviter latam suam injuriam ratus,

    Liv. 29, 9, 9:

    ipsae enim leges te a cognitione sua judicio publico reppulerunt ( = a se cognoscendo),

    Cic. Balb. 14, 32:

    suam invidiam tali morte quaesitam ( = quaesitum esse ab eo ut homines se inviderent),

    Tac. A. 3, 16; so,

    nulla sua invidia,

    Cic. Mil. 15, 40.—
    8.
    Abl. fem. sua, with refert or interest, for gen. of the pers. pron.: neminem esse qui quomodo se habeat nihil sua censeat interesse, Cic. Fin. 5, 10, 30:

    si scit sua nihil interesse utrum anima per os, an per jugulum exeat,

    Sen. Ep. 76, 33; v. intersum, III.—
    9.
    Strengthened by the suffix - pte or -met.
    (α).
    By - pte (not used with ipse) affixed to the forms sua, suo, and (ante-class.) suum:

    quom illa osculata esset suumpte amicum,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 4, 38:

    ut terrena suopte nutu et suo pondere in terram ferantur,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:

    ferri suopte pondere,

    id. N. D. 1, 25, 69:

    suapte natura,

    id. Fat. 18, 42:

    suapte vi et natura,

    id. ib. 19, 43; id. Fin. 1, 16, 54; 5, 22, 61:

    suopte ingenio,

    Liv. 25, 18; so id. 1, 25, 1; 1, 18, 4:

    suapte manu,

    Cic. Or. 3, 3, 10:

    locus suapte natura infestus,

    Liv. 44, 6, 9; so,

    suapte natura,

    id. 4, 22, 4:

    flumina suapte natura vasta,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 8; so id. Ben. 4, 17, 2:

    sponte suapte,

    Varr. L. L. 6, 7, § 70.—
    (β).
    With - met, almost always followed by ipse (in all forms of suus except suus, suum, suae, and suorum):

    suomet ipsi more,

    Sall. J. 31, 6:

    suomet ipsi instrumento,

    Liv. 22, 14, 13:

    suomet ipsi metu,

    Tac. H. 3, 16 fin.:

    suamet ipsum pecunia,

    Sall. J. 8, 2:

    suamet ipsae fraude,

    Liv. 8, 18, 9:

    intra suamet ipsum moenia,

    id. 6, 36, 4:

    suismet ipsi praesidiis,

    id. 8, 25, 6:

    suismet ipsis corporibus,

    id. 2, 19, 5:

    suosmet ipsi cives,

    id. 2, 9, 5:

    suasmet ipse spes,

    Tac. A. 3, 66 fin. —Without ipse:

    populum suimet sanguinis mercede,

    Sall. H. Fragm. 1, 41, 25 Dietsch:

    magna pars suismet aut proxumorum telis obtruncabantur,

    id. ib. 2, 52 ib.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > sua

  • 4 suum

    sŭus, a, um (old form sos, sa, sum; dat. plur. sis, Enn. ap. Fest. p. 301 Mull.; acc. sas. id. ib. p. 325 ib.; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 47; Schol. Pers. 1, 108; sing. sam for suam, Fest. p. 47 Mull.;

    so for suo, C. I. L. 5, 2007. In ante-class. verse su- with the following vowel freq. forms one syllable,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 48; id. Ps. 1, 3, 5; Ter. And. 1, 1, 68; Lucr. 1, 1022; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 189 sqq.), pron. poss., 3 d pers. [root SVA-; Sanscr. sva, own; cf. sui; Gr. seWo-, whence sphe, etc., and he; cf. heos], of or belonging to himself, herself, etc.; his own, her own, etc.; his, her, its, their; one ' s; hers, theirs.
    I.
    Ordinary possessive use his, etc. (cf. the similar use of the pers. pron. sui, q. v.).
    A.
    With antecedent in the same sentence.
    1.
    The antecedent a subject-nominative, expressed or understood.
    (α).
    His:

    Caesar copias suas divisit,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 97:

    ille in sua sententia perseverat,

    id. ib. 1, 72:

    tantam habebat suarum rerum fiduciam,

    id. ib. 2, 37:

    cum sceleris sui socios Romae reliquisset,

    Cic. Cat. 3, 1, 3:

    cur ego non ignoscam si anteposuit suam salutem meae?

    id. Pis. 32, 79; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Mil. 10, 27; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:

    Hanno praefecturam ejus (i.e. Muttinis) filio suo (Hannonis) dedit,

    Liv. 26, 40, 7:

    imperat princeps civibus suis,

    Sen. Clem. 1, 16, 2:

    nemo rem suam emit,

    id. Ben. 7, 4, 8.—
    (β).
    Her:

    mea Glycerium suos parentes repperit,

    Ter. And. 5, 6, 5:

    utinam haec ignoraret suum patrem,

    id. Phorm. 5, 6, 34:

    si nunc facere volt era officium suom,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 72:

    ne eadem mulier cum suo conjuge honestissimum adulescentem oppressisse videatur,

    Cic. Cael. 32, 78:

    si omnibus suis copiis excellentem virum res publica armasset,

    id. Phil. 13, 16, 32.—
    (γ).
    Its:

    omne animal, simul et ortum est, et se ipsum et omnes partes suas diligit,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 11, 33:

    cum mea domus ardore suo deflagrationem Italiae toti minaretur,

    id. Planc. 40, 95.—
    (δ).
    Their: (legiones) si consulem suum reliquerunt, vituperandae sunt Cic. Phil. 5, 2, 4:

    mittent aliquem de suo numero,

    id. ib. 11, 10, 25:

    rationem illi sententiae suae non fere reddebant,

    id. Tusc. 1, 17, 38:

    qui agellos suos redimere a piratis solebant,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 37, § 85:

    edicunt ut ad suum vestitum senatores redirent,

    id. Sest. 14, 32:

    suis finibus eos prohibent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 1: Allobrogibus sese persuasuros existimabant ut per suos (Allobrogum) fines eos (Helvetios) ire paterentur, id. id. 1, 6;

    and distributively: ac naves onerariae LXIII. in portu expugnatae, quaedam cum suis oneribus, frumento, armis, aere, etc.,

    some with their several cargoes, Liv. 26, 47, 9.—
    2.
    With a subject-clause as antecedent:

    id sua sponte apparebat tuta celeribus consiliis praepositurum,

    was selfevident, Liv. 22, 38, 13:

    ad id quod sua sponte satis collectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,

    id. 3, 62, 1:

    secutum tamen sua sponte est ut vilior ob ea regi Hannibal et suspectior fieret,

    id. 35, 14, 4. —
    3.
    With subject-acc. as antecedent:

    hanc dicam Athenis advenisse cum aliquo amatore suo, Plant. Mil. 2, 2, 86: doceo gratissimum esse in sua tribu Plancium,

    Cic. Planc. 19, 47:

    cupio eum suae causae confidere,

    id. Sest. 64, 135:

    suspicari debuit (Milo), eum (Clodium) ad villam suam (Clodii) deversurum,

    id. Mil. 19, 51: Medeam praedicant in fuga fratris sui membra dissipavisse, id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 22:

    (dixit) Caesarem pro sua dignitate debere et studium et iracundiam suam reipublicae dimittere,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
    4.
    With object-acc. as antecedent.
    (α).
    Suus being an adjunct of the subject (generally rendered in Engl. by a pass. constr.):

    hunc pater suus de templo deduxit,

    he was taken from the temple by his father, Cic. Inv. 2, 17, 52:

    hunc sui cives e civitate ejecerunt,

    id. Sest. 68, 142:

    Alexandrum uxor sua... occidit,

    id. Inv. 2, 49, 144:

    illum ulciscentur mores sui,

    id. Att. 9, 12, 2:

    quodsi quem natura sua... forte deficiet,

    id. Or. 1, 14:

    utrumque regem sua multitudo consalutaverat,

    Liv. 1, 7, 1:

    quas (urbes) sua virtus ac dii juvent, magnas sibi opes facere,

    id. 1, 9, 3; 1, 7, 15; 6, 33, 5:

    quos nec sua conscientia impulerit, nec, etc.,

    id. 26, 33, 3; 25, 14, 7:

    consulem C. Marium servus suus interemit,

    Val. Max. 6, 8, 2:

    quis non Vedium Pollionem pejus oderat quam servi sui?

    Sen. Clem. 1, 18, 2:

    sera dies sit qua illum gens sua caelo adserat,

    id. Cons. Poll. 12 (31), 5.—With the antecedent understood from the principal sentence:

    ita forma simili pueri ut mater sua internoscere (sc. eos) non posset,

    Plaut. Men. prol. 19; and with suus as adjunct both of the subject and of the antecedent: jubet salvere suos vir uxorem suam, id. merc. 4, 3, 11. —
    (β).
    With impers. verbs:

    sunt homines, quos libidinis infamiaeque suae neque pudeat neque taedeat,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 12, 35:

    video fore ut inimicos tuos poeniteat intemperantiae suae,

    id. Fam. 3, 10, 1:

    si Caesarem beneficii sui poeniteret,

    id. Lig. 10, 29; so id. Agr. 2, 11, 26:

    jam ne nobilitatis quidem suae plebejos poenitere,

    Liv. 10, 7, 8:

    militem jam minus virtutis poenitere suae,

    id. 22, 12, 10.—
    (γ).
    As adjunct of other members of the sentence:

    ad parentes suos ducas Silenium,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 86. nam is illius filiam conicit in navem clam matrem suam (i.e. filiae), id. Mil. 2, 1, 34:

    eosdem ad quaestoris sui aut imperatoris, aut commilitonum suorum pericula impulistis,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 17, 34:

    totum enim ex sua patria sustulisti,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 49, § 127; id. Or. 3, 32, 126: quem (Hammonium) tibi etiam suo nomine ( on his own account) commendo... itaque peto a te ut ejus procuratorem et ipsum suo nomine diligas, id. Fam. 13, 21, 2:

    Caesar Fabium in sua remittit hiberna,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 33; id. B. C. 3, 24:

    introire ad Ciceronem, et domi suae imparatum confodere,

    Sall. C. 28, 1:

    suis flammis delete Fidenas,

    i. e. the flames kindled by the Fidenates, Liv. 4, 33, 5:

    suo igni involvit hostes,

    Tac. A. 14, 30:

    quid Caesarem in sua fata inmisit?

    Sen. Ep. 94, 65; id. Q. N. 1, praef. 7; cf.

    with antecedent supplied from preceding sentence: non destiti rogare et petere (sc. Brutum) mea causa, suadere et hortari sua,

    Cic. Att. 6, 2, 7.—
    5.
    With dat. as antecedent.
    (α).
    As adjunct of subject (cf. 4. supra):

    suus rex reginae placet,

    a queen likes her own king, Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 76:

    ei nunc alia ducenda'st domum, sua cognata Lemniensis,

    id. Cist. 1, 1, 101:

    Autronio nonne sodales, non collegae sui... defuerunt?

    Cic. Sull. 2, 7:

    si ceteris facta sua recte prosunt,

    id. Cat. 3, 12, 27:

    cui non magistri sui atque doctores, cui non... locus ipse... in mente versetur?

    id. Planc. 33, 81:

    haec omnia plane... Siculis erepta sunt: primum suae leges, etc.,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 33:

    Romanis multitudo sua auxit animum,

    Liv. 21, 50, 4:

    sicuti populo Romano sua fortuna labet,

    id. 42, 50, 7:

    Lanuvinis sacra sua reddita,

    id. 8, 14, 2:

    vilitas sua illis detrahit pretium,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 29, 2:

    nemo est cui felicitas sua satisfaciat,

    id. Ep. 115, 17:

    labor illi suus restitutus est,

    id. Brev. Vit. 20, 3:

    magnitudo sua singulis constat,

    id. Q. N. 1, 1, 10:

    tantum sapienti sua, quantum Dec omnis aetas patet,

    id. Ep. 53, 11. —

    With antecedent supplied from principal sentence: mater quod suasit sua Adulescens mulier fecit, i.e. ei,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 38.—
    (β).
    Of other words:

    regique Thebano regnum stabilivit suum,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 40:

    mittam hodie huic suo die natali malam rem magnam,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 5:

    ego Metello non irascor, neque ei suam vacationem eripio,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:

    desinant insidiari domui suae consuli,

    id. Cat. 1, 13, 32:

    quibus ea res honori fuerit a suis civibus,

    id. Mil. 35, 96: Scipio suas res Syracusanis restituit, Liv. [p. 1824] 29, 1, 17:

    nos non suas (leges Lacedaemoniis arbitror) ademisse, sed nostras leges dedisse,

    id. 39, 37, 6:

    Graccho et Tuditano provinciae Lucani et Galliae cum suis exercitibus prorogatae,

    id. 25, 3, 5.—
    6.
    With gen., abl., or object of a prep. as antecedent:

    nec illius animi aciem praestringit splendor sui nominis,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:

    nolite a sacris patriis Junonis Sospitae domesticum et suum consulem avellere,

    id. Mur. 41, 90:

    quamvis tu magna mihi scripseris de Bruti adventu ad suas legiones,

    id. Att. 14, 13, 12:

    suae legis ad scriptum ipsam quoque sententiam adjungere,

    the meaning of their law to which they refer, id. Inv. 2, 49, 147:

    cum ambitio alterius suam primum apud eos majestatem solvisset,

    Liv. 22, 42, 12:

    nunc causam instituendorum ludorum ab origine sua repetam,

    Val. Max. 2, 4, 4:

    Jubam in regno suo non locorum notitia adjuvet, non popularium pro rege suo virtus,

    Sen. Ep. 71, 10; id. Ben. 7, 6, 3; id. Clem. 1, 3, 4.—Esp. with cujusque as antecedent:

    in qua deliberatione ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,

    Cic. Off. 1, 33, 119 (v. II. D. 2. infra).— Abl.:

    operam dare ut sua lex ipso scripto videatur niti,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 147 (cf. supra):

    (Caesar reperiebat) ad Galbam propter justitiam prudentiamque suam totius belli summam deferri,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 4:

    credere, ad suum concilium a Jove deos advocari,

    Sen. Q. N. 2, 42, 1.—
    7.
    With predic. nom. as antecedent:

    sapientissimi artis suae professores sunt a quibus et propria studia verecunde et aliena callide administrantur,

    Val. Max. 8, 12, 1.—
    8.
    With appositive noun.
    (α).
    With gram. subject as antecedent:

    hoc Anaximandro, populari ac sodali suo, non persuasit,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 37, 118:

    vidit fortissimum virum, inimicissimum suum,

    id. Mil. 9, 25:

    (hic) fuit in Creta contubernalis Saturnini, propinqui sui,

    id. Planc. 11, 27:

    ut non per L. Crassum, adfinem suum... causam illam defenderit,

    id. Balb. 21, 49:

    ne cum hoc T. Broccho, avunculo, ne cum ejus filio, consobrino suo, ne nobiscum vivat,

    id. Lig. 4, 11:

    Caesar mittit ad eum A. Clodium, suum atque illius familiarem,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 57.—
    (β).
    With object as antecedent:

    Dicaearchum cum Aristoxeno, aequali et condiscipulo suo, omittamus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 41:

    tres fratres optimos, non solum sibi ipsos, neque nobis, necessariis suis, sed etiam rei publicae condonavit,

    id. Lig. 12, 36:

    Varroni, quem, sui generis hominem,... vulgus extrahere ad consulatum nitebatur,

    Liv. 22, 34, 2.—
    (γ).
    With appositive noun as antecedent:

    si P. Scipionem, clarissimum virum, majorumque suorum simillimum res publica tenere potuisset,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 14, 29:

    M. Fabi Ambusti, potentis viri cum inter sui corporis homines, tum ad plebem, etc.,

    Liv. 6, 34, 5:

    C. vero Fabricii, et Q. Aemilii Papi, principum saeculi sui, domibus argentum fuisse confitear oportet,

    Val. Max. 4, 4, 3.—
    9.
    In participial clauses.
    (α).
    The antecedent being the logical subject of the participle, and other than the principal subject:

    credamus igitur Panaetio, a Platone suo dissentienti ( = qui dissentiebat),

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 32, 79:

    ea Sex. Roscium, expulsum ex suis bonis, recepit domum,

    id. Rosc. Am. 10, 27:

    diffidentemque rebus suis confirmavit,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23:

    Dejotarum ad me venientem cum omnibus copiis suis, certiorem feci, etc.,

    id. Fam. 15, 4, 7; id. Cat. 4, 9, 18: si hominis et suis et populi Romani ornamentis amplissimi ( being greatly distinguished) causam repudiassem, id. Mur. 4, 8:

    stupentes tribunos et suam jam vicem magis anxios quam, etc., liberavit consensus populi Romani,

    Liv. 8, 35, 1; 22, 42, 8:

    manet in folio scripta querela suo ( = quam scripsit),

    Ov. F. 5, 224; cf. in abl. absol.:

    et ipsis (hostibus) regressis in castra sua,

    Liv. 22, 60, 9:

    quibus (speculis) si unum ostenderis hominem, populus adparet, unaquaque parte faciem exprimente sua,

    Sen. Q. N. 1, 5, 5.—
    (β).
    The logical subject of the participle, being also the principal subject:

    sic a suis legionibus condemnatus irrupit in Galliam,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 10, 21:

    hunc agrum patres nostri, acceptum a majoribus suis ( = quem acceperant), perdiderunt,

    id. Agr. 2, 31, 84:

    ut in suis ordinibus dispositi dispersos adorirentur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 92: Appius, odium in se aliorum suo in eos metiens odio, haud ignaro, inquit, imminet fortuna, Liv. 3, 54, 3:

    ipsa capit Condita in pharetra ( = quae condiderat) tela minora sua,

    Ov. F. 2, 326; cf. in abl. absol.:

    Sopater, expositis suis difficultatibus ( = cum exposuisset, etc.): Timarchidem... perducit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 69:

    Caesar, primum suo deinde omnium ex conspectu remotis equis, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 25:

    Campani, audita sua pariter sociorumque clade, legatos ad Hannibalem miserunt,

    Liv. 25, 15, 1:

    (Appius) deposito suo magistratu... domum est reductus,

    id. 4, 24, 7; 3, 35, 9; 9, 10, 13; 9, 41, 9.—
    (γ).
    The antecedent being the principal subject, not the logical subject of the participle:

    M. Papirius dicitur Gallo, barbam suam (i.e. Papirii) permulcenti,... iram movisse,

    Liv. 5, 41, 9: cum Gracchus, verecundia deserendi socios, implorantis fidem suam populique Romani, substitisset. id. 23, 36, 8; cf. in abl. absol.:

    si sine maximo dedecore, tam impeditis suis rebus, potuisset emori,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 10, 29; id. Mil. 14, 38; id. Planc. 21, 51; id. Clu. 14, 42:

    ita (consul) proelio uno accidit Vestinorum res, haudquaquam tamen incruento milite suo (consulis),

    Liv. 8, 29, 12; cf.

    with antecedent to be supplied: Campani, cum, robore juventutis suae acciso, nulla (sc. eis) propinqua spes esset, etc.,

    id. 7, 29, 7.—
    10.
    In gerund. construction. ( a) With subject as antecedent:

    mihi ipsa Roma ad complectendum conservatorem suum progredi visa est,

    Cic. Pis. 22, 52.—
    (β).
    With object, the logical subjects of the gerund as antecedent:

    cur iis persequendi juris sui... adimis potestatem?

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21:

    si senatui doloris sui de me declarandi potestas esset erepta,

    id. Sest. 23, 51:

    nec tribunis plebis (spatium datur) sui periculi deprecandi,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 5.—
    (γ).
    With antecedent dependent on the gerund:

    eamque rem illi putant a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19.—
    11.
    As adjunct of a noun dependent on a subjectinf., with its logical subject as antecedent:

    magnum Miloni fuit, conficere illam pestem nulla sua invidia?

    Cic. Mil. 15, 40:

    neque enim fuit Gabinii, remittere tantum de suo nec regis, imponere tantum plus suis,

    his claim, id. Rab. Post. 11, 31:

    Piso, cui fructum pietatis suae neque ex me neque a populo Romano ferre licuit,

    id. Sest. 31, 68:

    ei cujus magis intersit, vel sua, vel rei publicae causa vivere,

    id. Off. 3, 23, 90:

    sapientis est consilium explicare suum de maximis rebus,

    id. Or. 2, 81, 333; id. Mil. 15, 41.—With logical subject understood:

    totam Italiam suis colonis ut complere (sc. eis) liceat, permittitur,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 13, 34:

    maximum (sc. eis) solacium erit, propinquorum eodem monumento declarari, et virtutem suorum, et populi Romani pietatem,

    id. Phil. 14, 13, 35.
    B.
    Without gram. antec., one ' s, one ' s own.
    1.
    Dependent on subject-inff.:

    ejusdem animi est, posteris suis amplitudinem nobis quam non acceperit tradere, et memoriam prope intermortuam generis sui, virtute renovare,

    Cic. Mur. 7, 16:

    siquidem atrocius est, patriae parentem quam suum occidere,

    id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:

    miliens perire est melius quam in sua civitate sine armorum praesidio non posse vivere,

    id. ib. 2, 44, 112: quanto est honestius, alienis injuriis quam suis commoveri, one ' s own, id. Verr. 2, 3, 72, § 169:

    contentum suis rebus esse maximae sunt certissimaeque divitiae,

    id. Par. 6, 51:

    ut non liceat sui commodi causa nocere alteri,

    id. Off. 3, 5, 23:

    detrahere de altero sui commodi causa,

    id. ib. 3, 5, 24:

    suis exemplis melius est uti,

    Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2:

    levius est sua decreta tollere quam aliorum,

    Liv. 3, 21. 5; 39, 5, 2;

    29, 37, 11: satius est vitae suae rationes quam frumenti publici nosse,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 18, 3:

    quanto satius est sua mala exstinguere quam aliena posteris tradere?

    id. Q. N. 3, praef. 5:

    cum initia beneficiorum suorum spectare, tum etiam exitus decet,

    id. Ben. 2, 14, 2; 3, 1, 5:

    Romani nominis gloriae, non suae, composuisse illa decuit,

    Plin. 1, prooem. § 16.—With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent: cum possimus ab Ennio sumere... exemplum, videtur esse arrogantia illa relinquere, et ad sua devenire, to one ' s own = to our own, Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2.—
    2.
    Without a subject-inf.:

    omnia torquenda sunt ad commodum suae causae... sua diligenter narrando,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 21, 30: ut in ceteris habenda ratio non sua (al. sui) solum, sed etiam aliorum, id. Off. 1, 39, 139:

    erat Dareo mite ac tractabile ingenium, nisi suam naturam plerumque fortuna corrumperet (suam not referring to Dareo),

    Curt. 3, 2, 17 MSS. (Foss, mansuetam). — With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent (cf. 1. supra):

    non erit ista amicitia sed mercatura quaedam utilitatum suarum,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 44, 122; cf.: pro suo possidere, II. A. 2. a. g; and Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73, II. A. 2. b. a; cf. also II. B. 1. a; II. B. 5. c.; II. B. 7. b.; II. C. 8. b. b infra.
    C.
    With antec. in a previous sentence. Here ejus, eorum, earum are used for his, her, their, unless the clause is oblique in regard to the antecedent, i. e. the antecedent is conceived as the author of the statement.
    1.
    In clauses dependent on a verbum sentiendi or dicendi, expressed or understood, referring to the grammatical or logical subject of the verb.
    a.
    In infinitive clauses:

    (Clodius) Caesaris potentiam suam potentiam esse dicebat,

    Cic. Mil. 32, 88:

    (Caelius) a sua (causa) putat ejus (i.e. Ascitii) esse sejunctam,

    id. Cael. 10, 24:

    ipsos certo scio non negare ad haec bona Chrysogonum accessisse impulsu suo (referring to ipsos),

    id. Rosc. Am. 37, 107:

    hostes viderunt,... suorum tormentorum usum spatio propinquitatis interire,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 16:

    docent, sui judicii rem non esse,

    id. ib. 1, 13.—The reference of suus may be ambiguous, esp. if an infinitive is dependent on another:

    hoc Verrem dicere ajebant, te... opera sua consulem factum, i.e. Verris, though grammatically it might refer to the subj. of aiebant,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 10, 29:

    (Ariovistus) dixit neminem secum sine sua pernicie contendisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 36; cf. the context with, in all, eleven reflexive pronouns referring to four different antecedents (populus Romanus, Ariovistus, Caesar, nemo); cf.

    also: occurrebat ei, mancam praeturam suam futuram consule Milone,

    Cic. Mil. 9, 25; 32, 88; Liv. 3, 42, 2.—
    b.
    Suus in a clause dependent on inf.:

    scio equidem, ut, qui argentum afferret atque expressam imaginem suam (i.e. militis) huc ad nos, cum eo ajebat velle mitti mulierem,

    Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 55:

    isti bonorum emptores arbitrantur, vos hic sedere qui excipiatis eos qui de suis (i.e. emptorum) manibus effugerint,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:

    Siculi venisse tempus ajebant ut commoda sua defenderem,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 1, 3:

    ut tunc tandem sentiret recuperanda esse quae prius sua culpa amissa forent,

    Liv. 44, 8, 4. —

    Ambiguous: velle Pompejum se Caesari purgatum, ne ea quae reipublicae causa egerit (Pompejus) in suam (i.e. Caesaris) contumeliam vertat (where suam might be referred to Pompejus),

    Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
    c.
    In oblique clauses introduced by ut or ne, or clauses subordinate to such:

    Cassius constituit ut ludi absente te fierent suo nomine,

    Cic. Att. 15, 11, 2:

    postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam tam nefariam adjutores vos profiteamini,

    id. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:

    Nasidius eos magnopere hortatur ut rursus cum Bruti classe, additis suis (i.e. Nasidii) auxiliis confligant,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 3:

    (regem) denuntiasse sibi ut triduo regni sui decederent finibus,

    Liv. 42, 25, 12:

    Sabinae mulieres, hinc patres, hinc viros orantes, ne parricidio macularent partus suos (i.e. mulierum),

    id. 1, 13, 2:

    Patron praecepit suis ut arma induerent, ad omne imperium suum parati,

    Curt. 5, 11, 1.—With reflex. pron., referring to a different antecedent:

    ad hanc (Laidem) Demosthenes clanculum adit, et ut sibi copiam sui faceret, petit,

    Gell. 1, 8, 5. —
    d.
    In subordinate clauses introduced by quin or quod:

    (Dejotarus) non recusat quin id suum facinus judices,

    Cic. Deiot. 15, 43; so id. ib. 4, 15;

    16, 45: parietes hujus curiae tibi gratias agere gestiunt, quod futura sit illa auctoritas in his majorum suorum et suis sedibus,

    id. Marcell. 3, 10:

    quidni gauderet quod iram suam nemo sentiret?

    Sen. Troad. 3, 13:

    querenti quod uxor sua e fico se suspendisset,

    Quint. 6, 3, 88;

    and with intentional ambiguity: cum Proculejus quereretur de filio quod is mortem suam expectaret,

    id. 9, 3, 68. —
    e.
    In interrogative clauses:

    si, quod officii sui sit, non occurrit animo, nihil umquam omnino aget,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 8, 25:

    ut non auderet iterum dicere quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,

    id. Caecin. 10, [p. 1825] 28:

    donec sciat unisquisque quid sui, quid alieni sit,

    Liv. 6, 27, 8:

    rex ignarus, quae cum Hannibale legatis suis convenisset, quaeque legati ejus ad se allaturi fuissent,

    id. 23, 39, 2:

    postquam animadvertit quantus agminis sui terror esset,

    id. 43, 19, 5. —
    2.
    In a virtually oblique clause.
    a.
    In final clause, introduced by ut, ne, or rel., referring to the subject of the purpose:

    me a portu praemisit domum, ut haec nuntiem uxori suae,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 41:

    quasi Appius ille Caecus viam muniverit, non qua populus uteretur, sed ubi impune sui posteri latrocinarentur, i. e. Appii,

    Cic. Mil. 7, 17:

    quae gens ad Caesarem legatos mise. rat, ut suis omnibus facultatibus uteretur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 80:

    inde castra movent, ne qua vis sociis suis ab Romano exercitu inferri possit,

    Liv. 43, 23, 5:

    (Romani) Albam a fundamentis proruerunt, ne memoria originum suarum exstaret,

    id. 26, 13, 16:

    oppidani nuntios Romam, qui certiorem de suo casu senatum facerent, misere,

    id. 6, 33, 7; cf.:

    tanto intervallo ab hostibus consedit, ut nec adventus suus propinquitate nimia nosci posset, et, etc.,

    Liv. 10, 20, 7:

    Datames locum delegit talem ut non multum obesse multitudo hostium suae paucitati posset,

    Nep. Dat. 7, 3:

    quid si gubernator a diis procellas petat ut gratior ars sua periculo fiat?

    Sen. Ben. 6, 25, 4. —
    b.
    In other dependent clauses represented as conceived by an antecedent in the principal sentence:

    Sulla, si sibi suus pudor ac dignitas non prodesset, nullum auxilium requisivit ( = negavit se defendi velle, si, etc.),

    Cic. Sull. 5, 15:

    Paetus omnes libros quos frater suus reliquisset mihi donavit ( = dixit se donare libros quos, etc.),

    id. Att. 2, 1, 12:

    non enim a te emit, sed, priusquam tu suum sibi venderes, ipse possedit ( = potitus est, ne, etc.),

    id. Phil. 2, 37, 96:

    Africanus, si sua res ageretur, testimonium non diceret,

    id. Rosc. Am. 36, 3:

    ille ipse (Pompejus) proposuit epistulam illam, in qua est Pro tuis rebus gestis amplissimis. Amplioribusne quam suis, quam Africani?

    id. Att. 8, 9, 2:

    spiritus dabat (Manlio) quod... vinculorum suorum invidiam dictator fugisset,

    Liv. 6, 18, 4:

    (Numa) Camenis eum lucum sacravit, quod earum ibi concilia cum conjuge sua Egeria essent,

    id. 1, 21, 3:

    adulescens deos omnis invocare ad gratiam illi pro se referendam, quoniam sibi nequaquam satis facultatis pro suo animo atque illius erga se esset,

    id. 26, 50, 4 (cf. D. 1. a. infra).
    D.
    In the place of ejus.
    1.
    In clauses virtually oblique, but with indicative, being conceived by the antecedent (hence suus, not ejus), but asserted as fact by the author (hence indicative, not subjunctive):

    Cicero tibi mandat ut Aristodemo idem respondeas, quod de fratre suo (Ciceronis) respondisti,

    Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4:

    oriundi ab Sabinis, ne, quia post Tatii mortem ab sua parte non erat regnatum, imperium amitterent, sui corporis creari regem volebant,

    Liv. 1, 17, 2:

    C. Caesar villam pulcherrimam, quia mater sua aliquando in illa custodita erat, diruit,

    Sen. Ira, 3, 21, 5:

    Philemonem, a manu servum, qui necem suam per venenum inimicis promiserat, non gravius quam simplici morte punivit,

    Suet. Caes. 74; cf.:

    quomodo excandescunt si quid e juba sua decisum est,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 12, 3.—
    2.
    To avoid ambiguity:

    petunt rationes illius (Catilinae) ut orbetur consilio res publica, ut minuatur contra suum (i.e. Catilinae) furorem imperatorum copia (instead of ejus, which might be referred to res publica),

    Cic. Mur. 39, 83:

    equites a cornibus positos, cum jam pelleretur media peditum suorum acies, incurrisse ab lateribus ferunt,

    Liv. 1, 37, 3.—
    3.
    Colloquially and in epistolary style suus is used emphatically instead of ejus, with the meaning own, peculiar: deinde ille actutum subferret suus servus poenas Sosia, his own slave (opp. Mercury, who personates Sosias), Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 19: mira erant in civitatibus ipsorum furta Graecorum quae magistratus sui fecerant, their own magistrates ( = ipsorum), Cic. Att. 6, 2, 5:

    in quibus (litteris Bruti) unum alienum summa sua prudentia (est), ut spectem ludos suos,

    his peculiar prudence, id. ib. 15, 26, 1; so,

    quod quidem ille (Nero) decernebat, quorumdam dolo ad omina sui exitus vertebatur,

    Tac. A. 16, 24; cf. II. A. 1. b and g; II. A. 2. a. b; II. B. 3.—
    4.
    Without particular emphasis (mostly ante- and post-class. and poet.):

    tum erit tempestiva cum semen suum maturum erit,

    Cato, R. R. 31:

    vitis si macra erit, sarmenta sua concidito minute,

    id. ib. 37:

    qui sic purgatus erit, diuturna valetudine utatur, neque ullus morbus veniet, nisi sua culpa,

    id. ib. 157:

    Cimon in eandem invidiam incidit quam pater suus,

    Nep. Cim. 3, 1:

    id qua ratione consecutus sit (Lysander) latet. Non enim virtute sui exercitus factum est, etc.,

    id. Lys. 1, 2:

    ipse sub Esquiliis, ubi erat regia sua, Concidit,

    Ov. F. 6, 601:

    quodque suus conjux riguo collegerat horto, Truncat olus foliis,

    id. M. 8, 646; so id. ib. 15, 819.
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    As substt.
    1.
    sui, suorum, m., his, their (etc.) friends, soldiers, fellow-beings, equals, adherents, followers, partisans, posterity, slaves, family, etc., of persons in any near connection with the antecedent.
    (α).
    (Corresp. to the regular usage, I. A. B. C.) Cupio abducere ut reddam (i.e. eam) suis, to her family, friends, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 77; cf. id. ib. 1, 2, 66:

    cum animus societatem caritatis coierit cum suis, omnesque natura conjunctos suos duxerit,

    fellow-beings, Cic. Leg. 1, 23, 60:

    mulier ingeniosa praecepit suis omnia Caelio pollicerentur,

    her slaves, id. Cael. 25, 62:

    quo facilius et nostras domos obire, et ipse a suis coli possit,

    his friends, id. ib. 7, 18:

    qua gratiam beneficii vestri cum suorum laude conjungant,

    their family, id. Agr. 2, 1, 1:

    vellem hanc contemptionem pecuniae suis reliquisset,

    to his posterity, id. Phil. 3, 6, 16:

    cum divisurum se urbem palam suis polliceretur,

    his partisans, id. ib. 13, 9, 19:

    Caesar, cohortatus suos, proelium commisit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 25; so,

    Curio exercitum reduxit, suis omnibus praeter Fabium incolumibus,

    id. B. C. 2, 35:

    Caesar receptui suorum timens,

    id. ib. 3, 46:

    certior ab suis factus est, praeclusas esse portas,

    id. ib. 2, 20:

    omnium suorum consensu, Curio bellum ducere parabat,

    id. ib. 2, 37: so,

    Pompejus suorum omnium hortatu statuerat proelio decertare,

    id. ib. 3, 86:

    Caesar Brundisium ad suos severius scripsit,

    to his officers, id. ib. 3, 25:

    naviculam conscendit cum paucis suis,

    a few of his followers, id. ib. 3, 104:

    multum cum suis consiliandi causa secreto praeter consuetudinem loqueretur,

    id. ib. 1, 19:

    nupsit Melino, adulescenti inprimis inter suos et honesto et nobili,

    his equals, associates, Cic. Clu. 5, 11:

    rex raptim a suis in equum impositus fugit,

    his suite, Liv. 41, 4, 7:

    subsidio suorum proelium restituere,

    comrades, id. 21, 52, 10:

    feras bestias... ad opem suis ferendam avertas,

    their young, id. 26, 13, 12:

    abstulit sibi in suos potestatem,

    his slaves, Sen. Ira, 3, 12, 6:

    Besso et Nabarzani nuntiaverant sui regem... interemptum esse,

    their fellow - conspirators, Curt. 5, 12, 14. — Very rarely sing.:

    ut bona mens suis omnibus fuerit. Si quem libido abripuit, illorum eum, cum quibus conjuravit, non suum judicet esse,

    Liv. 39, 16, 5.—
    (β).
    Irregular use (acc. to I. D.): sui = ejus amici, etc. (freq.;

    the absolute use of ejus in this sense being inadmissible): quasi vero quisquam dormiat? ne sui quidem hoc velint, non modo ipse (sui = ejus amici, liberi),

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:

    is (annus) ejus omnem spem... morte pervertit. Fuit hoc luctuosum suis, acerbum patriae, etc.,

    id. Or. 3, 2, 8:

    quadrigas, quia per suos ( = ipsius milites) agendae erant, in prima acie locaverat rex,

    Liv. 37, 41, 8:

    auctoritatem Pisistrati qui inter suos ( = ejus cives) maxima erat,

    id. 37, 12:

    quo cum multitudine adversariorum sui superarentur, ipse fuit superior, etc.,

    Nep. Hann. 8, 4; v. g.—
    (γ).
    Without antecedent (cf. I. B. supra): quoties necesse est fallere aut falli a suis, by one ' s friends, Sen. Phoen. 493.—
    (δ).
    Sing.: sŭa, suae. f., a sweetheart, mistress (rare): illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit. Cic. Phil. 2, 28. 69:

    cedo quid hic faciet sua?

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 92.—
    2.
    sŭum, i, n., and more freq. sŭa, suorum, n. plur., = one ' s property.
    a.
    Sing.
    (α).
    Lit.:

    nec suom adimerem alteri,

    his property, his own, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 38 (34):

    nunc si ille salvos revenit, reddam suom sibi (v. D. 3. a. infra),

    id. ib. 1, 2, 119:

    illum studeo quam facillime ad suum pervenire,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 26, 4:

    populi Romani hanc esse consuetudinem ut socios sui nihil deperdere velit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43; cf. Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 3, I. A. 11. supra:

    nec donare illi de suo dicimur,

    Sen. Ben. 7, 4, 2; so esp. with quisque; v. infra — Hence, de suo = per se, or sua sponte;

    (stellae) quae per igneos tractus labentia inde splendorem trahant caloremque, non de suo clara,

    Sen. Q. N. 7, 1, 6. —
    (β).
    Trop.:

    meum mihi placebat, illi suum (of a literary essay),

    Cic. Att. 14, 20, 3: suom quemque decet, his own manners, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 11; so, expendere oportet quid quisque habeat sui ( what peculiarities) nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant;

    id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,

    Cic. Off. 1, 31, 113.—
    (γ).
    Jurid. term: aliquid pro suo possidere, to possess in the belief of one ' s legal right:

    pro suo possessio tale est, cum dominium nobis acquiri putamus. Et ea causa possidemus ex qua acquiritur, et praeterea pro suo,

    Dig. 41, 10, 1;

    so without an antecedent, and referring to a first person: item re donata, pro donato et pro suo possideo,

    ib. 41, 10, 1; v. the whole tit. ib. 42, 10 (Pro suo); cf. ib. 23, 3, 67; cf. C., infra fin.;

    similarly: usucapere pro suo = acquire dominion by a possession pro suo, Fragm. Vat. 111: res pro suo, quod justam causam possidendi habet, usucapit,

    id. ib. 260; Dig. 41, 3, 27. —
    b.
    Plur.
    (α).
    One ' s property:

    Roscius tibi omnia sua praeter animam tradidit,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 146:

    qui etiam hostibus externis victis sua saepissime reddiderunt,

    id. Agr. 1, 6, 19:

    tu autem vicinis tuis Massiliensibus sua reddis,

    id. Att. 14, 14, 6:

    Remi legatos miserunt qui dicerent se suaque omnia in fidem atque potestatem populi Romani permittere,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 3, 2; 1, 11, 2; 2, 13, 2:

    ipsi milites alveos informes quibus se suaque transveherent, faciebant,

    their baggage, Liv. 21, 26, 9:

    docere eos qui sua permisere fortunae,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, praef. 7; so without an antecedent, one ' s own property (cf. I. B. 2. supra):

    hanc ob causam maxime ut sua tenerentur res publicae constitutae sunt,

    Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73;

    rarely = eorum res: quod vero etiam sua reddiderint (i.e. Gallis),

    Liv. 39, 55, 3. —
    (β).
    One ' s own affairs:

    aliena ut melius videant et dijudicent Quam sua,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 96:

    cognoscunt... immobile agmen et sua quemque molientem,

    Liv. 10, 20, 8:

    omnia ei hostium non secus quam sua nota erant,

    id. 22, 41, 5:

    aliena cum suis perdidit,

    Sen. Ben. 7, 16, 3.— Absol., referring to a noun fem.: sua (finxit) C. Cassius ( = suas persuasiones; cf.

    the context),

    Quint. 6, 3, 90.
    B.
    Predicative uses: suum esse, facere, fieri, putare, etc., like a gen. poss., to be, etc., the property, or under the dominion, control, power of the antecedent.
    1.
    Of property in things.
    (α).
    Corporeal:

    scripsit causam dicere Prius aurum quare sit suum,

    Ter. Eun. prol. 11:

    nihil erat cujusquam quod non hoc anno suum fore putabat (Clodius),

    Cic. Mil. 32, 87:

    quia suum cujusque fit, eorum quae natura fuerant communia quod cuique obtigit, id quisque teneat,

    id. Off. 1, 7, 21:

    Juba suam esse praedicans praedam,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 84:

    gratum sibi populum facturum, si omnes res Neapolitanorum suas duxissent,

    Liv. 22, 32, 8: libros esse dicimus Ciceronis;

    eosdem Dorus librarius suos vocat,

    Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 1:

    cum enim istarum personarum nihil suum esse possit,

    since these persons can own nothing, Gai. Inst. 2, 96; cf. Dig. 1, 7, 15 pr.—Virtually predicative:

    referas ad eos qui suam rem nullam habent ( = rem quae sua sit),

    nothing of their own, Cic. Phil. 2, 6, 15:

    qui in potestate nostra est, nihil suum habere potest,

    Gai. Inst. 2, 84. — ( b) Of literary works:

    quae convenere in Andriam ex Perinthia Fatetur transtulisse, atque usum pro suis ( = quasi sua essent),

    Ter. And. prol. 14:

    potest autem... quae tum audiet... ingenue pro suis dicere,

    his own thoughts, Quint. 12, 3, 3.—
    (γ).
    Of a country or people:

    suum facere = suae dicionis facere: commemorat ut (Caesar) magnam partem Italiae beneficio atque auctoritate eorum suam fecerit,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 32:

    in quam (Asiam) jam ex parte suam fecerit,

    Liv. 44, 24, 4:

    crudelissima ac superbissima gens sua omnia suique arbitrii facit,

    id. 21, 44, 5.—
    (δ).
    Trop.:

    omnia sua putavit quae vos vestra esse velletis,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 12, 27:

    non meminit, illum exercitum senatus populique Romani esse, non suum,

    id. ib. 13, 6, 4: [p. 1826] probavit, non rempublicam suam esse, sed se reipublicae, Sen. Clem. 1, 19, 8;

    so of incorporeal things: hi si velint scire quam brevis eorum vita sit, cogitent ex quota parte sua sit,

    how much of it is their own, id. Brev. Vit. 19, 3; so, suum facere, to appropriate:

    prudentis est, id quod in quoque optimum est, si possit, suum facere,

    Quint. 10, 2, 26:

    quaeremus quomodo animus (hanc virtutem) usu suam faciat,

    Sen. Clem. 1, 3, 1.—
    2.
    Of persons.
    (α).
    Under a master ' s or father ' s control:

    ut lege caverent, ne quis quem civitatis mutandae causa suum faceret, neve alienaret,

    make any one his slave, Liv. 41, 8, 12: quid eam tum? suamne esse ajebat, his daughter, i.e. in his power? Ter. And. 5, 4, 29:

    eduxit mater pro sua ( = quasi sua esset),

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 76.—
    (β).
    Reflexively = sui juris, independent, one ' s own master or mistress, not subject to another ' s control, under one ' s own control (v. sui juris, infra):

    ancilla, quae mea fuit hodie, sua nunc est,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 3.—
    (γ).
    Of moral power over others: suus = devoted to one:

    hice hoc munere arbitrantur Suam Thaidem esse,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 38:

    eos hic fecit suos Paulo sumptu,

    id. Ad. 5, 4, 21:

    sed istunc exora, ut (mulierem) suam esse adsimulet,

    to be friendly to him, id. Heaut. 2, 3, 117:

    cum Antonio sic agens ut perspiciat, si in eo negotio nobis satisfecerit, totum me futurum suum,

    Cic. Att. 14, 1 a, 2:

    Alpheus... utebatur populo sane suo,

    devoted to him, id. Quint. 7, 29.— Poet.: vota suos habuere deos, the vows (inst. of the persons uttering them) had the gods on their side, Ov. M. 4, 373. —
    (δ).
    Of power over one's self, etc.:

    nam qui sciet ubi quidque positum sit, quaque eo veniat, is poterit eruere, semperque esse in disputando suus,

    self-possessed, Cic. Fin. 4, 4, 10:

    inaestimabile bonum est suum fieri,

    selfcontrol, Sen. Ep. 75, 18:

    (furiosus) qui suus non est,

    Dig. 42, 4, 7, § 9:

    vix sua, vix sanae virgo Niseia compos Mentis erat,

    Ov. M. 8, 35. —
    3.
    Suum est, as impers. predicate: = ejus est, characteristic of, peculiar to one (very rare):

    dixit antea, sed suum illud est, nihil ut affirmet,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99.
    C.
    Attributive usages, almost always (except in Seneca) with suus before its noun.
    1.
    The property, relations, affairs, etc., of one opposed to those of another, own.
    a.
    Opposition expressed:

    nihil de suo casu, multa de vestro querebatur,

    Cic. Balb. 8, 21:

    sua sibi propiora pericula quam mea loquebantur,

    id. Sest. 18, 40:

    suasque et imperatoris laudes canentes,

    Liv. 45, 38, 12:

    damnatione collegae et sua,

    id. 22, 35, 3:

    Senecae fratris morte pavidum et pro sua incolumitate pavidum,

    Tac. A. 14, 73:

    velut pro Vitellio conquerentes suum dolorem proferebant,

    id. H. 3, 37;

    opp. alienus: ut suo potius tempore mercatorem admitterent, quam celerius alieno,

    at a time convenient to themselves, Varr. R. R. 3, 16, 11. —Without antecedent, opp. externus:

    (Platoni) duo placet esse motus, unum suum, alterum externum, esse autem divinius quod ipsum ex se sua sponte moveatur, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32. —
    b.
    Implied:

    voluptatem suis se finibus tenere jubeamus,

    within the limits assigned to it, Cic. Fin. 3, 1, 1:

    cum vobis immortale monumentum suis paene manibus senatus... exstruxerit,

    id. Phil. 14, 12, 33:

    superiores (amnes) in Italia, hic (Rhodanus) trans Alpes, hospitales suas tantum, nec largiores quam intulere aquas vehentes,

    Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224: colligitur aqua ex imbribus;

    ex suo fonte nativa est,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 3:

    pennas ambo non habuere suas (non suas = alienas),

    Ov. Tr. 3, 4, 24. —
    c.
    In particular phrases. ( a) Sua sponte and suo Marte, of one ' s own accord, by one ' s self, without the suggestion, influence, aid, etc., of others:

    Caesar bellum contra Antonium sua sponte suscepit,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 2, 5:

    sua sponte ad Caesarem in jus adierunt,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 87.—So of things, = per se, by or of itself, for itself, for its own sake:

    jus et omne honestum sua sponte expetendum (cf. in the context: per se igitur jus est expetendum),

    Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 48: justitium sua sponte inceptum priusquam indiceretur, by itself, i. e. without a decree, Liv. 9, 7, 8; so,

    sortes sua sponte attenuatas,

    id. 22, 1, 11 (cf. id. 22, 38, 13; 35, 14, 4, I. A. 2., supra): rex enim ipse, sua sponte, nullis commentariis Caesaris, simul atque audivit ejus interitum suo Marte res suas recuperavit, Cic. Phil. 2, 37, 95.—
    (β).
    Suus locus, in milit. lang., one ' s own ground, position, or lines:

    restitit suo loco Romana acies (opp. to the advance of the enemy),

    Liv. 22, 16, 2.—So figuratively:

    et staturas suo loco leges,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2:

    aciem instruxit primum suis locis, pauloque a castris Pompeji longius,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 84 (cf.: suo loco, 7. b. g, infra).—
    (γ).
    For suo jure v. 3. infra.—
    (δ).
    Sua Venus = one's own Venus, i. e. good luck (v. Venus): ille non est mihi par virtutibus, nec officiis;

    sed habuit suam Venerem,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 2. —
    2.
    Of private relations (opp. to public):

    ut in suis rebus, ita in re publica luxuriosus nepos,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 18, 48:

    deinde ut communibus pro communibus utatur, privatis ut suis,

    id. Off. 1, 7, 20:

    quod oppidum Labienus sua pecunia exaedificaverat,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 15:

    militibus agros ex suis possessionibus pollicetur,

    i. e. his private property, id. ib. 1, 17; Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 3. —
    3.
    Of just rights or claims:

    imperatori senatuique honos suus redditus,

    due to them, Liv. 3, 10, 3:

    neque inpedimento fuit, quominus religionibus suus tenor suaque observatio redderetur,

    Val. Max. 1, 1, 8:

    quibus omnibus debetur suus decor,

    Quint. 11, 1, 41. —

    So distributively: is mensibus suis dimisit legionem,

    in the month in which each soldier was entitled to his discharge, Liv. 40, 41, 8. — Esp.: suo jure (so, meo, nostro, tuo, etc., jure), by his own right:

    Tullus Hostilius qui suo jure in porta nomen inscripsit,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 12, 26:

    earum rerum hic A. Licinius fructum a me repetere prope suo jure debet,

    id. Arch. 1, 1; id. Marcell. 2, 6; id. Phil. 2, 25, 62; id. Balb. 8, 21:

    numquam illum res publica suo jure esset ulta,

    by its unquestionable right, id. Mil. 33, 88. —
    4.
    Of that to which one is exclusively devoted:

    huic quaestioni suum diem dabimus,

    a day for its exclusive discussion, Sen. Ep. 94, 52:

    homini autem suum bonum ratio est,

    his exclusive good, id. ib. 76, 10:

    in majorem me quaestionem vocas, cui suus locus, suus dies dandus est,

    id. Q. N. 2, 46, 1. —

    With proprius: mentio inlata apud senatum est, rem suo proprio magistratu egere,

    that the business needed a particular officer exclusively for itself, Liv. 4, 8, 4:

    et Hannibalem suo proprio occupandum bello,

    id. 27, 38, 7; cf.:

    dissupasset hostes, ni suo proprio eum proelio equites Volscorum exceptum tenuissent,

    in which they alone fought, id. 3, 70, 4:

    mare habet suas venas quibus impletur,

    by which it alone is fed, Sen. Q. N. 3, 14, 3. —
    5.
    According to one ' s liking, of one ' s own choice.
    a.
    Of persons, devoted to one, friendly, dear:

    Milone occiso (Clodius) habuisset suos consules,

    after his own heart, Cic. Mil. 33, 89:

    collegit ipse se contra suum Clodium,

    his dear Clodius, id. Pis. 12, 27 (cf.: suum facere, habere, II. B. 2. g).—
    b.
    Of things, favorable.
    (α).
    Of place: neque Jugurtham nisi... suo loco pugnam facere, on his own ground, i. e. chosen by him, favorable, Sall. J. 61, 1:

    hic magna auxilia expectabant et suis locis bellum in hiemem ducere cogitabant,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 61; cf.:

    numquam nostris locis laboravimus,

    Liv. 9, 19, 15.—
    (β).
    Of time:

    cum Perseus suo maxime tempore et alieno hostibus incipere bellum posset,

    Liv. 42, 43, 3; v. 7. b, infra. —
    c.
    Of circumstances: sua occasio, a favorable opportunity; sometimes without antecedent:

    neque occasioni tuae desis, neque suam occasionem hosti des,

    Liv. 22, 39, 21:

    tantum abfuit ut ex incommodo alieno sua occasio peteretur,

    id. 4, 58, 2:

    aestuque suo Locros trajecit,

    a favorable tide, id. 23, 41, 11:

    ignoranti quem portum petat nullus suus ventus est,

    Sen. Ep. 71, 3:

    orba suis essent etiamnunc lintea ventis,

    Ov. M. 13, 195:

    aut ille Ventis iturus non suis,

    Hor. Epod. 9, 30. —
    6.
    Of persons or things, peculiar, particular:

    quae est ei (animo) natura? Propria, puto, et sua,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 70:

    omnis enim motus animi suum quendam a natura habet vultum,

    id. de Or. 3, 57, 316:

    geometrae et musici... more quodam loquuntur suo. Ipsae rhetorum artes verbis in docendo quasi privatis utuntur ac suis,

    id. Fin. 3, 1, 4:

    sensus omnis habet suum finem,

    its peculiar limits, Quint. 9, 4, 61: animus cum suum ambitum complevit et finibus se suis cinxit, consummatum est summum bonum, Sen. Vit. Beat. 9, 3: est etiam in nominibus ( nouns) diverso collocatis sua gratia, their peculiar elegance, Quint. 9, 3, 86:

    ibi non bello aperto, sed suis artibus, fraude et insidiis, est paene circumventus,

    Liv. 21, 34, 1:

    nec Hannibalem fefellit, suis se artibus peti,

    id. 22, 16, 5:

    adversus hostem non virtute tantum, sed suis (i. e. hostis) etiam pugnare consiliis oportebat,

    Flor. 2, 6, 26:

    liberam Minucii temeritatem se suo modo expleturum,

    Liv. 22, 28, 2:

    equites ovantes sui moris carmine,

    id. 10, 26, 11:

    exsultans cum sui moris tripudiis,

    id. 21, 42, 3:

    tripudiantes suo more,

    id. 23, 26, 9.—So, suo Marte, referring to the style of fighting peculiar to the different arms:

    equitem suo alienoque Marte pugnare,

    that the cavalry were fighting both in their own style and in that of the other arms, Liv. 3, 62, 9; cf.: suo Marte, 1, c. a, supra.—And distributively ( = suus quisque):

    suos autem haec operum genera ut auctores, sic etiam amatores habent,

    Quint. 12, 10, 2:

    illa vero fatidica fulmina ex alto et ex suis venire sideribus,

    Plin. 2, 43, 43, § 113; cf.:

    quae quidem planiora suis exemplis reddentur,

    Val. Max. 3, 4 prooem.—
    7.
    Proper, right.
    a.
    Referring to one's ordinary or normal condition:

    quod certe non fecisset, si suum numerum naves habuissent,

    their regular complement, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 51, § 133. — So poet.:

    flecte ratem! numerum non habet illa suum,

    its full number, Ov. H. 10, 36:

    novus exercitus consulibus est decretus: binae legiones cum suo equitatu,

    Liv. 40, 36, 6:

    cum suo justo equitatu,

    id. 21, 17, 8:

    totam (disciplinam) in suum statum redegit,

    Val. Max. 2, 7, 2:

    tranquilla mente et vultu suo,

    with the ordinary expression of his face, Sen. Clem. 2, 6, 2:

    media pars aeris ab his (ignibus) submota, in frigore suo manet. Natura enim aeris gelida est,

    id. Q. N. 2, 10, 4:

    cornuaque in patriis non sua vidit aquis,

    not natural to her, Ov. H. 14, 90. —

    So, non suus, of ingrafted branches and their fruit: miraturque (arbos) novas frondis et non sua poma,

    Verg. G. 2, 82. —
    b.
    Of time, proper, regular, etc. (cf. 5. b, supra).
    (α).
    The regular time ( = stato tempore):

    signum quod semper tempore exoritur suo,

    Plaut. Rud. prol. 4:

    cum et recte et suo tempore pepererit,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 16: aestas suo tempore incanduit...;

    tam solstitium quam aequinoctium suos dies retulit,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 16, 3:

    omnes venti vicibus suis spirant majore ex parte,

    Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128. —
    (β).
    The right or proper time:

    salictum suo tempore caedito,

    Cato, R. R. 33:

    cessit e vita suo magis quam suorum civium tempore,

    the right time for himself, Cic. Brut. 1, 4; so,

    exstingui homini suo tempore optabile est,

    id. Sen. 23, 85:

    Scandilius dicit se suo tempore rediturum,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 60, § 139:

    si Ardeates sua tempora exspectare velint,

    Liv. 4, 7, 6:

    Chrysippus dicit, illum... opperiri debere suum tempus, ad quod velut dato signo prosiliat,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 25, 3:

    quam multi exercitus tempore suo victorem hostem pepulerunt!

    Liv. 44, 39, 4. — Without antecedent: sed suo tempore totius sceleris hujus fons aperietur. Cic. Phil. 14, 6, 15; cf.:

    de ordine laudis, etc., praecipiemus suo tempore,

    Quint. 2, 4, 21. —
    (γ).
    Suo loco = at the proper place:

    quae erant prudentiae propria suo loco dicta sunt,

    Cic. Off. 1, 40, 143:

    quod reddetur suo loco,

    Quint. 11, 1, 16:

    ut suo loco dicetur,

    Plin. 2, 90, 102, § 221:

    inscripta quae suis locis reddam,

    id. 1, prooem. § 27; Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2; cf. 1, c. b; 4. supra. —
    (δ).
    Suited, appropriate, adapted to one:

    in eodem fundo suum quidquid conseri oportet,

    Cato, R. R. 7:

    siquidem hanc vendidero pretio suo,

    at a suitable price, Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 30:

    in partes suas digerenda causa,

    Quint. 11, 1, 6:

    confundetur quidquid in suas partes natura digessit,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 29, 8. — Poet.: haec ego dumque queror, lacrimae sua verba sequuntur, Deque meis oculis in tua membra cadunt, appropriate, i. e. tristia, Ov. H. 14, 67.—Without antecedent: suum quidquid genus talearum serito, any fit kind, i. e. suited to the ground, Cato, R. R. 48. —
    8.
    Own, with the notion of independence of, or dependence on others (cf. B. 2. g d).
    a.
    Of political independence: pacem condicionibus his fecerunt ut Capuae suae leges, sui magistratus essent, her own laws, i. e. not subject to Carthage, Liv. 23, 7, 2: liberos [p. 1827] eos ac suis legibus victuros, id. 25, 23, 4. —

    Esp. in the phrases suae potestatis or in sua potestate esse, suo jure uti, sui juris esse: Puteolos, qui nunc in sua potestate sunt, suo jure, libertate aequa utuntur, totos occupabunt,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 31, 86:

    Rhegini potestatis suae ad ultimum remanserunt,

    retained their self-government, Liv. 23, 30, 9:

    urbem ne quam formulae sui juris facerent,

    id. 38, 9, 10. —
    b.
    Of paternal authority.
    (α).
    Free from the power of the paterfamilias; in the phrases sui juris esse, suae potestatis esse, to be independent:

    quaedam personae sui juris sunt, quaedam alieno juri sunt subjectae, Gai,

    Inst. 1, 48:

    sui juris sunt familiarum suarum principes, id est pater familiae, itemque mater familiae,

    Ulp. Fragm. 4, 1:

    liberi parentum potestate liberantur emancipatione. Sed filius quidem ter manumissus sui juris fit, ceteri autem liberi una manumissione sui juris fiunt,

    id. ib. 10, 1:

    morte patris filius et filia sui juris fiunt,

    id. ib. 10, 2:

    patres familiarum sunt qui sunt suae potestatis,

    Dig. 1, 6, 4:

    si modo defunctus testator suae potestatis mortis tempore fuerit,

    Gai. Inst. 2, 147. —

    With indef. reference: si sui juris sumus,

    Dig. 46, 2, 20; cf.:

    pro suo possideo, 2. a. supra.—Attributively: sui juris arrogatio feminae,

    Cod. Just. 8, 47, 8:

    homo sui juris,

    ib. 10, § 5.— Trop.:

    sapiens numquam semiliber erit: integrae semper libertatis et sui juris,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 5, 3:

    non illarum coitu fieri cometen, sed proprium et sui juris esse,

    id. Q. N. 7, 12, 2: nullique sunt tam feri et sui juris adfectus, ut non disciplina perdomentur, id. Ira, 2, 12, 3. —
    (β).
    Subject to paternal authority, in the phrases suus heres, sui liberi; suus heres, an heir who had been in the paternal power of the deceased:

    CVI SVVS HERES NON SIT, XII. Tab. fr. 5, 4.—In the jurists without antecedent: sui et necessarii heredes sunt velut filius filiave, nepos neptisve ex filia, deinceps ceteri qui modo in potestate morientis fuerunt,

    Gai. Inst. 2, 156:

    (emancipati liberi) non sunt sui heredes,

    ib. 2, 135:

    alia facta est juris interpretatio inter suos heredes,

    ib. 3, 15:

    datur patrono adversus suos heredes bonorum possessio (where patrono is not the antecedent of suos),

    ib. 3, 41:

    sui heredes vel instituendi sunt vel exheredandi,

    Ulp. Fragm. 22, 14:

    accrescunt suis quidem heredibus in partem virilem, extraneis autem in partem dimidiam,

    id. ib. 22, 17. —

    Sui liberi, children in paternal power: de suis et legitimis liberis,

    Cod. Just. 6, 55 inscr.
    D.
    In particular connections.
    1.
    With ipse, his own, etc. (cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 696).
    a.
    Ipse agreeing with the antecedent of suus, the antecedent being,
    (α).
    A subjectnom.:

    (ingenium ejus) valet ipsum suis viribus,

    by its own strength, Cic. Cael. 19, 45:

    legio Martia non ipsa suis decretis hostem judicavit Antonium?

    by its own resolutions, id. Phil. 4, 2, 5:

    ruit ipse suis cladibus,

    id. ib. 14, 3, 8:

    si ex scriptis cognosci ipsi suis potuissent,

    id. de Or. 2, 2, 8:

    qui se ipse sua gravitate et castimonia defenderet,

    id. Cael. 5, 11:

    quod ipse suae civitatis imperium obtenturus esset,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 3:

    suamet ipsae fraude omnes interierunt,

    Liv. 8, 18, 9; 39, 49, 3:

    ut saeviret ipse in suum sanguinem effecerunt,

    id. 40, 5, 1:

    respicerent suum ipsi exercitum,

    id. 42, 52, 10; 21, 31, 12; 22, 38, 3; 6, 19, 6.—
    (β).
    A subject-acc.:

    sunt qui dicant eam sua ipsam peremptam mercede,

    Liv. 1, 11, 9:

    (tribuniciam potestatem) suis ipsam viribus dissolvi,

    id. 2, 44, 2.—
    (γ).
    An object in dat. or acc.:

    sic ut ipsis consistendi in suis munitionibus locus non esset,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 6:

    tribuni (hostem) intra suamet ipsum moenia compulere,

    Liv. 6, 36, 4:

    alios sua ipsos invidia opportunos interemit,

    id. 1, 54, 8; 22, 14, 13.—Suus as adjunct of subject (rare):

    aliquando sua praesidia in ipsos consurrexerunt,

    their own garrisons revolted against them, Sen. Clem. 1, 26, 1.—
    b.
    With gen. of ipse, strengthening the possessive notion (cf. 4.;

    post-Aug. and very rare, but freq. in modern Lat.): aves (foetus suos) libero caelo suaeque ipsorum fiduciae permittunt,

    Quint. 2, 6, 7 (but tuus ipsius occurs in Cic.:

    tuo ipsius studio,

    Cic. Mur. 4, 9:

    tuam ipsius amicitiam,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 4, § 7).—
    c.
    Both suus and ipse agreeing with the governing noun (very rare; not in Cic. or Caes.): quae tamen in ipso cursu suo dissipata est (= ipsa in cursu suo), in its very course, Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 3 dub.:

    suamet ipsa scelera,

    Sall. C. 23, 2 (Dietsch ex conj. ipse):

    suismet ipsis corporibus,

    Liv. 2, 19, 5 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. ipsi):

    a suismet ipsis praesidiis,

    id. 8, 25, 6 MSS. (Weissenb. ipsi).—
    2.
    With quisque, distributively, each ( every one)... his own; in prose quisque is generally preceded by suus.
    a.
    Quisque and suus in different cases.
    (α).
    Quisque as subjectnom.:

    sentit enim vim quisque suam quoad possit abuti,

    Lucr. 5, 1033:

    suo quisque loco cubet,

    Cato, R. R. 5:

    suum quisque noscat ingenium,

    Cic. Off. 1, 31, 114:

    ad suam quisque (me disciplinam) rapiet,

    id. Ac. 2, 36, 114:

    quod suos quisque servos in tali re facere voluisset,

    id. Mil. 10, 29:

    cum suo quisque auxilio uteretur,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 51:

    celeriter ad suos quisque ordines redit,

    id. ib. 3, 37.—In apposition with plur. subj. (freq. in Liv.):

    nunc alii sensus quo pacto quisque suam rem Sentiat,

    Lucr. 4, 522:

    ut omnes cives Romani in suis quisque centuriis prima luce adessent,

    that all the Roman citizens should be present, each in his own centuria, Liv. 1, 44, 1:

    hinc senatus, hinc plebs, suum quisque intuentes ducem constiterant,

    id. 6, 15, 3:

    ut (trigemini) pro sua quisque patria dimicent,

    id. 1, 24, 2:

    stabant compositi suis quisque ordinibus,

    id. 44, 38, 11:

    (consules) in suas quisque provincias proficiscuntur,

    id. 25, 12, 2; 25, 26, 13:

    in suo quaeque (stella) motu naturam suam exercent,

    Plin. 2, 39, 39, § 106.—With abl. absol.:

    omnes, velut dis auctoribus in spem suam quisque acceptis, proelium una voce poscunt,

    Liv. 21, 45, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    relictis suis quisque stationibus... concurrerunt,

    id. 32, 24, 4; 4, 44, 10; 39, 49, 3; 2, 38, 6.—
    (β).
    With acc. of quisque as subj.:

    fabrum esse suae quemque fortunae, App. Claud. ap. Ps.-Sall. Ep. ad Caes. Rep. c. l.: sui quemque juris et retinendi et dimittendi esse dominum,

    Cic. Balb. 13, 31:

    recipere se in domos suas quemque jussit,

    Liv. 25, 10, 9; and (ungrammatically) nom., as apposition to a subj.-acc.:

    se non modo suam quisque patriam, sed totam Siciliam relicturos,

    id. 26, 29, 3 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. quosque).—
    (γ).
    As adjunct of the subject-nom., with a case of quisque as object, attribut. gen., etc.:

    sua cujusque animantis natura est,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 9, 25:

    sua quemque fraus, suum facinus, suum scelus, etc., de sanitate ac mente deturbat,

    id. Pis. 20, 46:

    sua quemque fraus et suus terror maxime vexat,

    id. Rosc. Am. 24, 67:

    suum cuique incommodum ferendum est,

    id. Off. 3, 6, 30:

    ut solidum suum cuique solvatur,

    id. Rab. Post. 17, 46:

    ne suus cuique domi hostis esset,

    Liv. 3, 16, 3:

    ut sua cuique respublica in manu esset,

    id. 26, 8, 11:

    animus suus cuique ordinem pugnandi dabat,

    id. 22, 5, 8:

    tentorium suum cuique militi domus ac penates sunt,

    id. 44, 39, 5:

    suus cuique (stellae) color est,

    Plin. 2, 18, 16, § 79:

    trahit sua quemque voluptas,

    Verg. E. 2, 65:

    stat sua cuique dies,

    id. A. 10, 467.—
    (δ).
    As predicate-nom. (v. II. B.):

    opinionem, quae sua cuique conjectanti esse potest,

    Liv. 6, 12, 3.—
    (ε).
    As adjunct of subj.-acc.:

    suum cuique honorem et gradum redditum gaudeo,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 136:

    scientiam autem suam cujusque artis esse,

    id. Fin. 5, 9, 26.—
    (ζ).
    As adjunct of an object, with a case of quisque as object or attribut. gen.: suam cuique sponsam, mihi meam: suum cuique amorem, mihi meum, Atil. Fragm. inc. 1: suom cuique per me uti atque frui licet, Cato ap. Gell. 13, 24 (23), 1:

    ut suo quemque appellem nomine,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52:

    placet Stoicis suo quamque rem nomine appellare,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 22, 1:

    ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,

    id. Off. 1, 33, 119:

    justitia quae suum cuique distribuit,

    id. N. D. 3, 15, 38:

    in tribuendo suum cuique,

    id. Off. 1, 5, 14:

    Turnus sui cuique periculi recens erat documentum,

    Liv. 1, 52, 4:

    in trimatu suo cuique dimidiam esse mensuram futurae certum esse,

    Plin. 7, 15, 16, § 73:

    certa cuique rerum suarum possessio,

    Vell. 2, 89, 4; cf.: qua re suum unicuique studium suaque omnibus delectatio relinquatur, Ps.-Cic. Cons. 26, 93.—With quemque in apposition with acc. plur.:

    Camillus vidit intentos opifices suo quemque operi,

    Liv. 6, 25, 9; so cujusque in appos. with gen. plur.: trium clarissimorum suae cujusque gentis virorum mors, id. 39, 52, 7; and cuique with dat. plur.: sui cuique mores fingunt fortunam hominibus, Poet. ap. Nep. Att. 11, 6 (where Lachm. ad Lucr. 2, 372, reads quique, ex conj.; cf. b. b, infra).—
    b.
    Attraction of suus and quisque as adjuncts of nouns.
    (α).
    Attraction of suus:

    ut nemo sit nostrum quin in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium requirat acrius (= suum cujusque generis judicium),

    Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:

    quas tamen inter omnes (voces) est suo quoque in genere (vox) mediocris ( = inter omnes voces est mediocris vox, sua quoque in genere),

    id. de Or. 3, 57, 216:

    eo concilia suae cujusque regionis indici jussit (= sua cujusque regionis concilia),

    Liv. 45, 29, 10:

    equites suae cuique parti post principia collocat (= equites suos cuique parti),

    id. 3, 22, 6:

    cum motibus armorum et corporum suae cuique genti assuetis,

    id. 25, 17, 5:

    legiones deducebantur cum tribunis et centurionibus et sui cujusque ordinis militibus (= suis cujusque),

    Tac. A. 14, 27:

    quae sui cujusque sunt ingenii,

    Quint. 7, 10, 10 Halm (al. sua):

    sui cujusque ingenii poma vel semina gerunt (= sua cujusque),

    Col. 3, 1;

    and by a double attraction: has (cohortes) subsidiariae ternae et aliae totidem suae cujusque legionis subsequebantur (= has cohortes... totidem cujusque legionis, suam quaeque legionem, subsequebantur),

    Caes. B. C. 1, 83. —
    (β).
    Attraction of quisque:

    tanta ibi copia venustatum in suo quique loco sita,

    Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 6 (al. quaeque):

    quodvis frumentum non tamen omne Quique suo genere inter se simile esse videbis,

    Lucr. 2, 372 Lachm. and Munro ad loc.:

    cum verba debeant sui cujusque generis copulari,

    Varr. L. L. 10, 48:

    in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:

    haec igitur proclivitas ad suum quodque genus aegrotatio dicatur,

    id. Tusc. 4, 12, 28:

    separatim greges sui cujusque generis nocte remeabant (= greges sui quisque generis),

    Liv. 24, 3, 5:

    ut sui cujusque mensis acciperet (frumentum),

    Suet. Aug. 40;

    and quisque both attracted and in its own case: quia cujusque partis naturae et in corpore et in animo sua quaeque vis sit (where either cujusque or quaeque is redundant),

    Cic. Fin. 5, 17, 46; v. Madv. ad loc.; Cato, R. R. 23 fin.;

    so esp. in the phrases suo quoque tempore, anno, die, loco, etc.: pecunia, quae in stipendium Romanis suo quoque anno penderetur, deerat (= suo quaeque anno),

    each instalment in the year when due, Liv. 33, 46, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    suo quoque loco,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 2; 1, 22, 6:

    opera quae suis quibusque temporibus anni vilicum exsequi oporteret,

    Col. 11, 3:

    suo quoque tempore,

    Vitr. 2, 9, 4:

    nisi sua quaque die usurae exsolverentur (= sua quaeque die),

    Dig. 22, 1, 12 init.; 13, 7, 8, § 3:

    ut opera rustica suo quoque tempore faciat,

    ib. 19, 2, 25, § 3 (al. quaeque)—
    c.
    In the order quisque... suus.
    (α).
    In relative clauses, comparative clauses with ut, and interrogative clauses introduced by quid, etc., where quisque immediately follows the relative, etc.:

    ut quisque suom volt esse, ita est,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 45; cf.

    with sibi,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 49; id. Lael. 9, 30:

    expendere oportere quid quisque habeat sui... nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant. Id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,

    id. Off. 1, 31, 113:

    neque solum quid in senatu quisque civitatis suae dicerent ignorabant, sed, etc.,

    Liv. 32, 19, 9:

    gratius id fore laetiusque quod quisque sua manu ex hoste captum rettulerit,

    id. 5, 20, 8; 6, 25, 10; cf.:

    in quibus cum multa sint quae sua quisque dicere velit, nihil est quod quisque suum possit dicere,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 23, 1.—
    (β).
    If the emphasis is not on suus, but (for quisque, when emphatic, unusquisque is used) on some other word:

    in civitates quemque suas... dimisit,

    Liv. 21, 48, 2:

    in patriam quisque suam remissus est,

    Just. 33, 2, 8:

    in vestigio quemque suo vidit,

    Liv. 28, 22, 15; cf.:

    hospitibus quisque suis scribebant,

    id. 33, 45, 6:

    pro facultatibus quisque suis,

    id. 42, 53, 3; cf.:

    respiciendae sunt cuique facultates suae,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 15, 3:

    praecipitat quisque vitam suam et futuri desiderio laborat,

    id. Brev. Vit. 7, 5; id. Ben. 7, 5, 1:

    tunc praeceps quisque se proripit et penates suos deserit,

    id. Q. N. 6, 1, 5; 5, 18, 8:

    summum quisque causae suae judicem facit,

    Plin. 1, prooem. § 10: aestimatione nocturnae [p. 1828] quietis, dimidio quisque spatio vitae suae vivit, id. 7, 50, 51, § 167.—
    (γ).
    Poets adopt the order quisque suus when the metre requires it, Verg. A. 6, 743:

    oscula quisque suae matri tulerunt,

    Ov. F. 2, 715. —
    (δ).
    When suus and quisque belong to different clauses:

    atque earum quaeque, suum tenens munus... manet in lege naturae,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 13, 38. —
    d.
    Suus uterque, or uterque suus, distributively of two subjects:

    suas uterque legiones reducit in castra,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 40; 2, 28:

    ideo quod uterque suam legem confirmare debebit,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 142:

    cum sui utrosque adhortarentur,

    Liv. 1, 25, 1:

    ad utrumque ducem sui redierunt,

    id. 21, 29, 5:

    utraque (lex) sua via it,

    Sen. Ben. 6, 6, 1; cf.

    uterque, in apposit.: nec ipsi tam inter se acriter contenderunt, quam studia excitaverant uterque sui corporis hominum,

    Liv. 26, 48, 6.—
    3.
    With sibi.
    (α).
    Sibi with pronom. force (cf. sui, IV. C. fin.):

    reddam suum sibi,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 119 ( = ei; but referred to b, infra, by Brix ad loc.); cf.:

    suam rem sibi salvam sistam,

    id. Poen. 5, 2, 123:

    idem lege sibi sua curationem petet,

    for himself, Cic. Agr. 2, 9, 22 (cf. id. Phil. 2, 37, 96;

    I. B. 2. b. supra): ut vindicare sibi suum fulgorem possint,

    Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 11; cf.

    the formula of divorce: tuas res tibi habeto,

    Dig. 24, 2, 2.—Hence, illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit, Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69.—
    (β).
    With sibi redundant, to strengthen suus (anteand post-class. and colloq.):

    quo pacto serviat suo sibi patri,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 5:

    eum necabam ilico per cerebrum pinna sua sibi, quasi turturem,

    id. Poen. 2, 40; v. sui, IV. C. and the passages there cited.—
    4.
    With gen. agreeing with the subject of suus:

    quas cum solus pertulisset ut sua unius in his gratia esset,

    that the credit of it should belong to him alone, Liv. 2, 8, 3:

    qui de sua unius sententia omnia gerat,

    id. 44, 22, 11; cf.:

    unam Aegyptus in hoc spem habet suam,

    Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2.—For suus ipsius, etc., v. D. 1. b. supra.—
    5.
    With demonstr., rel., or indef. pronn. and adjj., of his, hers, etc.:

    postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam adjutores vos profiteamini,

    to this booty of his, Cic. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:

    Sestius cum illo exercitu suo,

    id. Sest. 5, 12:

    qua gravitate sua,

    id. ib. 61, 129:

    suam rem publicam illam defenderunt,

    that republic of theirs, id. ib. 67, 141:

    in istum civem suum,

    against this citizen of theirs, id. Balb. 18, 41:

    cum illo suo pari,

    id. Pis. 8, 18:

    te nulla sua calamitate civitas satiare potest?

    id. Phil. 8, 6, 19:

    dubitatis igitur, quin vos M. Laterensis ad suam spem aliquam delegerit,

    for some hope of his, id. Planc. 16, 39:

    non tam sua ulla spe quam militum impetu tractus,

    by any hope of his, Liv. 25, 21, 5:

    nullo suo merito,

    from no fault of theirs, id. 26, 29, 4:

    ipse arcano cum paucis familiaribus suis colloquitur,

    with a few of his friends, Caes. B. C. 1, 19.—
    6.
    With descriptive adjj.
    (α).
    Standing before the adj. and noun (so most freq.):

    suorum improbissimorum sermonum domicilium,

    Cic. Pis. 31, 76:

    causam sui dementissimi consilii,

    id. Phil. 2, 22, 53:

    suam insatiabilem crudelitatem,

    id. ib. 11, 3, 8:

    suis amplissimis fortunis,

    id. ib. 13, 8, 16:

    suum pristinum morem,

    id. Pis. 12, 27:

    suis lenissimis postulatis,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 5: simili ratione Pompeius in suis veteribus castris consedit (suis emphatic; cf. b, infra), id. ib. 3, 76.—
    (β).
    Between the adj. and noun (less emphatic):

    pro eximiis suis beneficiis,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 4, 7:

    propter summam suam humanitatem,

    id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:

    ex praeteritis suis officiis,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 60:

    Caesar in veteribus suis castris consedit,

    id. ib. 3, 76.—
    (γ).
    After adj. and noun:

    veterem amicum suum excepit,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:

    in illo ardenti tribunatu suo,

    id. Sest. 54, 116.—
    7.
    Objectively for the pers. pron. (rare):

    neque cuiquam mortalium injuriae suae parvae videntur ( = sibi illatae),

    Sall. C. 51, 11; so,

    neglectam ab Scipione et nimis leviter latam suam injuriam ratus,

    Liv. 29, 9, 9:

    ipsae enim leges te a cognitione sua judicio publico reppulerunt ( = a se cognoscendo),

    Cic. Balb. 14, 32:

    suam invidiam tali morte quaesitam ( = quaesitum esse ab eo ut homines se inviderent),

    Tac. A. 3, 16; so,

    nulla sua invidia,

    Cic. Mil. 15, 40.—
    8.
    Abl. fem. sua, with refert or interest, for gen. of the pers. pron.: neminem esse qui quomodo se habeat nihil sua censeat interesse, Cic. Fin. 5, 10, 30:

    si scit sua nihil interesse utrum anima per os, an per jugulum exeat,

    Sen. Ep. 76, 33; v. intersum, III.—
    9.
    Strengthened by the suffix - pte or -met.
    (α).
    By - pte (not used with ipse) affixed to the forms sua, suo, and (ante-class.) suum:

    quom illa osculata esset suumpte amicum,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 4, 38:

    ut terrena suopte nutu et suo pondere in terram ferantur,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:

    ferri suopte pondere,

    id. N. D. 1, 25, 69:

    suapte natura,

    id. Fat. 18, 42:

    suapte vi et natura,

    id. ib. 19, 43; id. Fin. 1, 16, 54; 5, 22, 61:

    suopte ingenio,

    Liv. 25, 18; so id. 1, 25, 1; 1, 18, 4:

    suapte manu,

    Cic. Or. 3, 3, 10:

    locus suapte natura infestus,

    Liv. 44, 6, 9; so,

    suapte natura,

    id. 4, 22, 4:

    flumina suapte natura vasta,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 8; so id. Ben. 4, 17, 2:

    sponte suapte,

    Varr. L. L. 6, 7, § 70.—
    (β).
    With - met, almost always followed by ipse (in all forms of suus except suus, suum, suae, and suorum):

    suomet ipsi more,

    Sall. J. 31, 6:

    suomet ipsi instrumento,

    Liv. 22, 14, 13:

    suomet ipsi metu,

    Tac. H. 3, 16 fin.:

    suamet ipsum pecunia,

    Sall. J. 8, 2:

    suamet ipsae fraude,

    Liv. 8, 18, 9:

    intra suamet ipsum moenia,

    id. 6, 36, 4:

    suismet ipsi praesidiis,

    id. 8, 25, 6:

    suismet ipsis corporibus,

    id. 2, 19, 5:

    suosmet ipsi cives,

    id. 2, 9, 5:

    suasmet ipse spes,

    Tac. A. 3, 66 fin. —Without ipse:

    populum suimet sanguinis mercede,

    Sall. H. Fragm. 1, 41, 25 Dietsch:

    magna pars suismet aut proxumorum telis obtruncabantur,

    id. ib. 2, 52 ib.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > suum

  • 5 suus

    sŭus, a, um (old form sos, sa, sum; dat. plur. sis, Enn. ap. Fest. p. 301 Mull.; acc. sas. id. ib. p. 325 ib.; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 47; Schol. Pers. 1, 108; sing. sam for suam, Fest. p. 47 Mull.;

    so for suo, C. I. L. 5, 2007. In ante-class. verse su- with the following vowel freq. forms one syllable,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 48; id. Ps. 1, 3, 5; Ter. And. 1, 1, 68; Lucr. 1, 1022; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 189 sqq.), pron. poss., 3 d pers. [root SVA-; Sanscr. sva, own; cf. sui; Gr. seWo-, whence sphe, etc., and he; cf. heos], of or belonging to himself, herself, etc.; his own, her own, etc.; his, her, its, their; one ' s; hers, theirs.
    I.
    Ordinary possessive use his, etc. (cf. the similar use of the pers. pron. sui, q. v.).
    A.
    With antecedent in the same sentence.
    1.
    The antecedent a subject-nominative, expressed or understood.
    (α).
    His:

    Caesar copias suas divisit,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 97:

    ille in sua sententia perseverat,

    id. ib. 1, 72:

    tantam habebat suarum rerum fiduciam,

    id. ib. 2, 37:

    cum sceleris sui socios Romae reliquisset,

    Cic. Cat. 3, 1, 3:

    cur ego non ignoscam si anteposuit suam salutem meae?

    id. Pis. 32, 79; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Mil. 10, 27; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:

    Hanno praefecturam ejus (i.e. Muttinis) filio suo (Hannonis) dedit,

    Liv. 26, 40, 7:

    imperat princeps civibus suis,

    Sen. Clem. 1, 16, 2:

    nemo rem suam emit,

    id. Ben. 7, 4, 8.—
    (β).
    Her:

    mea Glycerium suos parentes repperit,

    Ter. And. 5, 6, 5:

    utinam haec ignoraret suum patrem,

    id. Phorm. 5, 6, 34:

    si nunc facere volt era officium suom,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 72:

    ne eadem mulier cum suo conjuge honestissimum adulescentem oppressisse videatur,

    Cic. Cael. 32, 78:

    si omnibus suis copiis excellentem virum res publica armasset,

    id. Phil. 13, 16, 32.—
    (γ).
    Its:

    omne animal, simul et ortum est, et se ipsum et omnes partes suas diligit,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 11, 33:

    cum mea domus ardore suo deflagrationem Italiae toti minaretur,

    id. Planc. 40, 95.—
    (δ).
    Their: (legiones) si consulem suum reliquerunt, vituperandae sunt Cic. Phil. 5, 2, 4:

    mittent aliquem de suo numero,

    id. ib. 11, 10, 25:

    rationem illi sententiae suae non fere reddebant,

    id. Tusc. 1, 17, 38:

    qui agellos suos redimere a piratis solebant,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 37, § 85:

    edicunt ut ad suum vestitum senatores redirent,

    id. Sest. 14, 32:

    suis finibus eos prohibent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 1: Allobrogibus sese persuasuros existimabant ut per suos (Allobrogum) fines eos (Helvetios) ire paterentur, id. id. 1, 6;

    and distributively: ac naves onerariae LXIII. in portu expugnatae, quaedam cum suis oneribus, frumento, armis, aere, etc.,

    some with their several cargoes, Liv. 26, 47, 9.—
    2.
    With a subject-clause as antecedent:

    id sua sponte apparebat tuta celeribus consiliis praepositurum,

    was selfevident, Liv. 22, 38, 13:

    ad id quod sua sponte satis collectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,

    id. 3, 62, 1:

    secutum tamen sua sponte est ut vilior ob ea regi Hannibal et suspectior fieret,

    id. 35, 14, 4. —
    3.
    With subject-acc. as antecedent:

    hanc dicam Athenis advenisse cum aliquo amatore suo, Plant. Mil. 2, 2, 86: doceo gratissimum esse in sua tribu Plancium,

    Cic. Planc. 19, 47:

    cupio eum suae causae confidere,

    id. Sest. 64, 135:

    suspicari debuit (Milo), eum (Clodium) ad villam suam (Clodii) deversurum,

    id. Mil. 19, 51: Medeam praedicant in fuga fratris sui membra dissipavisse, id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 22:

    (dixit) Caesarem pro sua dignitate debere et studium et iracundiam suam reipublicae dimittere,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
    4.
    With object-acc. as antecedent.
    (α).
    Suus being an adjunct of the subject (generally rendered in Engl. by a pass. constr.):

    hunc pater suus de templo deduxit,

    he was taken from the temple by his father, Cic. Inv. 2, 17, 52:

    hunc sui cives e civitate ejecerunt,

    id. Sest. 68, 142:

    Alexandrum uxor sua... occidit,

    id. Inv. 2, 49, 144:

    illum ulciscentur mores sui,

    id. Att. 9, 12, 2:

    quodsi quem natura sua... forte deficiet,

    id. Or. 1, 14:

    utrumque regem sua multitudo consalutaverat,

    Liv. 1, 7, 1:

    quas (urbes) sua virtus ac dii juvent, magnas sibi opes facere,

    id. 1, 9, 3; 1, 7, 15; 6, 33, 5:

    quos nec sua conscientia impulerit, nec, etc.,

    id. 26, 33, 3; 25, 14, 7:

    consulem C. Marium servus suus interemit,

    Val. Max. 6, 8, 2:

    quis non Vedium Pollionem pejus oderat quam servi sui?

    Sen. Clem. 1, 18, 2:

    sera dies sit qua illum gens sua caelo adserat,

    id. Cons. Poll. 12 (31), 5.—With the antecedent understood from the principal sentence:

    ita forma simili pueri ut mater sua internoscere (sc. eos) non posset,

    Plaut. Men. prol. 19; and with suus as adjunct both of the subject and of the antecedent: jubet salvere suos vir uxorem suam, id. merc. 4, 3, 11. —
    (β).
    With impers. verbs:

    sunt homines, quos libidinis infamiaeque suae neque pudeat neque taedeat,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 12, 35:

    video fore ut inimicos tuos poeniteat intemperantiae suae,

    id. Fam. 3, 10, 1:

    si Caesarem beneficii sui poeniteret,

    id. Lig. 10, 29; so id. Agr. 2, 11, 26:

    jam ne nobilitatis quidem suae plebejos poenitere,

    Liv. 10, 7, 8:

    militem jam minus virtutis poenitere suae,

    id. 22, 12, 10.—
    (γ).
    As adjunct of other members of the sentence:

    ad parentes suos ducas Silenium,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 86. nam is illius filiam conicit in navem clam matrem suam (i.e. filiae), id. Mil. 2, 1, 34:

    eosdem ad quaestoris sui aut imperatoris, aut commilitonum suorum pericula impulistis,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 17, 34:

    totum enim ex sua patria sustulisti,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 49, § 127; id. Or. 3, 32, 126: quem (Hammonium) tibi etiam suo nomine ( on his own account) commendo... itaque peto a te ut ejus procuratorem et ipsum suo nomine diligas, id. Fam. 13, 21, 2:

    Caesar Fabium in sua remittit hiberna,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 33; id. B. C. 3, 24:

    introire ad Ciceronem, et domi suae imparatum confodere,

    Sall. C. 28, 1:

    suis flammis delete Fidenas,

    i. e. the flames kindled by the Fidenates, Liv. 4, 33, 5:

    suo igni involvit hostes,

    Tac. A. 14, 30:

    quid Caesarem in sua fata inmisit?

    Sen. Ep. 94, 65; id. Q. N. 1, praef. 7; cf.

    with antecedent supplied from preceding sentence: non destiti rogare et petere (sc. Brutum) mea causa, suadere et hortari sua,

    Cic. Att. 6, 2, 7.—
    5.
    With dat. as antecedent.
    (α).
    As adjunct of subject (cf. 4. supra):

    suus rex reginae placet,

    a queen likes her own king, Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 76:

    ei nunc alia ducenda'st domum, sua cognata Lemniensis,

    id. Cist. 1, 1, 101:

    Autronio nonne sodales, non collegae sui... defuerunt?

    Cic. Sull. 2, 7:

    si ceteris facta sua recte prosunt,

    id. Cat. 3, 12, 27:

    cui non magistri sui atque doctores, cui non... locus ipse... in mente versetur?

    id. Planc. 33, 81:

    haec omnia plane... Siculis erepta sunt: primum suae leges, etc.,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 33:

    Romanis multitudo sua auxit animum,

    Liv. 21, 50, 4:

    sicuti populo Romano sua fortuna labet,

    id. 42, 50, 7:

    Lanuvinis sacra sua reddita,

    id. 8, 14, 2:

    vilitas sua illis detrahit pretium,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 29, 2:

    nemo est cui felicitas sua satisfaciat,

    id. Ep. 115, 17:

    labor illi suus restitutus est,

    id. Brev. Vit. 20, 3:

    magnitudo sua singulis constat,

    id. Q. N. 1, 1, 10:

    tantum sapienti sua, quantum Dec omnis aetas patet,

    id. Ep. 53, 11. —

    With antecedent supplied from principal sentence: mater quod suasit sua Adulescens mulier fecit, i.e. ei,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 38.—
    (β).
    Of other words:

    regique Thebano regnum stabilivit suum,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 40:

    mittam hodie huic suo die natali malam rem magnam,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 5:

    ego Metello non irascor, neque ei suam vacationem eripio,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:

    desinant insidiari domui suae consuli,

    id. Cat. 1, 13, 32:

    quibus ea res honori fuerit a suis civibus,

    id. Mil. 35, 96: Scipio suas res Syracusanis restituit, Liv. [p. 1824] 29, 1, 17:

    nos non suas (leges Lacedaemoniis arbitror) ademisse, sed nostras leges dedisse,

    id. 39, 37, 6:

    Graccho et Tuditano provinciae Lucani et Galliae cum suis exercitibus prorogatae,

    id. 25, 3, 5.—
    6.
    With gen., abl., or object of a prep. as antecedent:

    nec illius animi aciem praestringit splendor sui nominis,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:

    nolite a sacris patriis Junonis Sospitae domesticum et suum consulem avellere,

    id. Mur. 41, 90:

    quamvis tu magna mihi scripseris de Bruti adventu ad suas legiones,

    id. Att. 14, 13, 12:

    suae legis ad scriptum ipsam quoque sententiam adjungere,

    the meaning of their law to which they refer, id. Inv. 2, 49, 147:

    cum ambitio alterius suam primum apud eos majestatem solvisset,

    Liv. 22, 42, 12:

    nunc causam instituendorum ludorum ab origine sua repetam,

    Val. Max. 2, 4, 4:

    Jubam in regno suo non locorum notitia adjuvet, non popularium pro rege suo virtus,

    Sen. Ep. 71, 10; id. Ben. 7, 6, 3; id. Clem. 1, 3, 4.—Esp. with cujusque as antecedent:

    in qua deliberatione ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,

    Cic. Off. 1, 33, 119 (v. II. D. 2. infra).— Abl.:

    operam dare ut sua lex ipso scripto videatur niti,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 147 (cf. supra):

    (Caesar reperiebat) ad Galbam propter justitiam prudentiamque suam totius belli summam deferri,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 4:

    credere, ad suum concilium a Jove deos advocari,

    Sen. Q. N. 2, 42, 1.—
    7.
    With predic. nom. as antecedent:

    sapientissimi artis suae professores sunt a quibus et propria studia verecunde et aliena callide administrantur,

    Val. Max. 8, 12, 1.—
    8.
    With appositive noun.
    (α).
    With gram. subject as antecedent:

    hoc Anaximandro, populari ac sodali suo, non persuasit,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 37, 118:

    vidit fortissimum virum, inimicissimum suum,

    id. Mil. 9, 25:

    (hic) fuit in Creta contubernalis Saturnini, propinqui sui,

    id. Planc. 11, 27:

    ut non per L. Crassum, adfinem suum... causam illam defenderit,

    id. Balb. 21, 49:

    ne cum hoc T. Broccho, avunculo, ne cum ejus filio, consobrino suo, ne nobiscum vivat,

    id. Lig. 4, 11:

    Caesar mittit ad eum A. Clodium, suum atque illius familiarem,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 57.—
    (β).
    With object as antecedent:

    Dicaearchum cum Aristoxeno, aequali et condiscipulo suo, omittamus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 41:

    tres fratres optimos, non solum sibi ipsos, neque nobis, necessariis suis, sed etiam rei publicae condonavit,

    id. Lig. 12, 36:

    Varroni, quem, sui generis hominem,... vulgus extrahere ad consulatum nitebatur,

    Liv. 22, 34, 2.—
    (γ).
    With appositive noun as antecedent:

    si P. Scipionem, clarissimum virum, majorumque suorum simillimum res publica tenere potuisset,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 14, 29:

    M. Fabi Ambusti, potentis viri cum inter sui corporis homines, tum ad plebem, etc.,

    Liv. 6, 34, 5:

    C. vero Fabricii, et Q. Aemilii Papi, principum saeculi sui, domibus argentum fuisse confitear oportet,

    Val. Max. 4, 4, 3.—
    9.
    In participial clauses.
    (α).
    The antecedent being the logical subject of the participle, and other than the principal subject:

    credamus igitur Panaetio, a Platone suo dissentienti ( = qui dissentiebat),

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 32, 79:

    ea Sex. Roscium, expulsum ex suis bonis, recepit domum,

    id. Rosc. Am. 10, 27:

    diffidentemque rebus suis confirmavit,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23:

    Dejotarum ad me venientem cum omnibus copiis suis, certiorem feci, etc.,

    id. Fam. 15, 4, 7; id. Cat. 4, 9, 18: si hominis et suis et populi Romani ornamentis amplissimi ( being greatly distinguished) causam repudiassem, id. Mur. 4, 8:

    stupentes tribunos et suam jam vicem magis anxios quam, etc., liberavit consensus populi Romani,

    Liv. 8, 35, 1; 22, 42, 8:

    manet in folio scripta querela suo ( = quam scripsit),

    Ov. F. 5, 224; cf. in abl. absol.:

    et ipsis (hostibus) regressis in castra sua,

    Liv. 22, 60, 9:

    quibus (speculis) si unum ostenderis hominem, populus adparet, unaquaque parte faciem exprimente sua,

    Sen. Q. N. 1, 5, 5.—
    (β).
    The logical subject of the participle, being also the principal subject:

    sic a suis legionibus condemnatus irrupit in Galliam,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 10, 21:

    hunc agrum patres nostri, acceptum a majoribus suis ( = quem acceperant), perdiderunt,

    id. Agr. 2, 31, 84:

    ut in suis ordinibus dispositi dispersos adorirentur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 92: Appius, odium in se aliorum suo in eos metiens odio, haud ignaro, inquit, imminet fortuna, Liv. 3, 54, 3:

    ipsa capit Condita in pharetra ( = quae condiderat) tela minora sua,

    Ov. F. 2, 326; cf. in abl. absol.:

    Sopater, expositis suis difficultatibus ( = cum exposuisset, etc.): Timarchidem... perducit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 69:

    Caesar, primum suo deinde omnium ex conspectu remotis equis, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 25:

    Campani, audita sua pariter sociorumque clade, legatos ad Hannibalem miserunt,

    Liv. 25, 15, 1:

    (Appius) deposito suo magistratu... domum est reductus,

    id. 4, 24, 7; 3, 35, 9; 9, 10, 13; 9, 41, 9.—
    (γ).
    The antecedent being the principal subject, not the logical subject of the participle:

    M. Papirius dicitur Gallo, barbam suam (i.e. Papirii) permulcenti,... iram movisse,

    Liv. 5, 41, 9: cum Gracchus, verecundia deserendi socios, implorantis fidem suam populique Romani, substitisset. id. 23, 36, 8; cf. in abl. absol.:

    si sine maximo dedecore, tam impeditis suis rebus, potuisset emori,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 10, 29; id. Mil. 14, 38; id. Planc. 21, 51; id. Clu. 14, 42:

    ita (consul) proelio uno accidit Vestinorum res, haudquaquam tamen incruento milite suo (consulis),

    Liv. 8, 29, 12; cf.

    with antecedent to be supplied: Campani, cum, robore juventutis suae acciso, nulla (sc. eis) propinqua spes esset, etc.,

    id. 7, 29, 7.—
    10.
    In gerund. construction. ( a) With subject as antecedent:

    mihi ipsa Roma ad complectendum conservatorem suum progredi visa est,

    Cic. Pis. 22, 52.—
    (β).
    With object, the logical subjects of the gerund as antecedent:

    cur iis persequendi juris sui... adimis potestatem?

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21:

    si senatui doloris sui de me declarandi potestas esset erepta,

    id. Sest. 23, 51:

    nec tribunis plebis (spatium datur) sui periculi deprecandi,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 5.—
    (γ).
    With antecedent dependent on the gerund:

    eamque rem illi putant a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19.—
    11.
    As adjunct of a noun dependent on a subjectinf., with its logical subject as antecedent:

    magnum Miloni fuit, conficere illam pestem nulla sua invidia?

    Cic. Mil. 15, 40:

    neque enim fuit Gabinii, remittere tantum de suo nec regis, imponere tantum plus suis,

    his claim, id. Rab. Post. 11, 31:

    Piso, cui fructum pietatis suae neque ex me neque a populo Romano ferre licuit,

    id. Sest. 31, 68:

    ei cujus magis intersit, vel sua, vel rei publicae causa vivere,

    id. Off. 3, 23, 90:

    sapientis est consilium explicare suum de maximis rebus,

    id. Or. 2, 81, 333; id. Mil. 15, 41.—With logical subject understood:

    totam Italiam suis colonis ut complere (sc. eis) liceat, permittitur,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 13, 34:

    maximum (sc. eis) solacium erit, propinquorum eodem monumento declarari, et virtutem suorum, et populi Romani pietatem,

    id. Phil. 14, 13, 35.
    B.
    Without gram. antec., one ' s, one ' s own.
    1.
    Dependent on subject-inff.:

    ejusdem animi est, posteris suis amplitudinem nobis quam non acceperit tradere, et memoriam prope intermortuam generis sui, virtute renovare,

    Cic. Mur. 7, 16:

    siquidem atrocius est, patriae parentem quam suum occidere,

    id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:

    miliens perire est melius quam in sua civitate sine armorum praesidio non posse vivere,

    id. ib. 2, 44, 112: quanto est honestius, alienis injuriis quam suis commoveri, one ' s own, id. Verr. 2, 3, 72, § 169:

    contentum suis rebus esse maximae sunt certissimaeque divitiae,

    id. Par. 6, 51:

    ut non liceat sui commodi causa nocere alteri,

    id. Off. 3, 5, 23:

    detrahere de altero sui commodi causa,

    id. ib. 3, 5, 24:

    suis exemplis melius est uti,

    Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2:

    levius est sua decreta tollere quam aliorum,

    Liv. 3, 21. 5; 39, 5, 2;

    29, 37, 11: satius est vitae suae rationes quam frumenti publici nosse,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 18, 3:

    quanto satius est sua mala exstinguere quam aliena posteris tradere?

    id. Q. N. 3, praef. 5:

    cum initia beneficiorum suorum spectare, tum etiam exitus decet,

    id. Ben. 2, 14, 2; 3, 1, 5:

    Romani nominis gloriae, non suae, composuisse illa decuit,

    Plin. 1, prooem. § 16.—With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent: cum possimus ab Ennio sumere... exemplum, videtur esse arrogantia illa relinquere, et ad sua devenire, to one ' s own = to our own, Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2.—
    2.
    Without a subject-inf.:

    omnia torquenda sunt ad commodum suae causae... sua diligenter narrando,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 21, 30: ut in ceteris habenda ratio non sua (al. sui) solum, sed etiam aliorum, id. Off. 1, 39, 139:

    erat Dareo mite ac tractabile ingenium, nisi suam naturam plerumque fortuna corrumperet (suam not referring to Dareo),

    Curt. 3, 2, 17 MSS. (Foss, mansuetam). — With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent (cf. 1. supra):

    non erit ista amicitia sed mercatura quaedam utilitatum suarum,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 44, 122; cf.: pro suo possidere, II. A. 2. a. g; and Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73, II. A. 2. b. a; cf. also II. B. 1. a; II. B. 5. c.; II. B. 7. b.; II. C. 8. b. b infra.
    C.
    With antec. in a previous sentence. Here ejus, eorum, earum are used for his, her, their, unless the clause is oblique in regard to the antecedent, i. e. the antecedent is conceived as the author of the statement.
    1.
    In clauses dependent on a verbum sentiendi or dicendi, expressed or understood, referring to the grammatical or logical subject of the verb.
    a.
    In infinitive clauses:

    (Clodius) Caesaris potentiam suam potentiam esse dicebat,

    Cic. Mil. 32, 88:

    (Caelius) a sua (causa) putat ejus (i.e. Ascitii) esse sejunctam,

    id. Cael. 10, 24:

    ipsos certo scio non negare ad haec bona Chrysogonum accessisse impulsu suo (referring to ipsos),

    id. Rosc. Am. 37, 107:

    hostes viderunt,... suorum tormentorum usum spatio propinquitatis interire,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 16:

    docent, sui judicii rem non esse,

    id. ib. 1, 13.—The reference of suus may be ambiguous, esp. if an infinitive is dependent on another:

    hoc Verrem dicere ajebant, te... opera sua consulem factum, i.e. Verris, though grammatically it might refer to the subj. of aiebant,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 10, 29:

    (Ariovistus) dixit neminem secum sine sua pernicie contendisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 36; cf. the context with, in all, eleven reflexive pronouns referring to four different antecedents (populus Romanus, Ariovistus, Caesar, nemo); cf.

    also: occurrebat ei, mancam praeturam suam futuram consule Milone,

    Cic. Mil. 9, 25; 32, 88; Liv. 3, 42, 2.—
    b.
    Suus in a clause dependent on inf.:

    scio equidem, ut, qui argentum afferret atque expressam imaginem suam (i.e. militis) huc ad nos, cum eo ajebat velle mitti mulierem,

    Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 55:

    isti bonorum emptores arbitrantur, vos hic sedere qui excipiatis eos qui de suis (i.e. emptorum) manibus effugerint,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:

    Siculi venisse tempus ajebant ut commoda sua defenderem,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 1, 3:

    ut tunc tandem sentiret recuperanda esse quae prius sua culpa amissa forent,

    Liv. 44, 8, 4. —

    Ambiguous: velle Pompejum se Caesari purgatum, ne ea quae reipublicae causa egerit (Pompejus) in suam (i.e. Caesaris) contumeliam vertat (where suam might be referred to Pompejus),

    Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
    c.
    In oblique clauses introduced by ut or ne, or clauses subordinate to such:

    Cassius constituit ut ludi absente te fierent suo nomine,

    Cic. Att. 15, 11, 2:

    postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam tam nefariam adjutores vos profiteamini,

    id. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:

    Nasidius eos magnopere hortatur ut rursus cum Bruti classe, additis suis (i.e. Nasidii) auxiliis confligant,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 3:

    (regem) denuntiasse sibi ut triduo regni sui decederent finibus,

    Liv. 42, 25, 12:

    Sabinae mulieres, hinc patres, hinc viros orantes, ne parricidio macularent partus suos (i.e. mulierum),

    id. 1, 13, 2:

    Patron praecepit suis ut arma induerent, ad omne imperium suum parati,

    Curt. 5, 11, 1.—With reflex. pron., referring to a different antecedent:

    ad hanc (Laidem) Demosthenes clanculum adit, et ut sibi copiam sui faceret, petit,

    Gell. 1, 8, 5. —
    d.
    In subordinate clauses introduced by quin or quod:

    (Dejotarus) non recusat quin id suum facinus judices,

    Cic. Deiot. 15, 43; so id. ib. 4, 15;

    16, 45: parietes hujus curiae tibi gratias agere gestiunt, quod futura sit illa auctoritas in his majorum suorum et suis sedibus,

    id. Marcell. 3, 10:

    quidni gauderet quod iram suam nemo sentiret?

    Sen. Troad. 3, 13:

    querenti quod uxor sua e fico se suspendisset,

    Quint. 6, 3, 88;

    and with intentional ambiguity: cum Proculejus quereretur de filio quod is mortem suam expectaret,

    id. 9, 3, 68. —
    e.
    In interrogative clauses:

    si, quod officii sui sit, non occurrit animo, nihil umquam omnino aget,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 8, 25:

    ut non auderet iterum dicere quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,

    id. Caecin. 10, [p. 1825] 28:

    donec sciat unisquisque quid sui, quid alieni sit,

    Liv. 6, 27, 8:

    rex ignarus, quae cum Hannibale legatis suis convenisset, quaeque legati ejus ad se allaturi fuissent,

    id. 23, 39, 2:

    postquam animadvertit quantus agminis sui terror esset,

    id. 43, 19, 5. —
    2.
    In a virtually oblique clause.
    a.
    In final clause, introduced by ut, ne, or rel., referring to the subject of the purpose:

    me a portu praemisit domum, ut haec nuntiem uxori suae,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 41:

    quasi Appius ille Caecus viam muniverit, non qua populus uteretur, sed ubi impune sui posteri latrocinarentur, i. e. Appii,

    Cic. Mil. 7, 17:

    quae gens ad Caesarem legatos mise. rat, ut suis omnibus facultatibus uteretur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 80:

    inde castra movent, ne qua vis sociis suis ab Romano exercitu inferri possit,

    Liv. 43, 23, 5:

    (Romani) Albam a fundamentis proruerunt, ne memoria originum suarum exstaret,

    id. 26, 13, 16:

    oppidani nuntios Romam, qui certiorem de suo casu senatum facerent, misere,

    id. 6, 33, 7; cf.:

    tanto intervallo ab hostibus consedit, ut nec adventus suus propinquitate nimia nosci posset, et, etc.,

    Liv. 10, 20, 7:

    Datames locum delegit talem ut non multum obesse multitudo hostium suae paucitati posset,

    Nep. Dat. 7, 3:

    quid si gubernator a diis procellas petat ut gratior ars sua periculo fiat?

    Sen. Ben. 6, 25, 4. —
    b.
    In other dependent clauses represented as conceived by an antecedent in the principal sentence:

    Sulla, si sibi suus pudor ac dignitas non prodesset, nullum auxilium requisivit ( = negavit se defendi velle, si, etc.),

    Cic. Sull. 5, 15:

    Paetus omnes libros quos frater suus reliquisset mihi donavit ( = dixit se donare libros quos, etc.),

    id. Att. 2, 1, 12:

    non enim a te emit, sed, priusquam tu suum sibi venderes, ipse possedit ( = potitus est, ne, etc.),

    id. Phil. 2, 37, 96:

    Africanus, si sua res ageretur, testimonium non diceret,

    id. Rosc. Am. 36, 3:

    ille ipse (Pompejus) proposuit epistulam illam, in qua est Pro tuis rebus gestis amplissimis. Amplioribusne quam suis, quam Africani?

    id. Att. 8, 9, 2:

    spiritus dabat (Manlio) quod... vinculorum suorum invidiam dictator fugisset,

    Liv. 6, 18, 4:

    (Numa) Camenis eum lucum sacravit, quod earum ibi concilia cum conjuge sua Egeria essent,

    id. 1, 21, 3:

    adulescens deos omnis invocare ad gratiam illi pro se referendam, quoniam sibi nequaquam satis facultatis pro suo animo atque illius erga se esset,

    id. 26, 50, 4 (cf. D. 1. a. infra).
    D.
    In the place of ejus.
    1.
    In clauses virtually oblique, but with indicative, being conceived by the antecedent (hence suus, not ejus), but asserted as fact by the author (hence indicative, not subjunctive):

    Cicero tibi mandat ut Aristodemo idem respondeas, quod de fratre suo (Ciceronis) respondisti,

    Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4:

    oriundi ab Sabinis, ne, quia post Tatii mortem ab sua parte non erat regnatum, imperium amitterent, sui corporis creari regem volebant,

    Liv. 1, 17, 2:

    C. Caesar villam pulcherrimam, quia mater sua aliquando in illa custodita erat, diruit,

    Sen. Ira, 3, 21, 5:

    Philemonem, a manu servum, qui necem suam per venenum inimicis promiserat, non gravius quam simplici morte punivit,

    Suet. Caes. 74; cf.:

    quomodo excandescunt si quid e juba sua decisum est,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 12, 3.—
    2.
    To avoid ambiguity:

    petunt rationes illius (Catilinae) ut orbetur consilio res publica, ut minuatur contra suum (i.e. Catilinae) furorem imperatorum copia (instead of ejus, which might be referred to res publica),

    Cic. Mur. 39, 83:

    equites a cornibus positos, cum jam pelleretur media peditum suorum acies, incurrisse ab lateribus ferunt,

    Liv. 1, 37, 3.—
    3.
    Colloquially and in epistolary style suus is used emphatically instead of ejus, with the meaning own, peculiar: deinde ille actutum subferret suus servus poenas Sosia, his own slave (opp. Mercury, who personates Sosias), Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 19: mira erant in civitatibus ipsorum furta Graecorum quae magistratus sui fecerant, their own magistrates ( = ipsorum), Cic. Att. 6, 2, 5:

    in quibus (litteris Bruti) unum alienum summa sua prudentia (est), ut spectem ludos suos,

    his peculiar prudence, id. ib. 15, 26, 1; so,

    quod quidem ille (Nero) decernebat, quorumdam dolo ad omina sui exitus vertebatur,

    Tac. A. 16, 24; cf. II. A. 1. b and g; II. A. 2. a. b; II. B. 3.—
    4.
    Without particular emphasis (mostly ante- and post-class. and poet.):

    tum erit tempestiva cum semen suum maturum erit,

    Cato, R. R. 31:

    vitis si macra erit, sarmenta sua concidito minute,

    id. ib. 37:

    qui sic purgatus erit, diuturna valetudine utatur, neque ullus morbus veniet, nisi sua culpa,

    id. ib. 157:

    Cimon in eandem invidiam incidit quam pater suus,

    Nep. Cim. 3, 1:

    id qua ratione consecutus sit (Lysander) latet. Non enim virtute sui exercitus factum est, etc.,

    id. Lys. 1, 2:

    ipse sub Esquiliis, ubi erat regia sua, Concidit,

    Ov. F. 6, 601:

    quodque suus conjux riguo collegerat horto, Truncat olus foliis,

    id. M. 8, 646; so id. ib. 15, 819.
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    As substt.
    1.
    sui, suorum, m., his, their (etc.) friends, soldiers, fellow-beings, equals, adherents, followers, partisans, posterity, slaves, family, etc., of persons in any near connection with the antecedent.
    (α).
    (Corresp. to the regular usage, I. A. B. C.) Cupio abducere ut reddam (i.e. eam) suis, to her family, friends, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 77; cf. id. ib. 1, 2, 66:

    cum animus societatem caritatis coierit cum suis, omnesque natura conjunctos suos duxerit,

    fellow-beings, Cic. Leg. 1, 23, 60:

    mulier ingeniosa praecepit suis omnia Caelio pollicerentur,

    her slaves, id. Cael. 25, 62:

    quo facilius et nostras domos obire, et ipse a suis coli possit,

    his friends, id. ib. 7, 18:

    qua gratiam beneficii vestri cum suorum laude conjungant,

    their family, id. Agr. 2, 1, 1:

    vellem hanc contemptionem pecuniae suis reliquisset,

    to his posterity, id. Phil. 3, 6, 16:

    cum divisurum se urbem palam suis polliceretur,

    his partisans, id. ib. 13, 9, 19:

    Caesar, cohortatus suos, proelium commisit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 25; so,

    Curio exercitum reduxit, suis omnibus praeter Fabium incolumibus,

    id. B. C. 2, 35:

    Caesar receptui suorum timens,

    id. ib. 3, 46:

    certior ab suis factus est, praeclusas esse portas,

    id. ib. 2, 20:

    omnium suorum consensu, Curio bellum ducere parabat,

    id. ib. 2, 37: so,

    Pompejus suorum omnium hortatu statuerat proelio decertare,

    id. ib. 3, 86:

    Caesar Brundisium ad suos severius scripsit,

    to his officers, id. ib. 3, 25:

    naviculam conscendit cum paucis suis,

    a few of his followers, id. ib. 3, 104:

    multum cum suis consiliandi causa secreto praeter consuetudinem loqueretur,

    id. ib. 1, 19:

    nupsit Melino, adulescenti inprimis inter suos et honesto et nobili,

    his equals, associates, Cic. Clu. 5, 11:

    rex raptim a suis in equum impositus fugit,

    his suite, Liv. 41, 4, 7:

    subsidio suorum proelium restituere,

    comrades, id. 21, 52, 10:

    feras bestias... ad opem suis ferendam avertas,

    their young, id. 26, 13, 12:

    abstulit sibi in suos potestatem,

    his slaves, Sen. Ira, 3, 12, 6:

    Besso et Nabarzani nuntiaverant sui regem... interemptum esse,

    their fellow - conspirators, Curt. 5, 12, 14. — Very rarely sing.:

    ut bona mens suis omnibus fuerit. Si quem libido abripuit, illorum eum, cum quibus conjuravit, non suum judicet esse,

    Liv. 39, 16, 5.—
    (β).
    Irregular use (acc. to I. D.): sui = ejus amici, etc. (freq.;

    the absolute use of ejus in this sense being inadmissible): quasi vero quisquam dormiat? ne sui quidem hoc velint, non modo ipse (sui = ejus amici, liberi),

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:

    is (annus) ejus omnem spem... morte pervertit. Fuit hoc luctuosum suis, acerbum patriae, etc.,

    id. Or. 3, 2, 8:

    quadrigas, quia per suos ( = ipsius milites) agendae erant, in prima acie locaverat rex,

    Liv. 37, 41, 8:

    auctoritatem Pisistrati qui inter suos ( = ejus cives) maxima erat,

    id. 37, 12:

    quo cum multitudine adversariorum sui superarentur, ipse fuit superior, etc.,

    Nep. Hann. 8, 4; v. g.—
    (γ).
    Without antecedent (cf. I. B. supra): quoties necesse est fallere aut falli a suis, by one ' s friends, Sen. Phoen. 493.—
    (δ).
    Sing.: sŭa, suae. f., a sweetheart, mistress (rare): illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit. Cic. Phil. 2, 28. 69:

    cedo quid hic faciet sua?

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 92.—
    2.
    sŭum, i, n., and more freq. sŭa, suorum, n. plur., = one ' s property.
    a.
    Sing.
    (α).
    Lit.:

    nec suom adimerem alteri,

    his property, his own, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 38 (34):

    nunc si ille salvos revenit, reddam suom sibi (v. D. 3. a. infra),

    id. ib. 1, 2, 119:

    illum studeo quam facillime ad suum pervenire,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 26, 4:

    populi Romani hanc esse consuetudinem ut socios sui nihil deperdere velit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43; cf. Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 3, I. A. 11. supra:

    nec donare illi de suo dicimur,

    Sen. Ben. 7, 4, 2; so esp. with quisque; v. infra — Hence, de suo = per se, or sua sponte;

    (stellae) quae per igneos tractus labentia inde splendorem trahant caloremque, non de suo clara,

    Sen. Q. N. 7, 1, 6. —
    (β).
    Trop.:

    meum mihi placebat, illi suum (of a literary essay),

    Cic. Att. 14, 20, 3: suom quemque decet, his own manners, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 11; so, expendere oportet quid quisque habeat sui ( what peculiarities) nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant;

    id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,

    Cic. Off. 1, 31, 113.—
    (γ).
    Jurid. term: aliquid pro suo possidere, to possess in the belief of one ' s legal right:

    pro suo possessio tale est, cum dominium nobis acquiri putamus. Et ea causa possidemus ex qua acquiritur, et praeterea pro suo,

    Dig. 41, 10, 1;

    so without an antecedent, and referring to a first person: item re donata, pro donato et pro suo possideo,

    ib. 41, 10, 1; v. the whole tit. ib. 42, 10 (Pro suo); cf. ib. 23, 3, 67; cf. C., infra fin.;

    similarly: usucapere pro suo = acquire dominion by a possession pro suo, Fragm. Vat. 111: res pro suo, quod justam causam possidendi habet, usucapit,

    id. ib. 260; Dig. 41, 3, 27. —
    b.
    Plur.
    (α).
    One ' s property:

    Roscius tibi omnia sua praeter animam tradidit,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 146:

    qui etiam hostibus externis victis sua saepissime reddiderunt,

    id. Agr. 1, 6, 19:

    tu autem vicinis tuis Massiliensibus sua reddis,

    id. Att. 14, 14, 6:

    Remi legatos miserunt qui dicerent se suaque omnia in fidem atque potestatem populi Romani permittere,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 3, 2; 1, 11, 2; 2, 13, 2:

    ipsi milites alveos informes quibus se suaque transveherent, faciebant,

    their baggage, Liv. 21, 26, 9:

    docere eos qui sua permisere fortunae,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, praef. 7; so without an antecedent, one ' s own property (cf. I. B. 2. supra):

    hanc ob causam maxime ut sua tenerentur res publicae constitutae sunt,

    Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73;

    rarely = eorum res: quod vero etiam sua reddiderint (i.e. Gallis),

    Liv. 39, 55, 3. —
    (β).
    One ' s own affairs:

    aliena ut melius videant et dijudicent Quam sua,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 96:

    cognoscunt... immobile agmen et sua quemque molientem,

    Liv. 10, 20, 8:

    omnia ei hostium non secus quam sua nota erant,

    id. 22, 41, 5:

    aliena cum suis perdidit,

    Sen. Ben. 7, 16, 3.— Absol., referring to a noun fem.: sua (finxit) C. Cassius ( = suas persuasiones; cf.

    the context),

    Quint. 6, 3, 90.
    B.
    Predicative uses: suum esse, facere, fieri, putare, etc., like a gen. poss., to be, etc., the property, or under the dominion, control, power of the antecedent.
    1.
    Of property in things.
    (α).
    Corporeal:

    scripsit causam dicere Prius aurum quare sit suum,

    Ter. Eun. prol. 11:

    nihil erat cujusquam quod non hoc anno suum fore putabat (Clodius),

    Cic. Mil. 32, 87:

    quia suum cujusque fit, eorum quae natura fuerant communia quod cuique obtigit, id quisque teneat,

    id. Off. 1, 7, 21:

    Juba suam esse praedicans praedam,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 84:

    gratum sibi populum facturum, si omnes res Neapolitanorum suas duxissent,

    Liv. 22, 32, 8: libros esse dicimus Ciceronis;

    eosdem Dorus librarius suos vocat,

    Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 1:

    cum enim istarum personarum nihil suum esse possit,

    since these persons can own nothing, Gai. Inst. 2, 96; cf. Dig. 1, 7, 15 pr.—Virtually predicative:

    referas ad eos qui suam rem nullam habent ( = rem quae sua sit),

    nothing of their own, Cic. Phil. 2, 6, 15:

    qui in potestate nostra est, nihil suum habere potest,

    Gai. Inst. 2, 84. — ( b) Of literary works:

    quae convenere in Andriam ex Perinthia Fatetur transtulisse, atque usum pro suis ( = quasi sua essent),

    Ter. And. prol. 14:

    potest autem... quae tum audiet... ingenue pro suis dicere,

    his own thoughts, Quint. 12, 3, 3.—
    (γ).
    Of a country or people:

    suum facere = suae dicionis facere: commemorat ut (Caesar) magnam partem Italiae beneficio atque auctoritate eorum suam fecerit,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 32:

    in quam (Asiam) jam ex parte suam fecerit,

    Liv. 44, 24, 4:

    crudelissima ac superbissima gens sua omnia suique arbitrii facit,

    id. 21, 44, 5.—
    (δ).
    Trop.:

    omnia sua putavit quae vos vestra esse velletis,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 12, 27:

    non meminit, illum exercitum senatus populique Romani esse, non suum,

    id. ib. 13, 6, 4: [p. 1826] probavit, non rempublicam suam esse, sed se reipublicae, Sen. Clem. 1, 19, 8;

    so of incorporeal things: hi si velint scire quam brevis eorum vita sit, cogitent ex quota parte sua sit,

    how much of it is their own, id. Brev. Vit. 19, 3; so, suum facere, to appropriate:

    prudentis est, id quod in quoque optimum est, si possit, suum facere,

    Quint. 10, 2, 26:

    quaeremus quomodo animus (hanc virtutem) usu suam faciat,

    Sen. Clem. 1, 3, 1.—
    2.
    Of persons.
    (α).
    Under a master ' s or father ' s control:

    ut lege caverent, ne quis quem civitatis mutandae causa suum faceret, neve alienaret,

    make any one his slave, Liv. 41, 8, 12: quid eam tum? suamne esse ajebat, his daughter, i.e. in his power? Ter. And. 5, 4, 29:

    eduxit mater pro sua ( = quasi sua esset),

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 76.—
    (β).
    Reflexively = sui juris, independent, one ' s own master or mistress, not subject to another ' s control, under one ' s own control (v. sui juris, infra):

    ancilla, quae mea fuit hodie, sua nunc est,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 3.—
    (γ).
    Of moral power over others: suus = devoted to one:

    hice hoc munere arbitrantur Suam Thaidem esse,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 38:

    eos hic fecit suos Paulo sumptu,

    id. Ad. 5, 4, 21:

    sed istunc exora, ut (mulierem) suam esse adsimulet,

    to be friendly to him, id. Heaut. 2, 3, 117:

    cum Antonio sic agens ut perspiciat, si in eo negotio nobis satisfecerit, totum me futurum suum,

    Cic. Att. 14, 1 a, 2:

    Alpheus... utebatur populo sane suo,

    devoted to him, id. Quint. 7, 29.— Poet.: vota suos habuere deos, the vows (inst. of the persons uttering them) had the gods on their side, Ov. M. 4, 373. —
    (δ).
    Of power over one's self, etc.:

    nam qui sciet ubi quidque positum sit, quaque eo veniat, is poterit eruere, semperque esse in disputando suus,

    self-possessed, Cic. Fin. 4, 4, 10:

    inaestimabile bonum est suum fieri,

    selfcontrol, Sen. Ep. 75, 18:

    (furiosus) qui suus non est,

    Dig. 42, 4, 7, § 9:

    vix sua, vix sanae virgo Niseia compos Mentis erat,

    Ov. M. 8, 35. —
    3.
    Suum est, as impers. predicate: = ejus est, characteristic of, peculiar to one (very rare):

    dixit antea, sed suum illud est, nihil ut affirmet,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99.
    C.
    Attributive usages, almost always (except in Seneca) with suus before its noun.
    1.
    The property, relations, affairs, etc., of one opposed to those of another, own.
    a.
    Opposition expressed:

    nihil de suo casu, multa de vestro querebatur,

    Cic. Balb. 8, 21:

    sua sibi propiora pericula quam mea loquebantur,

    id. Sest. 18, 40:

    suasque et imperatoris laudes canentes,

    Liv. 45, 38, 12:

    damnatione collegae et sua,

    id. 22, 35, 3:

    Senecae fratris morte pavidum et pro sua incolumitate pavidum,

    Tac. A. 14, 73:

    velut pro Vitellio conquerentes suum dolorem proferebant,

    id. H. 3, 37;

    opp. alienus: ut suo potius tempore mercatorem admitterent, quam celerius alieno,

    at a time convenient to themselves, Varr. R. R. 3, 16, 11. —Without antecedent, opp. externus:

    (Platoni) duo placet esse motus, unum suum, alterum externum, esse autem divinius quod ipsum ex se sua sponte moveatur, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32. —
    b.
    Implied:

    voluptatem suis se finibus tenere jubeamus,

    within the limits assigned to it, Cic. Fin. 3, 1, 1:

    cum vobis immortale monumentum suis paene manibus senatus... exstruxerit,

    id. Phil. 14, 12, 33:

    superiores (amnes) in Italia, hic (Rhodanus) trans Alpes, hospitales suas tantum, nec largiores quam intulere aquas vehentes,

    Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224: colligitur aqua ex imbribus;

    ex suo fonte nativa est,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 3:

    pennas ambo non habuere suas (non suas = alienas),

    Ov. Tr. 3, 4, 24. —
    c.
    In particular phrases. ( a) Sua sponte and suo Marte, of one ' s own accord, by one ' s self, without the suggestion, influence, aid, etc., of others:

    Caesar bellum contra Antonium sua sponte suscepit,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 2, 5:

    sua sponte ad Caesarem in jus adierunt,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 87.—So of things, = per se, by or of itself, for itself, for its own sake:

    jus et omne honestum sua sponte expetendum (cf. in the context: per se igitur jus est expetendum),

    Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 48: justitium sua sponte inceptum priusquam indiceretur, by itself, i. e. without a decree, Liv. 9, 7, 8; so,

    sortes sua sponte attenuatas,

    id. 22, 1, 11 (cf. id. 22, 38, 13; 35, 14, 4, I. A. 2., supra): rex enim ipse, sua sponte, nullis commentariis Caesaris, simul atque audivit ejus interitum suo Marte res suas recuperavit, Cic. Phil. 2, 37, 95.—
    (β).
    Suus locus, in milit. lang., one ' s own ground, position, or lines:

    restitit suo loco Romana acies (opp. to the advance of the enemy),

    Liv. 22, 16, 2.—So figuratively:

    et staturas suo loco leges,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2:

    aciem instruxit primum suis locis, pauloque a castris Pompeji longius,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 84 (cf.: suo loco, 7. b. g, infra).—
    (γ).
    For suo jure v. 3. infra.—
    (δ).
    Sua Venus = one's own Venus, i. e. good luck (v. Venus): ille non est mihi par virtutibus, nec officiis;

    sed habuit suam Venerem,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 2. —
    2.
    Of private relations (opp. to public):

    ut in suis rebus, ita in re publica luxuriosus nepos,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 18, 48:

    deinde ut communibus pro communibus utatur, privatis ut suis,

    id. Off. 1, 7, 20:

    quod oppidum Labienus sua pecunia exaedificaverat,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 15:

    militibus agros ex suis possessionibus pollicetur,

    i. e. his private property, id. ib. 1, 17; Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 3. —
    3.
    Of just rights or claims:

    imperatori senatuique honos suus redditus,

    due to them, Liv. 3, 10, 3:

    neque inpedimento fuit, quominus religionibus suus tenor suaque observatio redderetur,

    Val. Max. 1, 1, 8:

    quibus omnibus debetur suus decor,

    Quint. 11, 1, 41. —

    So distributively: is mensibus suis dimisit legionem,

    in the month in which each soldier was entitled to his discharge, Liv. 40, 41, 8. — Esp.: suo jure (so, meo, nostro, tuo, etc., jure), by his own right:

    Tullus Hostilius qui suo jure in porta nomen inscripsit,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 12, 26:

    earum rerum hic A. Licinius fructum a me repetere prope suo jure debet,

    id. Arch. 1, 1; id. Marcell. 2, 6; id. Phil. 2, 25, 62; id. Balb. 8, 21:

    numquam illum res publica suo jure esset ulta,

    by its unquestionable right, id. Mil. 33, 88. —
    4.
    Of that to which one is exclusively devoted:

    huic quaestioni suum diem dabimus,

    a day for its exclusive discussion, Sen. Ep. 94, 52:

    homini autem suum bonum ratio est,

    his exclusive good, id. ib. 76, 10:

    in majorem me quaestionem vocas, cui suus locus, suus dies dandus est,

    id. Q. N. 2, 46, 1. —

    With proprius: mentio inlata apud senatum est, rem suo proprio magistratu egere,

    that the business needed a particular officer exclusively for itself, Liv. 4, 8, 4:

    et Hannibalem suo proprio occupandum bello,

    id. 27, 38, 7; cf.:

    dissupasset hostes, ni suo proprio eum proelio equites Volscorum exceptum tenuissent,

    in which they alone fought, id. 3, 70, 4:

    mare habet suas venas quibus impletur,

    by which it alone is fed, Sen. Q. N. 3, 14, 3. —
    5.
    According to one ' s liking, of one ' s own choice.
    a.
    Of persons, devoted to one, friendly, dear:

    Milone occiso (Clodius) habuisset suos consules,

    after his own heart, Cic. Mil. 33, 89:

    collegit ipse se contra suum Clodium,

    his dear Clodius, id. Pis. 12, 27 (cf.: suum facere, habere, II. B. 2. g).—
    b.
    Of things, favorable.
    (α).
    Of place: neque Jugurtham nisi... suo loco pugnam facere, on his own ground, i. e. chosen by him, favorable, Sall. J. 61, 1:

    hic magna auxilia expectabant et suis locis bellum in hiemem ducere cogitabant,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 61; cf.:

    numquam nostris locis laboravimus,

    Liv. 9, 19, 15.—
    (β).
    Of time:

    cum Perseus suo maxime tempore et alieno hostibus incipere bellum posset,

    Liv. 42, 43, 3; v. 7. b, infra. —
    c.
    Of circumstances: sua occasio, a favorable opportunity; sometimes without antecedent:

    neque occasioni tuae desis, neque suam occasionem hosti des,

    Liv. 22, 39, 21:

    tantum abfuit ut ex incommodo alieno sua occasio peteretur,

    id. 4, 58, 2:

    aestuque suo Locros trajecit,

    a favorable tide, id. 23, 41, 11:

    ignoranti quem portum petat nullus suus ventus est,

    Sen. Ep. 71, 3:

    orba suis essent etiamnunc lintea ventis,

    Ov. M. 13, 195:

    aut ille Ventis iturus non suis,

    Hor. Epod. 9, 30. —
    6.
    Of persons or things, peculiar, particular:

    quae est ei (animo) natura? Propria, puto, et sua,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 70:

    omnis enim motus animi suum quendam a natura habet vultum,

    id. de Or. 3, 57, 316:

    geometrae et musici... more quodam loquuntur suo. Ipsae rhetorum artes verbis in docendo quasi privatis utuntur ac suis,

    id. Fin. 3, 1, 4:

    sensus omnis habet suum finem,

    its peculiar limits, Quint. 9, 4, 61: animus cum suum ambitum complevit et finibus se suis cinxit, consummatum est summum bonum, Sen. Vit. Beat. 9, 3: est etiam in nominibus ( nouns) diverso collocatis sua gratia, their peculiar elegance, Quint. 9, 3, 86:

    ibi non bello aperto, sed suis artibus, fraude et insidiis, est paene circumventus,

    Liv. 21, 34, 1:

    nec Hannibalem fefellit, suis se artibus peti,

    id. 22, 16, 5:

    adversus hostem non virtute tantum, sed suis (i. e. hostis) etiam pugnare consiliis oportebat,

    Flor. 2, 6, 26:

    liberam Minucii temeritatem se suo modo expleturum,

    Liv. 22, 28, 2:

    equites ovantes sui moris carmine,

    id. 10, 26, 11:

    exsultans cum sui moris tripudiis,

    id. 21, 42, 3:

    tripudiantes suo more,

    id. 23, 26, 9.—So, suo Marte, referring to the style of fighting peculiar to the different arms:

    equitem suo alienoque Marte pugnare,

    that the cavalry were fighting both in their own style and in that of the other arms, Liv. 3, 62, 9; cf.: suo Marte, 1, c. a, supra.—And distributively ( = suus quisque):

    suos autem haec operum genera ut auctores, sic etiam amatores habent,

    Quint. 12, 10, 2:

    illa vero fatidica fulmina ex alto et ex suis venire sideribus,

    Plin. 2, 43, 43, § 113; cf.:

    quae quidem planiora suis exemplis reddentur,

    Val. Max. 3, 4 prooem.—
    7.
    Proper, right.
    a.
    Referring to one's ordinary or normal condition:

    quod certe non fecisset, si suum numerum naves habuissent,

    their regular complement, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 51, § 133. — So poet.:

    flecte ratem! numerum non habet illa suum,

    its full number, Ov. H. 10, 36:

    novus exercitus consulibus est decretus: binae legiones cum suo equitatu,

    Liv. 40, 36, 6:

    cum suo justo equitatu,

    id. 21, 17, 8:

    totam (disciplinam) in suum statum redegit,

    Val. Max. 2, 7, 2:

    tranquilla mente et vultu suo,

    with the ordinary expression of his face, Sen. Clem. 2, 6, 2:

    media pars aeris ab his (ignibus) submota, in frigore suo manet. Natura enim aeris gelida est,

    id. Q. N. 2, 10, 4:

    cornuaque in patriis non sua vidit aquis,

    not natural to her, Ov. H. 14, 90. —

    So, non suus, of ingrafted branches and their fruit: miraturque (arbos) novas frondis et non sua poma,

    Verg. G. 2, 82. —
    b.
    Of time, proper, regular, etc. (cf. 5. b, supra).
    (α).
    The regular time ( = stato tempore):

    signum quod semper tempore exoritur suo,

    Plaut. Rud. prol. 4:

    cum et recte et suo tempore pepererit,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 16: aestas suo tempore incanduit...;

    tam solstitium quam aequinoctium suos dies retulit,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 16, 3:

    omnes venti vicibus suis spirant majore ex parte,

    Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128. —
    (β).
    The right or proper time:

    salictum suo tempore caedito,

    Cato, R. R. 33:

    cessit e vita suo magis quam suorum civium tempore,

    the right time for himself, Cic. Brut. 1, 4; so,

    exstingui homini suo tempore optabile est,

    id. Sen. 23, 85:

    Scandilius dicit se suo tempore rediturum,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 60, § 139:

    si Ardeates sua tempora exspectare velint,

    Liv. 4, 7, 6:

    Chrysippus dicit, illum... opperiri debere suum tempus, ad quod velut dato signo prosiliat,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 25, 3:

    quam multi exercitus tempore suo victorem hostem pepulerunt!

    Liv. 44, 39, 4. — Without antecedent: sed suo tempore totius sceleris hujus fons aperietur. Cic. Phil. 14, 6, 15; cf.:

    de ordine laudis, etc., praecipiemus suo tempore,

    Quint. 2, 4, 21. —
    (γ).
    Suo loco = at the proper place:

    quae erant prudentiae propria suo loco dicta sunt,

    Cic. Off. 1, 40, 143:

    quod reddetur suo loco,

    Quint. 11, 1, 16:

    ut suo loco dicetur,

    Plin. 2, 90, 102, § 221:

    inscripta quae suis locis reddam,

    id. 1, prooem. § 27; Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2; cf. 1, c. b; 4. supra. —
    (δ).
    Suited, appropriate, adapted to one:

    in eodem fundo suum quidquid conseri oportet,

    Cato, R. R. 7:

    siquidem hanc vendidero pretio suo,

    at a suitable price, Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 30:

    in partes suas digerenda causa,

    Quint. 11, 1, 6:

    confundetur quidquid in suas partes natura digessit,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 29, 8. — Poet.: haec ego dumque queror, lacrimae sua verba sequuntur, Deque meis oculis in tua membra cadunt, appropriate, i. e. tristia, Ov. H. 14, 67.—Without antecedent: suum quidquid genus talearum serito, any fit kind, i. e. suited to the ground, Cato, R. R. 48. —
    8.
    Own, with the notion of independence of, or dependence on others (cf. B. 2. g d).
    a.
    Of political independence: pacem condicionibus his fecerunt ut Capuae suae leges, sui magistratus essent, her own laws, i. e. not subject to Carthage, Liv. 23, 7, 2: liberos [p. 1827] eos ac suis legibus victuros, id. 25, 23, 4. —

    Esp. in the phrases suae potestatis or in sua potestate esse, suo jure uti, sui juris esse: Puteolos, qui nunc in sua potestate sunt, suo jure, libertate aequa utuntur, totos occupabunt,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 31, 86:

    Rhegini potestatis suae ad ultimum remanserunt,

    retained their self-government, Liv. 23, 30, 9:

    urbem ne quam formulae sui juris facerent,

    id. 38, 9, 10. —
    b.
    Of paternal authority.
    (α).
    Free from the power of the paterfamilias; in the phrases sui juris esse, suae potestatis esse, to be independent:

    quaedam personae sui juris sunt, quaedam alieno juri sunt subjectae, Gai,

    Inst. 1, 48:

    sui juris sunt familiarum suarum principes, id est pater familiae, itemque mater familiae,

    Ulp. Fragm. 4, 1:

    liberi parentum potestate liberantur emancipatione. Sed filius quidem ter manumissus sui juris fit, ceteri autem liberi una manumissione sui juris fiunt,

    id. ib. 10, 1:

    morte patris filius et filia sui juris fiunt,

    id. ib. 10, 2:

    patres familiarum sunt qui sunt suae potestatis,

    Dig. 1, 6, 4:

    si modo defunctus testator suae potestatis mortis tempore fuerit,

    Gai. Inst. 2, 147. —

    With indef. reference: si sui juris sumus,

    Dig. 46, 2, 20; cf.:

    pro suo possideo, 2. a. supra.—Attributively: sui juris arrogatio feminae,

    Cod. Just. 8, 47, 8:

    homo sui juris,

    ib. 10, § 5.— Trop.:

    sapiens numquam semiliber erit: integrae semper libertatis et sui juris,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 5, 3:

    non illarum coitu fieri cometen, sed proprium et sui juris esse,

    id. Q. N. 7, 12, 2: nullique sunt tam feri et sui juris adfectus, ut non disciplina perdomentur, id. Ira, 2, 12, 3. —
    (β).
    Subject to paternal authority, in the phrases suus heres, sui liberi; suus heres, an heir who had been in the paternal power of the deceased:

    CVI SVVS HERES NON SIT, XII. Tab. fr. 5, 4.—In the jurists without antecedent: sui et necessarii heredes sunt velut filius filiave, nepos neptisve ex filia, deinceps ceteri qui modo in potestate morientis fuerunt,

    Gai. Inst. 2, 156:

    (emancipati liberi) non sunt sui heredes,

    ib. 2, 135:

    alia facta est juris interpretatio inter suos heredes,

    ib. 3, 15:

    datur patrono adversus suos heredes bonorum possessio (where patrono is not the antecedent of suos),

    ib. 3, 41:

    sui heredes vel instituendi sunt vel exheredandi,

    Ulp. Fragm. 22, 14:

    accrescunt suis quidem heredibus in partem virilem, extraneis autem in partem dimidiam,

    id. ib. 22, 17. —

    Sui liberi, children in paternal power: de suis et legitimis liberis,

    Cod. Just. 6, 55 inscr.
    D.
    In particular connections.
    1.
    With ipse, his own, etc. (cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 696).
    a.
    Ipse agreeing with the antecedent of suus, the antecedent being,
    (α).
    A subjectnom.:

    (ingenium ejus) valet ipsum suis viribus,

    by its own strength, Cic. Cael. 19, 45:

    legio Martia non ipsa suis decretis hostem judicavit Antonium?

    by its own resolutions, id. Phil. 4, 2, 5:

    ruit ipse suis cladibus,

    id. ib. 14, 3, 8:

    si ex scriptis cognosci ipsi suis potuissent,

    id. de Or. 2, 2, 8:

    qui se ipse sua gravitate et castimonia defenderet,

    id. Cael. 5, 11:

    quod ipse suae civitatis imperium obtenturus esset,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 3:

    suamet ipsae fraude omnes interierunt,

    Liv. 8, 18, 9; 39, 49, 3:

    ut saeviret ipse in suum sanguinem effecerunt,

    id. 40, 5, 1:

    respicerent suum ipsi exercitum,

    id. 42, 52, 10; 21, 31, 12; 22, 38, 3; 6, 19, 6.—
    (β).
    A subject-acc.:

    sunt qui dicant eam sua ipsam peremptam mercede,

    Liv. 1, 11, 9:

    (tribuniciam potestatem) suis ipsam viribus dissolvi,

    id. 2, 44, 2.—
    (γ).
    An object in dat. or acc.:

    sic ut ipsis consistendi in suis munitionibus locus non esset,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 6:

    tribuni (hostem) intra suamet ipsum moenia compulere,

    Liv. 6, 36, 4:

    alios sua ipsos invidia opportunos interemit,

    id. 1, 54, 8; 22, 14, 13.—Suus as adjunct of subject (rare):

    aliquando sua praesidia in ipsos consurrexerunt,

    their own garrisons revolted against them, Sen. Clem. 1, 26, 1.—
    b.
    With gen. of ipse, strengthening the possessive notion (cf. 4.;

    post-Aug. and very rare, but freq. in modern Lat.): aves (foetus suos) libero caelo suaeque ipsorum fiduciae permittunt,

    Quint. 2, 6, 7 (but tuus ipsius occurs in Cic.:

    tuo ipsius studio,

    Cic. Mur. 4, 9:

    tuam ipsius amicitiam,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 4, § 7).—
    c.
    Both suus and ipse agreeing with the governing noun (very rare; not in Cic. or Caes.): quae tamen in ipso cursu suo dissipata est (= ipsa in cursu suo), in its very course, Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 3 dub.:

    suamet ipsa scelera,

    Sall. C. 23, 2 (Dietsch ex conj. ipse):

    suismet ipsis corporibus,

    Liv. 2, 19, 5 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. ipsi):

    a suismet ipsis praesidiis,

    id. 8, 25, 6 MSS. (Weissenb. ipsi).—
    2.
    With quisque, distributively, each ( every one)... his own; in prose quisque is generally preceded by suus.
    a.
    Quisque and suus in different cases.
    (α).
    Quisque as subjectnom.:

    sentit enim vim quisque suam quoad possit abuti,

    Lucr. 5, 1033:

    suo quisque loco cubet,

    Cato, R. R. 5:

    suum quisque noscat ingenium,

    Cic. Off. 1, 31, 114:

    ad suam quisque (me disciplinam) rapiet,

    id. Ac. 2, 36, 114:

    quod suos quisque servos in tali re facere voluisset,

    id. Mil. 10, 29:

    cum suo quisque auxilio uteretur,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 51:

    celeriter ad suos quisque ordines redit,

    id. ib. 3, 37.—In apposition with plur. subj. (freq. in Liv.):

    nunc alii sensus quo pacto quisque suam rem Sentiat,

    Lucr. 4, 522:

    ut omnes cives Romani in suis quisque centuriis prima luce adessent,

    that all the Roman citizens should be present, each in his own centuria, Liv. 1, 44, 1:

    hinc senatus, hinc plebs, suum quisque intuentes ducem constiterant,

    id. 6, 15, 3:

    ut (trigemini) pro sua quisque patria dimicent,

    id. 1, 24, 2:

    stabant compositi suis quisque ordinibus,

    id. 44, 38, 11:

    (consules) in suas quisque provincias proficiscuntur,

    id. 25, 12, 2; 25, 26, 13:

    in suo quaeque (stella) motu naturam suam exercent,

    Plin. 2, 39, 39, § 106.—With abl. absol.:

    omnes, velut dis auctoribus in spem suam quisque acceptis, proelium una voce poscunt,

    Liv. 21, 45, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    relictis suis quisque stationibus... concurrerunt,

    id. 32, 24, 4; 4, 44, 10; 39, 49, 3; 2, 38, 6.—
    (β).
    With acc. of quisque as subj.:

    fabrum esse suae quemque fortunae, App. Claud. ap. Ps.-Sall. Ep. ad Caes. Rep. c. l.: sui quemque juris et retinendi et dimittendi esse dominum,

    Cic. Balb. 13, 31:

    recipere se in domos suas quemque jussit,

    Liv. 25, 10, 9; and (ungrammatically) nom., as apposition to a subj.-acc.:

    se non modo suam quisque patriam, sed totam Siciliam relicturos,

    id. 26, 29, 3 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. quosque).—
    (γ).
    As adjunct of the subject-nom., with a case of quisque as object, attribut. gen., etc.:

    sua cujusque animantis natura est,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 9, 25:

    sua quemque fraus, suum facinus, suum scelus, etc., de sanitate ac mente deturbat,

    id. Pis. 20, 46:

    sua quemque fraus et suus terror maxime vexat,

    id. Rosc. Am. 24, 67:

    suum cuique incommodum ferendum est,

    id. Off. 3, 6, 30:

    ut solidum suum cuique solvatur,

    id. Rab. Post. 17, 46:

    ne suus cuique domi hostis esset,

    Liv. 3, 16, 3:

    ut sua cuique respublica in manu esset,

    id. 26, 8, 11:

    animus suus cuique ordinem pugnandi dabat,

    id. 22, 5, 8:

    tentorium suum cuique militi domus ac penates sunt,

    id. 44, 39, 5:

    suus cuique (stellae) color est,

    Plin. 2, 18, 16, § 79:

    trahit sua quemque voluptas,

    Verg. E. 2, 65:

    stat sua cuique dies,

    id. A. 10, 467.—
    (δ).
    As predicate-nom. (v. II. B.):

    opinionem, quae sua cuique conjectanti esse potest,

    Liv. 6, 12, 3.—
    (ε).
    As adjunct of subj.-acc.:

    suum cuique honorem et gradum redditum gaudeo,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 136:

    scientiam autem suam cujusque artis esse,

    id. Fin. 5, 9, 26.—
    (ζ).
    As adjunct of an object, with a case of quisque as object or attribut. gen.: suam cuique sponsam, mihi meam: suum cuique amorem, mihi meum, Atil. Fragm. inc. 1: suom cuique per me uti atque frui licet, Cato ap. Gell. 13, 24 (23), 1:

    ut suo quemque appellem nomine,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52:

    placet Stoicis suo quamque rem nomine appellare,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 22, 1:

    ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,

    id. Off. 1, 33, 119:

    justitia quae suum cuique distribuit,

    id. N. D. 3, 15, 38:

    in tribuendo suum cuique,

    id. Off. 1, 5, 14:

    Turnus sui cuique periculi recens erat documentum,

    Liv. 1, 52, 4:

    in trimatu suo cuique dimidiam esse mensuram futurae certum esse,

    Plin. 7, 15, 16, § 73:

    certa cuique rerum suarum possessio,

    Vell. 2, 89, 4; cf.: qua re suum unicuique studium suaque omnibus delectatio relinquatur, Ps.-Cic. Cons. 26, 93.—With quemque in apposition with acc. plur.:

    Camillus vidit intentos opifices suo quemque operi,

    Liv. 6, 25, 9; so cujusque in appos. with gen. plur.: trium clarissimorum suae cujusque gentis virorum mors, id. 39, 52, 7; and cuique with dat. plur.: sui cuique mores fingunt fortunam hominibus, Poet. ap. Nep. Att. 11, 6 (where Lachm. ad Lucr. 2, 372, reads quique, ex conj.; cf. b. b, infra).—
    b.
    Attraction of suus and quisque as adjuncts of nouns.
    (α).
    Attraction of suus:

    ut nemo sit nostrum quin in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium requirat acrius (= suum cujusque generis judicium),

    Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:

    quas tamen inter omnes (voces) est suo quoque in genere (vox) mediocris ( = inter omnes voces est mediocris vox, sua quoque in genere),

    id. de Or. 3, 57, 216:

    eo concilia suae cujusque regionis indici jussit (= sua cujusque regionis concilia),

    Liv. 45, 29, 10:

    equites suae cuique parti post principia collocat (= equites suos cuique parti),

    id. 3, 22, 6:

    cum motibus armorum et corporum suae cuique genti assuetis,

    id. 25, 17, 5:

    legiones deducebantur cum tribunis et centurionibus et sui cujusque ordinis militibus (= suis cujusque),

    Tac. A. 14, 27:

    quae sui cujusque sunt ingenii,

    Quint. 7, 10, 10 Halm (al. sua):

    sui cujusque ingenii poma vel semina gerunt (= sua cujusque),

    Col. 3, 1;

    and by a double attraction: has (cohortes) subsidiariae ternae et aliae totidem suae cujusque legionis subsequebantur (= has cohortes... totidem cujusque legionis, suam quaeque legionem, subsequebantur),

    Caes. B. C. 1, 83. —
    (β).
    Attraction of quisque:

    tanta ibi copia venustatum in suo quique loco sita,

    Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 6 (al. quaeque):

    quodvis frumentum non tamen omne Quique suo genere inter se simile esse videbis,

    Lucr. 2, 372 Lachm. and Munro ad loc.:

    cum verba debeant sui cujusque generis copulari,

    Varr. L. L. 10, 48:

    in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:

    haec igitur proclivitas ad suum quodque genus aegrotatio dicatur,

    id. Tusc. 4, 12, 28:

    separatim greges sui cujusque generis nocte remeabant (= greges sui quisque generis),

    Liv. 24, 3, 5:

    ut sui cujusque mensis acciperet (frumentum),

    Suet. Aug. 40;

    and quisque both attracted and in its own case: quia cujusque partis naturae et in corpore et in animo sua quaeque vis sit (where either cujusque or quaeque is redundant),

    Cic. Fin. 5, 17, 46; v. Madv. ad loc.; Cato, R. R. 23 fin.;

    so esp. in the phrases suo quoque tempore, anno, die, loco, etc.: pecunia, quae in stipendium Romanis suo quoque anno penderetur, deerat (= suo quaeque anno),

    each instalment in the year when due, Liv. 33, 46, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    suo quoque loco,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 2; 1, 22, 6:

    opera quae suis quibusque temporibus anni vilicum exsequi oporteret,

    Col. 11, 3:

    suo quoque tempore,

    Vitr. 2, 9, 4:

    nisi sua quaque die usurae exsolverentur (= sua quaeque die),

    Dig. 22, 1, 12 init.; 13, 7, 8, § 3:

    ut opera rustica suo quoque tempore faciat,

    ib. 19, 2, 25, § 3 (al. quaeque)—
    c.
    In the order quisque... suus.
    (α).
    In relative clauses, comparative clauses with ut, and interrogative clauses introduced by quid, etc., where quisque immediately follows the relative, etc.:

    ut quisque suom volt esse, ita est,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 45; cf.

    with sibi,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 49; id. Lael. 9, 30:

    expendere oportere quid quisque habeat sui... nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant. Id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,

    id. Off. 1, 31, 113:

    neque solum quid in senatu quisque civitatis suae dicerent ignorabant, sed, etc.,

    Liv. 32, 19, 9:

    gratius id fore laetiusque quod quisque sua manu ex hoste captum rettulerit,

    id. 5, 20, 8; 6, 25, 10; cf.:

    in quibus cum multa sint quae sua quisque dicere velit, nihil est quod quisque suum possit dicere,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 23, 1.—
    (β).
    If the emphasis is not on suus, but (for quisque, when emphatic, unusquisque is used) on some other word:

    in civitates quemque suas... dimisit,

    Liv. 21, 48, 2:

    in patriam quisque suam remissus est,

    Just. 33, 2, 8:

    in vestigio quemque suo vidit,

    Liv. 28, 22, 15; cf.:

    hospitibus quisque suis scribebant,

    id. 33, 45, 6:

    pro facultatibus quisque suis,

    id. 42, 53, 3; cf.:

    respiciendae sunt cuique facultates suae,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 15, 3:

    praecipitat quisque vitam suam et futuri desiderio laborat,

    id. Brev. Vit. 7, 5; id. Ben. 7, 5, 1:

    tunc praeceps quisque se proripit et penates suos deserit,

    id. Q. N. 6, 1, 5; 5, 18, 8:

    summum quisque causae suae judicem facit,

    Plin. 1, prooem. § 10: aestimatione nocturnae [p. 1828] quietis, dimidio quisque spatio vitae suae vivit, id. 7, 50, 51, § 167.—
    (γ).
    Poets adopt the order quisque suus when the metre requires it, Verg. A. 6, 743:

    oscula quisque suae matri tulerunt,

    Ov. F. 2, 715. —
    (δ).
    When suus and quisque belong to different clauses:

    atque earum quaeque, suum tenens munus... manet in lege naturae,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 13, 38. —
    d.
    Suus uterque, or uterque suus, distributively of two subjects:

    suas uterque legiones reducit in castra,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 40; 2, 28:

    ideo quod uterque suam legem confirmare debebit,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 142:

    cum sui utrosque adhortarentur,

    Liv. 1, 25, 1:

    ad utrumque ducem sui redierunt,

    id. 21, 29, 5:

    utraque (lex) sua via it,

    Sen. Ben. 6, 6, 1; cf.

    uterque, in apposit.: nec ipsi tam inter se acriter contenderunt, quam studia excitaverant uterque sui corporis hominum,

    Liv. 26, 48, 6.—
    3.
    With sibi.
    (α).
    Sibi with pronom. force (cf. sui, IV. C. fin.):

    reddam suum sibi,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 119 ( = ei; but referred to b, infra, by Brix ad loc.); cf.:

    suam rem sibi salvam sistam,

    id. Poen. 5, 2, 123:

    idem lege sibi sua curationem petet,

    for himself, Cic. Agr. 2, 9, 22 (cf. id. Phil. 2, 37, 96;

    I. B. 2. b. supra): ut vindicare sibi suum fulgorem possint,

    Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 11; cf.

    the formula of divorce: tuas res tibi habeto,

    Dig. 24, 2, 2.—Hence, illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit, Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69.—
    (β).
    With sibi redundant, to strengthen suus (anteand post-class. and colloq.):

    quo pacto serviat suo sibi patri,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 5:

    eum necabam ilico per cerebrum pinna sua sibi, quasi turturem,

    id. Poen. 2, 40; v. sui, IV. C. and the passages there cited.—
    4.
    With gen. agreeing with the subject of suus:

    quas cum solus pertulisset ut sua unius in his gratia esset,

    that the credit of it should belong to him alone, Liv. 2, 8, 3:

    qui de sua unius sententia omnia gerat,

    id. 44, 22, 11; cf.:

    unam Aegyptus in hoc spem habet suam,

    Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2.—For suus ipsius, etc., v. D. 1. b. supra.—
    5.
    With demonstr., rel., or indef. pronn. and adjj., of his, hers, etc.:

    postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam adjutores vos profiteamini,

    to this booty of his, Cic. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:

    Sestius cum illo exercitu suo,

    id. Sest. 5, 12:

    qua gravitate sua,

    id. ib. 61, 129:

    suam rem publicam illam defenderunt,

    that republic of theirs, id. ib. 67, 141:

    in istum civem suum,

    against this citizen of theirs, id. Balb. 18, 41:

    cum illo suo pari,

    id. Pis. 8, 18:

    te nulla sua calamitate civitas satiare potest?

    id. Phil. 8, 6, 19:

    dubitatis igitur, quin vos M. Laterensis ad suam spem aliquam delegerit,

    for some hope of his, id. Planc. 16, 39:

    non tam sua ulla spe quam militum impetu tractus,

    by any hope of his, Liv. 25, 21, 5:

    nullo suo merito,

    from no fault of theirs, id. 26, 29, 4:

    ipse arcano cum paucis familiaribus suis colloquitur,

    with a few of his friends, Caes. B. C. 1, 19.—
    6.
    With descriptive adjj.
    (α).
    Standing before the adj. and noun (so most freq.):

    suorum improbissimorum sermonum domicilium,

    Cic. Pis. 31, 76:

    causam sui dementissimi consilii,

    id. Phil. 2, 22, 53:

    suam insatiabilem crudelitatem,

    id. ib. 11, 3, 8:

    suis amplissimis fortunis,

    id. ib. 13, 8, 16:

    suum pristinum morem,

    id. Pis. 12, 27:

    suis lenissimis postulatis,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 5: simili ratione Pompeius in suis veteribus castris consedit (suis emphatic; cf. b, infra), id. ib. 3, 76.—
    (β).
    Between the adj. and noun (less emphatic):

    pro eximiis suis beneficiis,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 4, 7:

    propter summam suam humanitatem,

    id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:

    ex praeteritis suis officiis,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 60:

    Caesar in veteribus suis castris consedit,

    id. ib. 3, 76.—
    (γ).
    After adj. and noun:

    veterem amicum suum excepit,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:

    in illo ardenti tribunatu suo,

    id. Sest. 54, 116.—
    7.
    Objectively for the pers. pron. (rare):

    neque cuiquam mortalium injuriae suae parvae videntur ( = sibi illatae),

    Sall. C. 51, 11; so,

    neglectam ab Scipione et nimis leviter latam suam injuriam ratus,

    Liv. 29, 9, 9:

    ipsae enim leges te a cognitione sua judicio publico reppulerunt ( = a se cognoscendo),

    Cic. Balb. 14, 32:

    suam invidiam tali morte quaesitam ( = quaesitum esse ab eo ut homines se inviderent),

    Tac. A. 3, 16; so,

    nulla sua invidia,

    Cic. Mil. 15, 40.—
    8.
    Abl. fem. sua, with refert or interest, for gen. of the pers. pron.: neminem esse qui quomodo se habeat nihil sua censeat interesse, Cic. Fin. 5, 10, 30:

    si scit sua nihil interesse utrum anima per os, an per jugulum exeat,

    Sen. Ep. 76, 33; v. intersum, III.—
    9.
    Strengthened by the suffix - pte or -met.
    (α).
    By - pte (not used with ipse) affixed to the forms sua, suo, and (ante-class.) suum:

    quom illa osculata esset suumpte amicum,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 4, 38:

    ut terrena suopte nutu et suo pondere in terram ferantur,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:

    ferri suopte pondere,

    id. N. D. 1, 25, 69:

    suapte natura,

    id. Fat. 18, 42:

    suapte vi et natura,

    id. ib. 19, 43; id. Fin. 1, 16, 54; 5, 22, 61:

    suopte ingenio,

    Liv. 25, 18; so id. 1, 25, 1; 1, 18, 4:

    suapte manu,

    Cic. Or. 3, 3, 10:

    locus suapte natura infestus,

    Liv. 44, 6, 9; so,

    suapte natura,

    id. 4, 22, 4:

    flumina suapte natura vasta,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 8; so id. Ben. 4, 17, 2:

    sponte suapte,

    Varr. L. L. 6, 7, § 70.—
    (β).
    With - met, almost always followed by ipse (in all forms of suus except suus, suum, suae, and suorum):

    suomet ipsi more,

    Sall. J. 31, 6:

    suomet ipsi instrumento,

    Liv. 22, 14, 13:

    suomet ipsi metu,

    Tac. H. 3, 16 fin.:

    suamet ipsum pecunia,

    Sall. J. 8, 2:

    suamet ipsae fraude,

    Liv. 8, 18, 9:

    intra suamet ipsum moenia,

    id. 6, 36, 4:

    suismet ipsi praesidiis,

    id. 8, 25, 6:

    suismet ipsis corporibus,

    id. 2, 19, 5:

    suosmet ipsi cives,

    id. 2, 9, 5:

    suasmet ipse spes,

    Tac. A. 3, 66 fin. —Without ipse:

    populum suimet sanguinis mercede,

    Sall. H. Fragm. 1, 41, 25 Dietsch:

    magna pars suismet aut proxumorum telis obtruncabantur,

    id. ib. 2, 52 ib.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > suus

  • 6 Knowledge

       It is indeed an opinion strangely prevailing amongst men, that houses, mountains, rivers, and, in a word, all sensible objects, have an existence, natural or real, distinct from their being perceived by the understanding. But, with how great an assurance and acquiescence soever this principle may be entertained in the world, yet whoever shall find in his heart to call it into question may, if I mistake not, perceive it to involve a manifest contradiction. For, what are the forementioned objects but things we perceive by sense? and what do we perceive besides our own ideas or sensations? and is it not plainly repugnant that any one of these, or any combination of them, should exist unperceived? (Berkeley, 1996, Pt. I, No. 4, p. 25)
       It seems to me that the only objects of the abstract sciences or of demonstration are quantity and number, and that all attempts to extend this more perfect species of knowledge beyond these bounds are mere sophistry and illusion. As the component parts of quantity and number are entirely similar, their relations become intricate and involved; and nothing can be more curious, as well as useful, than to trace, by a variety of mediums, their equality or inequality, through their different appearances.
       But as all other ideas are clearly distinct and different from each other, we can never advance farther, by our utmost scrutiny, than to observe this diversity, and, by an obvious reflection, pronounce one thing not to be another. Or if there be any difficulty in these decisions, it proceeds entirely from the undeterminate meaning of words, which is corrected by juster definitions. That the square of the hypotenuse is equal to the squares of the other two sides cannot be known, let the terms be ever so exactly defined, without a train of reasoning and enquiry. But to convince us of this proposition, that where there is no property, there can be no injustice, it is only necessary to define the terms, and explain injustice to be a violation of property. This proposition is, indeed, nothing but a more imperfect definition. It is the same case with all those pretended syllogistical reasonings, which may be found in every other branch of learning, except the sciences of quantity and number; and these may safely, I think, be pronounced the only proper objects of knowledge and demonstration. (Hume, 1975, Sec. 12, Pt. 3, pp. 163-165)
       Our knowledge springs from two fundamental sources of the mind; the first is the capacity of receiving representations (the ability to receive impressions), the second is the power to know an object through these representations (spontaneity in the production of concepts).
       Through the first, an object is given to us; through the second, the object is thought in relation to that representation.... Intuition and concepts constitute, therefore, the elements of all our knowledge, so that neither concepts without intuition in some way corresponding to them, nor intuition without concepts, can yield knowledge. Both may be either pure or empirical.... Pure intuitions or pure concepts are possible only a priori; empirical intuitions and empirical concepts only a posteriori. If the receptivity of our mind, its power of receiving representations in so far as it is in any way affected, is to be called "sensibility," then the mind's power of producing representations from itself, the spontaneity of knowledge, should be called "understanding." Our nature is so constituted that our intuitions can never be other than sensible; that is, it contains only the mode in which we are affected by objects. The faculty, on the other hand, which enables us to think the object of sensible intuition is the understanding.... Without sensibility, no object would be given to us; without understanding, no object would be thought. Thoughts without content are empty; intuitions without concepts are blind. It is therefore just as necessary to make our concepts sensible, that is, to add the object to them in intuition, as to make our intuitions intelligible, that is to bring them under concepts. These two powers or capacities cannot exchange their functions. The understanding can intuit nothing, the senses can think nothing. Only through their union can knowledge arise. (Kant, 1933, Sec. 1, Pt. 2, B74-75 [p. 92])
       Metaphysics, as a natural disposition of Reason is real, but it is also, in itself, dialectical and deceptive.... Hence to attempt to draw our principles from it, and in their employment to follow this natural but none the less fallacious illusion can never produce science, but only an empty dialectical art, in which one school may indeed outdo the other, but none can ever attain a justifiable and lasting success. In order that, as a science, it may lay claim not merely to deceptive persuasion, but to insight and conviction, a Critique of Reason must exhibit in a complete system the whole stock of conceptions a priori, arranged according to their different sources-the Sensibility, the understanding, and the Reason; it must present a complete table of these conceptions, together with their analysis and all that can be deduced from them, but more especially the possibility of synthetic knowledge a priori by means of their deduction, the principles of its use, and finally, its boundaries....
       This much is certain: he who has once tried criticism will be sickened for ever of all the dogmatic trash he was compelled to content himself with before, because his Reason, requiring something, could find nothing better for its occupation. Criticism stands to the ordinary school metaphysics exactly in the same relation as chemistry to alchemy, or as astron omy to fortune-telling astrology. I guarantee that no one who has comprehended and thought out the conclusions of criticism, even in these Prolegomena, will ever return to the old sophistical pseudo-science. He will rather look forward with a kind of pleasure to a metaphysics, certainly now within his power, which requires no more preparatory discoveries, and which alone can procure for reason permanent satisfaction. (Kant, 1891, pp. 115-116)
       Knowledge is only real and can only be set forth fully in the form of science, in the form of system. Further, a so-called fundamental proposition or first principle of philosophy, even if it is true, it is yet none the less false, just because and in so far as it is merely a fundamental proposition, merely a first principle. It is for that reason easily refuted. The refutation consists in bringing out its defective character; and it is defective because it is merely the universal, merely a principle, the beginning. If the refutation is complete and thorough, it is derived and developed from the nature of the principle itself, and not accomplished by bringing in from elsewhere other counter-assurances and chance fancies. It would be strictly the development of the principle, and thus the completion of its deficiency, were it not that it misunderstands its own purport by taking account solely of the negative aspect of what it seeks to do, and is not conscious of the positive character of its process and result. The really positive working out of the beginning is at the same time just as much the very reverse: it is a negative attitude towards the principle we start from. Negative, that is to say, in its one-sided form, which consists in being primarily immediate, a mere purpose. It may therefore be regarded as a refutation of what constitutes the basis of the system; but more correctly it should be looked at as a demonstration that the basis or principle of the system is in point of fact merely its beginning. (Hegel, 1910, pp. 21-22)
       Knowledge, action, and evaluation are essentially connected. The primary and pervasive significance of knowledge lies in its guidance of action: knowing is for the sake of doing. And action, obviously, is rooted in evaluation. For a being which did not assign comparative values, deliberate action would be pointless; and for one which did not know, it would be impossible. Conversely, only an active being could have knowledge, and only such a being could assign values to anything beyond his own feelings. A creature which did not enter into the process of reality to alter in some part the future content of it, could apprehend a world only in the sense of intuitive or esthetic contemplation; and such contemplation would not possess the significance of knowledge but only that of enjoying and suffering. (Lewis, 1946, p. 1)
       "Evolutionary epistemology" is a branch of scholarship that applies the evolutionary perspective to an understanding of how knowledge develops. Knowledge always involves getting information. The most primitive way of acquiring it is through the sense of touch: amoebas and other simple organisms know what happens around them only if they can feel it with their "skins." The knowledge such an organism can have is strictly about what is in its immediate vicinity. After a huge jump in evolution, organisms learned to find out what was going on at a distance from them, without having to actually feel the environment. This jump involved the development of sense organs for processing information that was farther away. For a long time, the most important sources of knowledge were the nose, the eyes, and the ears. The next big advance occurred when organisms developed memory. Now information no longer needed to be present at all, and the animal could recall events and outcomes that happened in the past. Each one of these steps in the evolution of knowledge added important survival advantages to the species that was equipped to use it.
       Then, with the appearance in evolution of humans, an entirely new way of acquiring information developed. Up to this point, the processing of information was entirely intrasomatic.... But when speech appeared (and even more powerfully with the invention of writing), information processing became extrasomatic. After that point knowledge did not have to be stored in the genes, or in the memory traces of the brain; it could be passed on from one person to another through words, or it could be written down and stored on a permanent substance like stone, paper, or silicon chips-in any case, outside the fragile and impermanent nervous system. (Csikszentmihalyi, 1993, pp. 56-57)

    Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Knowledge

  • 7 अर्थः _arthḥ

    अर्थः [In some of its senses from अर्थ्; in others from ऋ-थन् Uṇ.2.4; अर्थते ह्यसौ अर्थिभिः Nir.]
    1 Object, pur- pose, end and aim; wish, desire; ज्ञातार्थो ज्ञातसंबन्धः श्रोतुं श्रोता प्रवर्तते, सिद्ध˚, ˚परिपन्थी Mu.5; ˚वशात् 5.8; स्मर्तव्यो$स्मि सत्यर्थे Dk.117 if it be necessary; Y.2.46; M.4.6; oft. used in this sense as the last member of compounds and translated by 'for', 'intended for', 'for the sake of', 'on account of', 'on behalf of', and used like an adj. to qualify nouns; अर्थेन तु नित्य- समासो विशेष्यनिघ्रता च Vārt.; सन्तानार्थाय विधये R.1.34; तां देवतापित्रतिथिक्रियार्थाम् (धेनुम्) 2.16; द्विजार्था यवागूः Sk.; यज्ञार्थात्कर्मणो$न्यत्र Bg.3.9. It mostly occurs in this sense as अर्थम्, अर्थे or अर्थाय and has an adverbial force; (a) किमर्थम् for what purpose, why; यदर्थम् for whom or which; वेलोपलक्षणार्थम् Ś.4; तद्दर्शनादभूच्छम्भोर्भूयान्दारार्थ- मादरः Ku.6.13; (b) परार्थे प्राज्ञ उत्सृजेत् H.1.41; गवार्थे ब्राह्मणार्थे च Pt.1.42; मदर्थे त्यक्तजीविताः Bg.1.9; (c) सुखार्थाय Pt.4.18; प्रत्याख्याता मया तत्र नलस्यार्थाय देवताः Nala.13.19; ऋतुपर्णस्य चार्थाय 23.9.
    -2 Cause, motive, reason, ground, means; अलुप्तश्च मुनेः क्रियार्थः R. 2.55 means or cause; अतो$र्थात् Ms.2.213.
    -3 Meaning, sense, signification, import; अर्थ is of 3 kinds:-- वाच्य or expressed, लक्ष्य or indicated (secondary), and व्यङ्ग्य or suggested; तददोषौ शब्दार्थौ K. P.1; अर्थो वाच्यश्च लक्ष्यश्च व्यङ्ग्यश्चेति त्रिधा मतः S. D.2; वागर्थाविव R.1.1; अवेक्ष्य धातोर्गमनार्थमर्थवित् 3.21.
    -4 A thing, object, substance; लक्ष्मणो$र्थं ततः श्रुत्वा Rām.7.46.18; अर्थो हि कन्या परकीय एव Ś.4.22; that which can be perceived by the senses, an object of sense; इन्द्रिय˚ H.1.146; Ku.7.71; R.2.51; न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुः Nir.; इन्द्रियेभ्यः परा ह्यर्था अर्थेभ्यश्च परं मनः Kaṭh. (the objects of sense are five: रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द); शब्दः स्पर्शो रसो गन्धो रूपं चेत्यर्थजातयः Bhāg.11.22.16.
    -5 (a) An affair, business, matter, work; प्राक् प्रतिपन्नो$यमर्थो$- ङ्गराजाय Ve.3; अर्थो$यमर्थान्तरभाव्य एव Ku.3.18; अर्थो$र्था- नुबन्धी Dk.67; सङ्गीतार्थः Me.66 business of singing i. e. musical concert (apparatus of singing); सन्देशार्थाः Me. 5 matters of message, i. e. messages; (b) Interest, object; स्वार्थसाधनतत्परः Ms.4.196; द्वयमेवार्थसाधनम् R.1. 19;2.21; दुरापे$र्थे 1.72; सर्वार्थचिन्तकः Ms.7.121; माल- विकायां न मे कश्चिदर्थः M.3 I have no interest in M. (c) Subject-matter, contents (as of letters &c.); त्वामव- गतार्थं करिष्यति Mu.1 will acquaint you with the matter; उत्तरो$यं लेखार्थः ibid.; तेन हि अस्य गृहीतार्था भवामि V.2 if so I should know its contents; ननु परिगृहीतार्थो$- स्मि कृतो भवता V.5; तया भवतो$विनयमन्तरेण परिगृहीतार्था कृता देवी M.4 made acquainted with; त्वया गृहीतार्थया अत्रभवती कथं न वारिता 3; अगृहीतार्थे आवाम् Ś.6; इति पौरान् गृहीतार्थान् कृत्वा ibid.
    -6 Wealth, riches, property, money (said to be of 3 kinds: शुक्ल honestly got; शबल got by more or less doubtful means, and कृष्ण dishonestly got;) त्यागाय संभृतार्थानाम् R.1.7; धिगर्थाः कष्टसंश्रयाः Pt.1.163; अर्थानामर्जने दुःखम् ibid.; सस्यार्थास्तस्य मित्राणि1.3; तेषामर्थे नियुञ्जीत शूरान् दक्षान् कुलोद्गतान् Ms.7.62.
    -7 Attainment of riches or worldly prosperity, regarded as one of the four ends of human existence, the other three being धर्म, काम and मोक्ष; with अर्थ and काम, धर्म forms the well-known triad; cf. Ku.5.38; अप्यर्थकामौ तस्यास्तां धर्म एव मनीषिणः R.1.25.
    -8 (a) Use, advantage, profit, good; तथा हि सर्वे तस्यासन् परार्थैकफला गुणाः R.1.29 for the good of others; अर्थान- र्थावुभौ बुद्ध्वा Ms.8.24 good and evil; क्षेत्रिणामर्थः 9.52; यावानर्थ उदपाने सर्वतः सांप्लुतोदके Bg.2.46; also व्यर्थ, निरर्थक q. v. (b) Use, want, need, concern, with instr.; को$र्थः पुत्रेण जातेन Pt.1 what is the use of a son being born; कश्च तेनार्थः Dk.59; को$र्थस्तिरश्चां गुणैः Pt.2.33 what do brutes care for merits; Bh.2.48; योग्येनार्थः कस्य न स्याज्ज- नेन Ś.18.66; नैव तस्य कृतेनार्थो नाकृतेनेह कश्चन Bg.3.18; यदि प्राणैरिहार्थो वो निवर्तध्वम् Rām. को नु मे जीवितेनार्थः Nala.12. 65.
    -9 Asking, begging; request, suit, petition.
    -1 Action, plaint (in law); अर्थ विरागाः पश्यन्ति Rām.2.1. 58; असाक्षिकेषु त्वर्थेषु Ms.8.19.
    -11 The actual state, fact of the matter; as in यथार्थ, अर्थतः, ˚तत्वविद्, यदर्थेन विनामुष्य पुंस आत्मविपर्ययः Bhāg.3.7.1.
    -12 Manner, kind, sort.
    -13 Prevention, warding off; मशकार्थो धूमः; prohibition, abolition (this meaning may also be derived from 1 above).
    -14 Price (perhaps an incorrect form for अर्घ).
    -15 Fruit, result (फलम्). तस्य नानुभवेदर्थं यस्य हेतोः स रोपितः Rām.6.128.7; Mb.12.175.5.
    -16 N. of a son of धर्म.
    -17 The second place from the लग्न (in astr.).
    -18 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -19 The category called अपूर्व (in पूर्वमीमांसा); अर्थ इति अपूर्वं ब्रूमः । ŚB. on MS.7.1.2.
    -2 Force (of a statement or an expres- sion); अर्थाच्च सामर्थ्याच्च क्रमो विधीयते । ŚB. on MS.5.1.2. [अर्थात् = by implication].
    -21 The need, purpose, sense; व्यवधानादर्थो बलीयान् । ŚB. on MS.6.4.23.
    -22 Capacity, power; अर्थाद्वा कल्पनैकदेशत्वात् । Ms.1.4.3 (where Śabara paraphrases अर्थात् by सामर्थ्यात् and states the rule: आख्यातानामर्थं ब्रुवतां शक्तिः सहकारिणी ।), cf. अर्थो$भिधेयरैवस्तुप्रयोजननिवृत्तिषु । मोक्षकारणयोश्च...... Nm.
    -Comp. -अतिदेशः Extension (of gender, number &e.) to the objects (as against words), i. e. to treat a single object as though it were many, a female as though it were male. (तन्त्रवार्त्तिक 1.2.58.3;6.3.34.7).
    -अधिकारः charge of money, office of treasurer ˚रे न नियोक्तव्यौ H.2.
    -अधिकारिन् m. a treasurer, one charged with finan- cial duties, finance minister.
    -अनुपपत्तिः f. The difficulty of accounting for or explaining satisfactorily a particular meaning; incongruity of a particular meaning (तन्त्रवार्त्तिक 4.3.42.2).
    -अनुयायिन् a. Following the rules (शास्त्र); तत्त्रिकालहितं वाक्यं धर्म्यमर्थानुयायि च Rām.5.51.21.
    -अन्वेषणम् inquiry after a matter.
    -अन्तरम् 1 another or different meaning.
    -2 another cause or motive; अर्थो$यम- र्थान्तरभाव्य एव Ku.3.18.
    -3 A new matter or circum- stance, new affair.
    -4 opposite or antithetical meaning, difference of meaning. ˚न्यासः a figure of speech in which a general proposition is adduced to support a particular instance, or a particular instance, to support a general proposition; it is an inference from parti- cular to general and vice versa; उक्तिरर्थान्तरन्यासः स्यात् सामान्यविशेषयोः । (1) हनूमानब्धिमतरद् दुष्करं किं महात्मनाम् ॥ (2) गुणवद्वस्तुसंसर्गाद्याति नीचो$पि गौरवम् । पुष्पमालानुषङ्गेण सूत्रं शिरसि धार्यते Kuval.; cf. also K. P.1 and S. D.79. (Ins- tances of this figure abound in Sanskrit literature, especi- ally in the works of Kālidāsa, Māgha and Bhāravi).
    -अन्वित a.
    1 rich, wealthy.
    -2 significant.
    -अभिधान a.
    1 That whose name is connected with the purpose to be served by it; अर्थाभिधानं प्रयोजनसम्बद्धमभिधानं यस्य, यथा पुरोडाश- कपालमिति पुरोडाशार्थं कपालं पुरोडाशकपालम् । ŚB. on MS.4.1. 26.
    -2 Expression or denotation of the desired meaning (वार्त्तिक 3.1.2.5.).
    -अर्थिन् a. one who longs for or strives to get wealth or gain any object. अर्थार्थी जीवलोको$यम् । आर्तो जिज्ञासुरर्थार्थी Bg.7.16.
    -अलंकरः a figure of speech determined by and dependent on the sense, and not on sound (opp. शब्दालंकार). अलंकारशेखर of केशवमिश्र mentions (verse 29) fourteen types of अर्थालंकारs as follows:- उपमारूपकोत्प्रेक्षाः समासोक्तिरपह्नुतिः । समाहितं स्वभावश्च विरोधः सारदीपकौ ॥ सहोक्तिरन्यदेशत्वं विशेषोक्तिर्विभावना । एवं स्युरर्थालकारा- श्चतुर्दश न चापरे ॥
    -आगमः 1 acquisition of wealth, income; ˚गमाय स्यात् Pt.1. cf. also अर्थागमो नित्यमरोगिता च H.
    -2 collection of property.
    -3 conveying of sense; S. D.737.
    -आपत्तिः f. [अर्थस्य अनुक्तार्थस्य आपत्तिः सिद्धिः]
    1 an inference from circumstances, presumption, im- plication, one of the five sources of knowledge or modes of proof, according to the Mīmāṁsakas. It is 'deduc- tion of a matter from that which could not else be'; it is 'assumption of a thing, not itself perceived but necessarily implied by another which is seen, heard, or proved'; it is an inference used to account for an apparent inconsistency; as in the familiar instance पीनो देवदत्तो दिवा न भुङ्क्ते the apparent inconsistency between 'fatness' and 'not eating by day' is accounted for by the inference of his 'eating by night'. पीनत्वविशि- ष्टस्य देवदत्तस्य रात्रिभोजित्वरूपार्थस्य शब्दानुक्तस्यापि आपत्तिः. It is defined by Śabara as दृष्टः श्रुतो वार्थो$न्यथा नोपपद्यते इत्यर्थ- कल्पना । यथा जीवति देवदत्ते गृहाभावदर्शनेन बहिर्भावस्यादृष्टस्य कल्पना ॥ Ms.1.1.5. It may be seen from the words दृष्टः and श्रुतः in the above definition, that Śabara has sug- gested two varieties of अर्थापत्ति viz. दृष्टार्थापत्ति and श्रुता- र्थापत्ति. The illustration given by him, however, is of दृष्टार्थापत्ति only. The former i. e. दृष्टार्थापत्ति consists in the presumption of some अदृष्ट अर्थ to account for some दृष्ट अर्थ (or अर्थs) which otherwise becomes inexplicable. The latter, on the other hand, consists in the presump- tion of some अर्थ through अश्रुत शब्द to account for some श्रुत अर्थ (i. e. some statement). This peculiarity of श्रुतार्थापत्ति is clearly stated in the following couplet; यत्र त्वपरिपूर्णस्य वाक्यस्यान्वयसिद्धये । शब्दो$ध्याह्रियते तत्र श्रुतार्थापत्ति- रिष्यते ॥ Mānameyodaya p.129 (ed. by K. Raja, Adyar, 1933). Strictly speaking it is no separate mode of proof; it is only a case of अनुमान and can be proved by a व्यतिरेकव्याप्ति; cf. Tarka. K.17 and S. D.46.
    -2 a figure of speech (according to some rhe- toricians) in which a relevant assertion suggests an inference not actually connected with the the subject in hand, or vice versa; it corresponds to what is popularly called कैमुतिकन्याय or दण्डापूपन्याय; e. g. हारो$यं हरिणाक्षीणां लुण्ठति स्तनमण्डले । मुक्तानामप्यवस्थेयं के वयं स्मरकिङ्कराः Amaru.1; अभितप्तमयो$पि मार्दवं भजते कैव कथा शरीरिषु R.8.43.; S. D. thus defines the figure:- दण्डापूपिकन्यायार्थागमो$र्थापत्तिरिष्यते.
    -उत्पत्तिः f. acquisition of wealth; so ˚उपार्जनम्.
    -उपक्षेपकः an introductory scene (in dramas); अर्थोपक्षेपकाः पञ्च S. D.38. They are विष्कम्भ, चूलिका, अङ्कास्य, अङ्कावतार, प्रवेशक.
    -उपमा a simile dependent on sense and not on sound; see under उपमा.
    -उपार्जनम् Acquiring wealth.
    -उष्मन् m. the glow or warmth of wealth; अर्थोष्मणा विरहितः पुरुषः स एव Bh.2.4.
    -ओघः, -राशिः treasure, hoard of money.
    -कर (
    -री f.),
    -कृत a.
    1 bringing in wealth, enriching; अर्थकरी च विद्या H. Pr.3.
    -2 useful, advan- tageous.
    -कर्मन् n.
    1 a principal action (opp. गुणकर्मन्).
    -2 (as opposed to प्रतिपत्तिकर्मन्), A fruitful act (as opposed to mere disposal or प्रतिपत्ति); अर्थकर्म वा कर्तृ- संयोगात् स्रग्वत् । MS.4.2.17.
    -काम a. desirous of wealth. (-˚मौ dual), wealth and (sensual) desire or pleasure; अप्यर्थकामौ तस्यास्तां धर्म एव मनीषिणः R.1.25. ह्रत्वार्थकामास्तु गुरूनिहैव Bg.2.5.
    -कार्ष्यम् Poverty. निर्बन्धसंजातरुषार्थकार्घ्यमचिन्तयित्वा गुरुणाहमुक्तः R.5.21.
    -काशिन् a. Only apparently of utility (not really).
    -किल्बिषिन् a. dishonest in money-matters.
    -कृच्छ्रम् 1 a difficult matter.
    -2 pecuniary difficulty; व्यसनं वार्थकृच्छ्रे वा Rām.4.7.9; Mb.3.2.19; cf. also Kau. A.1.15 न मुह्येदर्थकृच्छ्रेषु Nīti.
    -कृत्यम् doing or execution of a business; अभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4.
    -कोविद a. Expert in a matter, experienced. उवाच रामो धर्मात्मा पुनरप्यर्थकोविदः Rām.6.4.8.
    -क्रमः due order or sequ- ence of purpose.
    -क्रिया (a) An implied act, an act which is to be performed as a matter of course (as opposed to शब्दोक्तक्रिया); असति शब्दोक्ते अर्थक्रिया भवति ŚB. on MS.12.1.12. (b) A purposeful action. (see अर्थकर्मन्).
    -गत a.
    1 based on the sense (as a दोष).
    -2 devoid of sense.
    -गतिः understanding the sense.
    -गुणाः cf. भाविकत्वं सुशब्दत्वं पर्यायोक्तिः सुधर्मिता । चत्वारो$र्थगुणाः प्रोक्ताः परे त्वत्रैव संगताः ॥ अलंकारशेखर 21.
    -गृहम् A treasury. Hariv.
    -गौरवम् depth of meaning; भारवेरर्थगौरवम् Udb., Ki.2.27.
    -घ्न a. (
    घ्नी f.) extrava- gant, wasteful, prodigal; सुरापी व्याधिता धूर्ता वन्ध्यार्थघ्न्य- प्रियंवदा Y.1.73; व्याधिता वाधिवेत्तव्या हिंस्रार्थघ्नी च सर्वदा Ms.9.8.
    -चित्रम् 'variety in sense', a pun, Kāvya- prakāśa.
    -चिन्तक a.
    1 thinking of profit.
    -2 having charge of affairs; सर्वार्थचिन्तकः Ms.7.121.
    -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् charge or administration of (royal) affairs; मन्त्री स्यादर्थचिन्तायाम् S. D.
    -जात a.
    1 full of meaning.
    -2 wealthy (जातधन).
    (-तम्) 1 a collection of things.
    -2 large amount of wealth, considerable property; Dk.63, Ś.6; ददाति च नित्यमर्थजातम् Mk.2.7.
    -3 all matters; कवय इव महीपाश्चिन्तयन्त्यर्थजातम् Śi.11.6.
    -4 its own meaning; वहन्द्वयीं यद्यफले$र्थजाते Ki.3.48.
    -ज्ञ a. knowing the sense or purpose; अर्थज्ञ इत्सकलं भद्रमश्नुते Nir.
    -तत्त्वम् 1 the real truth, the fact of the matter; यो$र्थतत्त्वमविज्ञाय क्रोधस्यैव वशं गतः H.4.94.
    -2 the real nature or cause of anything.
    - a.
    1 yielding wealth; Dk.41.
    -2 advantageous, productive of good, useful.
    -3 liberal, munificent Ms.2.19.
    -4 favour- able, compliant. (
    -दः) N. of Kubera.
    -दर्शकः 'one who sees law-suits'; a judge.
    -दर्शनम् perception of objects; कुरुते दीप इवार्थदर्शनम् Ki.2.33; Dk.155.
    -दूषणम् 1 extravagance, waste; H.3.18; Ms.7.48.
    -2 unjust seizure of property or withholding what is due.
    -3 finding fault with the meaning.
    -4 spoiling of another's property.
    -दृश् f. Consideration of truth; क्षेमं त्रिलोकगुरुरर्थदृशं च यच्छन् Bhāg.1.86.21.
    -दृष्टिः Seeing profit; Bhāg.
    -दोषः a literary fault or blemish with regard to the sense, one of the four doṣas or blemishes of literary composition, the other three being परदोष, पदांशदोष, वाक्यदोष; for definitions &c. see K. P.7. अलंकारशेखर of केशवमिश्र who mentions eight types of doṣas as follows: अष्टार्थदोषाः विरस, -ग्राम्य, -व्याहत, -खिन्नताः । -हीना, -धिका, सदृक्साम्यं देशादीनां विरोधि च ॥ 17
    -द्वयविधानम् Injunction of two ideas or senses; विधाने चार्थद्वयविधानं दोषः ŚB. on MS.1.8.7.
    -नित्य a. = अर्थ- प्रधान Nir.
    -निबन्धन a. dependent on wealth.
    -निश्चयः determination, decision.
    -प्रतिः 1 'the lord of riches', a a king; किंचिद् विहस्यार्थपतिं बभाषे R.2.46;1.59;9.3;18.1; Pt.1.74.
    -2 an epithet of Kubera.
    -पदम् N. of the Vārt. on Pāṇini; ससूत्रवृत्त्यर्थपदं महार्थं ससंग्रहं सिद्ध्यति वै कपीन्द्रः Rām.7.36.45.
    -पर, -लुब्ध a.
    1 intent on gaining wealth, greedy of wealth, covetous.
    -2 niggardly, parsimonious; हिंस्रा दयालुरपि चार्थपरा वदान्या Bh.2.47; Pt.1.425.
    -प्रकृतिः f. the leading source or occasion of the grand object in a drama; (the number of these 'sources' is five:-- बीजं बिन्दुः पताका च प्रकरी कार्यमेव च । अर्थप्रकृतयः पञ्च ज्ञात्वा योज्या यथाविधि S. D.317.)
    -प्रयोगः 1 usury.
    -2 administration of the affairs (of a state)
    -प्राप्त a. derived or understood from the sense included as a matter of course, implied; परिसमाप्तिः शब्दार्थः । परिसमाप्त्यामर्थप्राप्तत्वादारम्भस्य । ŚB. on MS.6.2.13.
    -˚त्वम् Inplication.
    -बन्धः 1 arrange- ment of words, composition, text; stanza, verse; संचिन्त्य गीतक्षममर्थबन्धम् Ś.7.5; ललितार्थबन्धम् V.2.14 put or expressed in elegant words.
    -2. connection (of the soul) with the objects of sense.
    -बुद्धि a. selfish.
    -बोधः indication of the (real) import.
    -भाज् a. entitled to a share in the division of property.
    -भावनम् Delibera- tion over a subject (Pātañjala Yogadarśana 1.28).
    -भृत् a. receiving high wages (as a servant).
    -भेदः distinc- tion or difference of meaning; अर्थभेदेन शब्दभेदः.
    -मात्रम्, -त्रा 1 property, wealth; Pt.2.
    -2 the whole sense or object.
    -युक्त a. significant, full of यस्यार्थयुक्तं meaning; गिरिराजशब्दं कुर्वन्ति Ku.1.13.
    -लक्षण a. As determined by the purpose or need (as opposed to शब्दलक्षण); लोके कर्मार्थलक्षणम् Ms.11.1.26.
    -लाभः acquisition of wealth.
    -लोभः avarice.
    -वशः power in the form of discrimination and knowledge. अर्थवशात् सप्तरूपविनिवृत्ताम् Sāvk.65.
    -वादः 1 declaration of any purpose.
    -2 affirmation, declaratory assertion, an explanatory remark, exegesis; speech or assertion having a certain object; a sentence. (It usually recommends a विधि or precept by stating the good arising from its proper observance, and the evils arising from its omission, and also by adducing historical instances in its support; स्तुतिर्निन्दा परकृतिः पुराकल्प इत्यर्थवादः Gaut. Sūt.; said by Laugākṣi to be of 3 kinds:- गुणवादो विरोधे स्यादनु वादो$वधारिते । भूतार्थवादस्तद्धानादर्थ- वादस्त्रिधा मतः; the last kind includes many varieties.)
    -3 one of the six means of finding out the tātparya (real aim and object) of any work.
    -4 praise, eulogy; अर्थवाद एषः । दोषं तु मे कंचित्कथय U.1.
    -विकरणम् = अर्थ- विक्रिया change of meaning.
    -विकल्पः 1 deviation from truth, perversion of fact.
    -2 prevarication; also ˚वैकल्प्यम्
    -विज्ञानम् comprehending the sense, one of the six exercises of the understanding (धीगुण).
    -विद् a. sensible, wise, sagacious. भुङ्क्ते तदपि तच्चान्यो मधुहेवार्थविन्मधु Bhāg.11.18.15. विवक्षतामर्थविदस्तत्क्षणप्रतिसंहृताम् Śi.
    -विद्या knowledge of practical life; Mb.7.
    -विपत्तिः Failing of an aim; समीक्ष्यतां चार्थविपत्तिमार्गताम् Rām.2.19.4.
    -विभावक a. money-giver; विप्रेभ्यो$र्थविभावकः Mb.3.33. 84.
    -विप्रकर्षः difficulty in the comprehension of the sense.
    -विशेषणम् a reprehensive repetition of something uttered by another; S. D.49.
    -वृद्धिः f. accumulation of wealth.
    -व्ययः expenditure; ˚ज्ञ a. conversant with money-matters.
    -शब्दौ Word and sense.
    -शालिन् a. Wealthy.
    -शास्त्रम् 1 the science of wealth (political economy).
    -2 science of polity, political science, politics; अर्थशास्त्रविशारदं सुधन्वानमुपाध्यायम् Rām.2.1.14. Dk.12; इह खलु अर्थशास्त्रकारास्त्रिविधां सिद्धिमुपवर्णयन्ति Mu.3; ˚व्यवहारिन् one dealing with politics, a politician; Mu.5.
    -3 science giving precepts on general conduct, the science of practical life; Pt.1.
    -शौचम् purity or honesty in money-matters; सर्वेषां चैव शौचानामर्थशौचं परं स्मृतं Ms. 5.16.
    -श्री Great wealth.
    -संस्थानम् 1 accumulation of wealth.
    -2 treasury.
    -संग्रहः, -संचयः accumulation or acquisition of wealth, treasure, property. कोशेनाश्रयणी- यत्वमिति तस्यार्थसंग्रहः R.17.6. कुदेशमासाद्य कुतो$र्थसंचयः H.
    -संग्रहः a book on Mīmāṁsā by Laugākṣi Bhāskara.
    -सतत्त्वम् truth; किं पुनरत्रार्थसतत्त्वम् । देवा ज्ञातुमर्हन्ति MBh. or P.VIII.3.72.
    -समाजः aggregate of causes.
    -समाहारः 1 treasure.
    -2 acquisition of wealth.
    -संपद् f. accomplishment of a desired object; उपेत्य संघर्ष- मिवार्थसंपदः Ki.1.15.
    -संपादनम् Carrying out of an affair; Ms.7.168.
    -संबन्धः connection of the sense with the word or sentence.
    -संबन्धिन् a. Concerned or interested in an affair; Ms.8.64.
    -साधक a.
    1 accomplishing any object.
    -2 bringing any matter to a conclusion.
    -सारः considerable wealth; Pt.2.42.
    -सिद्ध a. understood from the very context (though not expressed in words), inferable from the connection of words.
    -सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of a desired object, success. द्वारमिवार्थसिद्धेः R.2.21.
    -हानिः Loss of wealth
    -हारिन् a. stealing money Ks.
    -हर a. inheriting wealth.
    -हीन a.
    1 deprived of wealth, poor.
    -2 unmeaning, nonsensical.
    -3 failing.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > अर्थः _arthḥ

  • 8 volo

    1.
    vŏlo (2 d pers. sing. vis, orig. veis, Prisc. 9, 1, 6, p. 847 P.; 1 st pers. plur. volumus, but volimus, Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 89 Speng.; 3 d pers. sing. volt, and 2 d pers. plur. voltis always in ante-class. writers;

    also volt,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 17, § 42; 2, 5, 49, § 128; id. Sest. 42, 90; id. Phil. 8, 9, 26; id. Par. 5, 1, 34; id. Rep. 3, 33, 45:

    voltis,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 53, § 122; 2, 3, 94, § 219; 2, 5, 5, § 11; 2, 3, 89, § 208; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Rab. Perd. 12, 33; id. Sest. 30, 64; id. Par. 1, 2, 11 et saep. — Pres. subj. velim, but sometimes volim, Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 44 Ritschl; cf. Prisc. 9, 1, 8, p. 848 P.;

    so volint,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 65 Ritschl), velle, volui ( part. fut. voliturus, Serv. ad Verg. A. 5, 712; contr. forms, vin for visne, freq. in Plaut. and Ter., also Hor. S. 1, 9, 69; Pers. 6, 63:

    sis for si vis,

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 70; id. Merc. 4, 4, 37; id. Pers. 3, 3, 8; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 20; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 38; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42; id. Rosc. Am. 16, 48; id. Mil. 22, 60; Liv. 34, 32, 20:

    sultis for si voltis, only ante-class.,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. As. prol. 1; id. Capt. 2, 3, 96; 3, 5, 9; 4, 4, 11), v. irreg. a. [Sanscr. var-; Gr. bol-, boulomai; cf. the strengthened root Wel- in eeldomai, elpomai; Germ. wollen; Engl. will], expressing any exercise of volition, and corresponding, in most cases, to the Germ. wollen; in Engl. mostly rendered, to wish, want, intend, purpose, propose, be willing, consent, mean, will, and, impersonally, it is my will, purpose, intention, plan, policy (syn.: cupio, opto; but volo properly implies a purpose).
    I.
    In gen.
    A.
    With object-infinitive.
    1.
    With pres. inf.
    a.
    To wish.
    (α).
    Exire ex urbe priusquam luciscat volo, Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 35:

    potare ego hodie tecum volo,

    id. Aul. 3, 6, 33:

    ego quoque volo esse liber: nequiquam volo,

    id. Trin. 2, 4, 39; so id. ib. 2, 4, 164:

    ait rem seriam agere velle mecum,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 8:

    natus enim debet quicunque est velle manere In vita,

    Lucr. 5, 177:

    video te alte spectare et velle in caelum migrare,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 34, 82:

    quid poetae? Nonne post mortem nobilitari volunt?

    id. ib. 1, 15, 34:

    si innocentes existimari volumus,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28:

    quoniam opinionis meae voluistis esse participes,

    id. de Or. 1, 37, 172:

    quod eas quoque nationes adire et regiones cognoscere volebat,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 7:

    si velit suos recipere, obsides sibi remittat,

    id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:

    dominari illi volunt, vos liberi esse,

    Sall. J. 31, 23:

    si haec relinquere voltis,

    id. C. 58, 15:

    priusquam liberi estis, dominari jam in adversarios vultis,

    Liv. 3, 53, 7:

    si quis vestrum suos invisere volt, commeatum do,

    id. 21, 21, 5:

    non enim vincere tantum noluit, sed vinci voluit,

    id. 2, 59, 2:

    suspitionem Caesar quibusdam reliquit, neque voluisse se diutius vivere, neque curasse,

    Suet. Caes. 85:

    Eutrapelus cuicunque nocere volebat, Vestimenta dabat pretiosa,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 31.—
    (β).
    Idiomatically: quid arbitramini Rheginos merere velle ut ab iis marmorea illa Venus auferatur? what do you think the Rhegini would take for, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 60, § 135.—
    (γ).
    Transf., of things: fabula quae posci vult et spectata reponi, a comedy which wishes (i. e. is meant) to be in demand, etc., Hor. A. P. 190:

    neque enim aut hiare semper vocalibus aut destitui temporibus volunt sermo atque epistula,

    Quint. 9, 4, 20; cf. id. 8, prooem. 23.—
    b.
    Of the wishes of those that have a right to command, the gods, masters, parents, commanders, etc., I want, wish, will, am resolved, it is my will:

    in acdibus quid tibi meis erat negoti...? Volo scire,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 14; 3, 2, 17; 3, 2, 18; 3, 6, 27; id. Curc. 4, 3, 11; id. Ep. 3, 4, 74; id. Mil. 2, 3, 74; 3, 1, 17; id. Stich. 1, 2, 56; Ter. And. 1, 2, 9; 4, 2, 17:

    maxima voce clamat populus, neque se uni, nec paucis velle parere,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55:

    consuesse deos immortalis, quos pro scelere eorum ulcisci velint, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 13:

    hic experiri vim virtutemque volo,

    Liv. 23, 45, 9.—
    c.
    = in animo habere, to intend, purpose, mean, design:

    ac volui inicere tragulam in nostrum senem,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 4, 14:

    eadem quae illis voluisti facere tu, faciunt tibi,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 11; so id. Most. 2, 2, 5:

    puerumque clam voluit exstinguere,

    Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 23:

    necare candem voluit,

    Cic. Cael. 13, 31: quid enim ad illum qui te captare vult, utrum [p. 2005] tacentem te irretiat an loquentem? id. Ac. 2, 29, 94:

    hostis hostem occidere volui,

    Liv. 2, 12, 9; 7, 34, 11: volui interdiu eum... occidere; volui, cum ad cenam invitavi, veneno scilicet tollere;

    volui... ferro interficere (ironically),

    id. 40, 13, 2:

    tuum crimen erit, hospitem occidere voluisse,

    the intention to kill your guest-friend, Val. Max. 5, 1, 3 fin.; 6, 1, 8:

    non enim vult mori, sed invidiam filio facere,

    Quint. 9, 2, 85.—

    Pregn., opp. optare: non vult mori qui optat,

    Sen. Ep. 117, 24:

    sed eo die is, cui dare volueram (epistulam), non est profectus,

    Cic. Att. 9, 7, 1:

    cum de senectute vellem aliquid scribere,

    id. Sen. 1, 2:

    ego te volui castigare, tu mihi accussatrix ades,

    Plaut. As. 3, 1, 10:

    bonus volo jam ex hoc die esse,

    id. Pers. 4, 3, 10:

    ego jam a principio amici filiam, Ita ut aequom fuerat, volui uxorem ducere,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 46:

    at etiam eo negotio M. Catonis splendorem maculare voluerunt,

    it was their purpose, Cic. Sest. 28, 60:

    eum (tumulum) non tam capere sine certamine volebat, quam causam certaminis cum Minucio contrahere,

    his plan was, Liv. 22, 28, 4.—Of things:

    cum lex venditionibus occurrere voluit,

    when it was the purpose of the law, Dig. 46, 1, 46: sed quid ea drachuma facere vis? Ca. Restim volo Mihi emere... qui me faciam pensilem, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 87: Ch. Revorsionem ad terram faciunt vesperi. Ni. Aurum hercle auferre voluere, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 63:

    si iis qui haec omnia flamma ac ferro delere voluerunt... bellum indixi, etc.,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 10, 24:

    (plebem) per caedem senatus vacuam rem publicam tradere Hannibali velle,

    Liv. 23, 2, 7:

    rem Nolanam in jus dicionemque dare voluerat Poeno,

    id. 23, 15, 9: qui (majores nostri) tanta cura Siculos tueri ac retinere voluerunt ut, etc., whose policy it was to protect, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 6, § 14:

    ut qui a principio mitis omnibus Italicis praeter Romanos videri vellet, etc.,

    Liv. 23, 15, 4: idem istuc, si in vilitate largiri voluisses, derisum tuum beneficium esset, if you had offered to grant the same thing during low prices, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 92, § 215.—
    d.
    = studere, conari, to try, endeavor, attempt:

    quas (i. e. magnas res) qui impedire vult, is et infirmus est mobilisque natura, et, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 20, 75:

    nam si quando id (exordium) primum invenire volui, nullum mihi occurrit, nisi aut exile, aut, etc.,

    id. Or. 2, 77, 315:

    de Antonio dico, numquam illum... nonnullorum de ipso suspitionem infitiando tollere voluisse,

    that he never attempted to remove, id. Sest. 3, 8; id. Div. 1, 18, 35:

    audes Fatidicum fallere velle deum?

    do you dare attempt? Ov. F. 2, 262.—
    e.
    To mean, of actions and expressions:

    hic respondere voluit, non lacessere,

    the latter meant to answer, not to provoke, Ter. Phorm. prol. 19:

    non te judices urbi sed carceri reservarunt, neque to retinere in civitate, sed exilio privare voluerunt,

    Cic. Att. 1, 16, 9.—So, volo dicere, I mean (lit. I intend to say):

    quid aliud volui dicere?

    Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 51:

    volo autem dicere, illud homini longe optimum esse quod ipsum sit optandum per se,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 20, 46.—Often with the acc. illud or id, as a correction: Tr. Specta quam arcte dormiunt. Th. Dormiunt? Tr. Illut quidem ut conivent volui dicere, I mean how they nod, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 145: Py. Quid? bracchium? Ar. Illud dicere volui femur, id. Mil. 1, 1, 27:

    adduxi volui dicere,

    id. Ps. 2, 4, 21; id. Am. 1, 1, 233; 1, 1, 235; id. Cas. 2, 6, 14; id. Mil. 3, 2, 7; id. Ps. 3, 2, 54; id. Rud. 2, 4, 9.—
    f.
    To be going to: haec argumenta ego aedificiis dixi; nunc etiam volo docere ut homines aedium esse similes arbitremini, now I am going to show how, etc., Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 37: quando bene gessi rem, volo hic in fano supplicare, I am going to worship here, etc., id. Curc. 4, 2, 41:

    nunc quod relicuom restat volo persolvere,

    id. Cist. 1, 3, 40:

    sustine hoc, Penicule, exuvias facere quas vovi volo,

    id. Men. 1, 3, 13:

    sinite me prospectare ne uspiam insidiae sint, consilium quod habere volumus,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 3; id. As. 2, 2, 113; id. Cas. 4, 2, 3; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 61:

    si Prometheus, cum mortalibus ignem dividere vellet, ipse a vicinis carbunculos conrogaret, ridiculus videretur,

    Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9:

    ait se velle de illis HS. LXXX. cognoscere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 23, § 56:

    hinc se recipere cum vellent, rursus illi ex loco superiore nostros premebant,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 45. —
    g.
    To be about to, on the point of: quom mittere signum Volt, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 88 Vahl.):

    quotiens ire volo foras, retines me, rogitas quo ego eam,

    Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 5:

    quae sese in ignem inicere voluit, prohibui,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 113:

    si scires aspidem latere uspiam, et velle aliquem imprudentem super eam adsidere,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 18, 59; id. Div. 1, 52, 118:

    quod cum facere vellent, intervenit M. Manilius,

    id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:

    qui cum opem ferre vellet, nuntiatum sibi esse aliam classem ad Aegates insulas stare,

    Liv. 22, 56, 7:

    at Libys obstantes dum vult obvertere remos, In spatium resilire manus breve vidit,

    Ov. M. 3, 676; 1, 635:

    P. Claudius cum proelium navale committere vellet,

    Val. Max. 1, 4, 3.—
    h.
    Will, and in oblique discourse and questions would, the auxiliaries of the future and potential: animum advortite: Comediai nomen dari vobis volo, I will give you, etc., Plaut. Cas. prol. 30:

    sed, nisi molestum est, nomen dare vobis volo comediai,

    id. Poen. prol. 50:

    vos ite intro. Interea ego ex hac statua verberea volo erogitare... quid sit factum,

    id. Capt. 5, 1, 30:

    i tu atque arcessi illam: ego intus quod facto est opus volo adcurare,

    id. Cas. 3, 3, 35; id. Cist. 1, 1, 113; id. Most. 1, 1, 63; id. Poen. 2, 44; id. Pers. 1, 3, 85; id. Rud. 1, 2, 33: cum vero (gemitus) nihil imminuat doloris, cur frustra turpes esse volumus? why will ( would) we be disgraceful to no purpose? Cic. Tusc. 2, 24, 57:

    illa enim (ars) te, verum si loqui volumus, ornaverat,

    id. ib. 1, 47, 112:

    ergo, si vere aestimare volumus, etc.,

    Val. Max. 7, 5, 6:

    si vere aestimare Macedonas, qui tunc erant, volumus,

    Curt. 4, 16, 33:

    ejus me compotem facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, etc.,

    Liv. 7, 40, 5:

    visne igitur, dum dies ista venit... interea tu ipse congredi mecum ut, etc....?

    id. 8, 7, 7:

    volo tibi Chrysippi quoque distinctionem indicare,

    Sen. Ep. 9, 14: vis tu homines urbemque feris praeponere silvis? will you prefer, etc., Hor. S. 2, 6, 92; cf. velim and vellem, would, II. A. 2.—
    k.
    Sometimes volui = mihi placuit, I resolved, concluded (generally, in this meaning, followed by an infinitive clause, v. I. B. 4.):

    uti tamen tuo consilio volui,

    still I concluded to follow your advice, Cic. Att. 8, 3, 1.—
    1.
    To be willing, ready, to consent, like to do something: si sine bello velint rapta... tradere... se exercitum domum reducturum, if they were willing, would consent to, would deliver, etc., Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 52:

    is dare volt, is se aliquid posci,

    likes to give, id. As. 1, 3, 29:

    hoc dixit, si hoc de cella concederetur, velle Siculos senatui polliceri frumentum in cellam gratis,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 87, § 200:

    ei laxiorem daturos, si venire ad causam dicendam vellet,

    Liv. 39, 17, 2; 5, 36, 4: nemo invenitur qui pecuniam suam dividere velit. Sen. Brev. Vit. 3, 1:

    plerique concessam sibi sub condicione vitam si militare adversus eum vellent, recusarunt,

    Suet. Caes. 68:

    dedere etiam se volebant, si toleranda viris imperarentur,

    Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12.—So with negatives, to be not willing, not to suffer, not to like, not to allow, refuse:

    heri nemo voluit Sostratam intro admittere,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 49:

    cum alter verum audire non vult,

    Cic. Lael. 26, 98: a proximis quisque minime anteiri vult, likes least to be surpassed, etc., Liv. 6, 34, 7:

    nihil ex his praeter... accipere voluit,

    refused to accept, Val. Max. 4, 3, 4.—
    m.
    To do something voluntarily or intentionally: volo facere = mea voluntate or sponte facio: si voluit accusare, pietati tribuo;

    si jussus est, necessitati,

    if he accused of his own free will, I ascribe it to his filial love, Cic. Cael. 1, 2:

    utrum statuas voluerint tibi statuere, an coacti sint,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 65, § 157:

    de risu quinque sunt quae quaerantur... sitne oratoris risum velle permovere,

    on purpose, id. Or. 2, 58, 235:

    laedere numquam velimus,

    Quint. 6, 3, 28.—So, non velle with inf., to do something unwillingly, with reluctance:

    vivere noluit qui mori non vult,

    who dies with reluctance, Sen. Ep. 30, 10.—
    n.
    To be of opinion, think, mean, pretend (rare with inf.; usu. with acc. and inf.; v. B. 8.):

    haec tibi scripsi ut isto ipso in genere in quo aliquid posse vis, te nihil esse cognosceres,

    in which you imagine you have some influence, Cic. Fam. 7, 27, 2:

    in hoc homo luteus etiam callidus ac veterator esse vult, quod ita scribit, etc.,

    pretends, means to be, id. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 35: sed idem Aelius Stoicus esse voluit, orator autem nec studuit um quam, nec fuit, id. Brut. 56, 206:

    Pythago. ras, qui etiam ipse augur esse vellet,

    id. Div. 1, 3, 5.—
    o.
    To like, have no objection to, approve of (cf. E. 1. sq.):

    magis eum delectat qui se ait philosophari velle sed paucis: nam omnino haud placere,

    that he liked, had no objection to philosophizing, Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30; v. also II. A.—
    2.
    With pres. inf. understood.
    a.
    Supplied from a preceding or subsequent clause.
    (α).
    To wish, it is his will, etc. (cf. 1. a. and b. supra):

    nunc bene vivo et fortunate atque ut volo, i. e. vivere,

    as I wish, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 111: quod diu vivendo multa quae non volt (i. e. videre) videt, Caecil. ap. Cic. Sen. 8, 25:

    proinde licet quotvis vivendo condere saecla,

    Lucr. 3, 1090:

    nec tantum proficiebam quantum volebam,

    Cic. Att. 1, 17, 1:

    tot autem rationes attulit, ut velle (i. e. persuadere) ceteris, sibi certe persuasisse videatur,

    id. Tusc. 1, 21, 49:

    sed liceret, si velint, in Ubiorum finibus considere,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 81:

    quo praesidio senatus libere quae vellet decernere auderet,

    id. B. C. 1, 2.—Of things:

    neque chorda sonum reddit quem vult manus et mens,

    Hor. A. P. 348.—
    (β).
    To choose, be pleased (freq.):

    tum mihi faciat quod volt magnus Juppiter,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 50:

    id repetundi copia est, quando velis,

    id. Trin. 5, 2, 7:

    habuit aurum quamdiu voluit,

    Cic. Cael. 13, 31:

    rapiebat et asportabat quantum a quoque volebat Apronius,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 29:

    provincias quas vellet, quibus vellet, venderet?

    id. Sest. 39, 84:

    quotiens ille tibi potestatem facturus sit ut eligas utrum velis,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:

    daret utrum vellet subclamatum est,

    Liv. 21, 18, 14:

    senatus consultum factum est ut plebes praeficeret quaestioni quem vellet,

    id. 4, 51, 2:

    saxi materiaeque caedendae unde quisque vellet jus factum,

    id. 5, 55, 3; cf. id. 2, 13, 9; 5, 46, 10; 6, 25, 5; 22, 10, 23; 23, 6, 2; 23, 15, 15; 23, 45, 10; 23, 47, 2;

    26, 21, 11: vicem suam conquestus, quod sibi soli non liceret amicis, quatenus vellet, irasci,

    Suet. Aug. 66:

    at tu quantum vis tolle,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 16.—
    (γ).
    To intend, it is my purpose, etc. (v. 1. c. supra):

    sine me pervenire quo volo,

    let me come to my point, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 44:

    scripsi igitur Aristotelio more, quemadmodum quidem volui, tres libros... de Oratore,

    as I intended, Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 23:

    ut meliore condicione quam qua ipse vult imitetur homines eos qui, etc.,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 8, 25:

    ego istos posse vincere scio, velle ne scirem ipsi fecerunt,

    Liv. 2, 45, 12. —
    (δ).
    To be willing, to consent, I will (v. 1. h. and l. supra): tu eum orato... St. Sane volo, yes, I will, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 57:

    jube me vinciri. Volo, dum istic itidem vinciatur,

    id. Capt. 3, 4, 75:

    patri dic velle (i. e. uxorem ducere),

    that you consent, are willing, Ter. And. 2, 3, 20 (cf.: si vis, II. A. 2, and sis, supra init.).—
    (ε).
    To do something voluntarily (v. 1. m. supra):

    tu selige tantum, Me quoque velle velis, anne coactus amem,

    Ov. Am. 3, 11, 50.—
    b.
    With ellipsis of inf.
    (α).
    Volo, with a designation of place, = ire volo:

    nos in Formiano morabamur, quo citius audiremus: deinde Arpinum volebamus,

    I intended to go to Arpinum, Cic. Att. 9, 1, 3:

    volo mensi Quinctili in Graeciam,

    id. ib. 14, 7, 2:

    hactenus Vitellius voluerat (i. e. procedere),

    Tac. A. 12, 42 fin.
    (β).
    With other omissions, supplied from context: volo Dolabellae valde desideranti, non reperio quid (i. e. to dedicate some writing to him), Cic. Att. 13, 13, 2.—
    (γ).
    In mal. part., Plaut. Aul. 2, 4, 7; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 16; 2. 19, 2; Prop. 1, 13, 36.—
    3.
    With perfect infinitive active (rare).
    a.
    In negative imperative sentences dependent on ne velis, ne velit (in oblique discourse also ne vellet), where ne velis has the force of noli. The perfect infinitive emphatically represents the action as completed (ante-class. and poet.).
    (α).
    In ancient ordinances of the Senate and of the higher officers (not in laws proper): NEIQVIS EORVM BACANAL HABVISE VELET... BACAS VIR NEQVIS ADIESE VELET CEIVIS ROMANVS... NEVE PECVNIAM QVISQVAM EORVM COMOINEM HABVISE VELET... NEVE... QVIQVAM FECISE VELET. NEVE INTER SED CONIOVRASE, NEVE COMVOVISE NEVE CONSPONDISE, etc., S. C. de Bacch. 4-13 ap. Wordsworth, Fragm. and Spec. p. 172.—So, in quoting such ordinances: per totam Italiam edicta mitti ne quis qui Bacchis initiatus esset, coisse aut convenisse causa sacrorum velit. [p. 2006] neu quid talis rei divinae fecisse, Liv. 39, 14, 8:

    edixerunt ne quis quid fugae causa vendidisse neve emisse vellet,

    id. 39, 17, 3. —
    (β).
    In imitation of official edicts: (vilicus) ne quid emisse velit insciente domino, neu quid domino celasse velit, the overseer must not buy any thing, etc., Cato, R. R. 5, 4:

    interdico, ne extulisse extra aedis puerum usquam velis,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 48:

    oscula praecipue nulla dedisse velis (= noli dare),

    Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38:

    ne quis humasse velit Ajacem, Atride, vetas? Cur?

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 187.—
    b.
    In affirmative sentences, implying command (in any mood or tense; mostly poet.): neminem nota strenui aut ignavi militis notasse volui, I have decided to mark no one, etc., Liv. 24, 16, 11: quia pepercisse vobis volunt, committere vos cur pereatis non patiuntur, because they have decided to spare you, etc., id. 32, 21, 33:

    sunt delicta tamen quibus ignovisse velimus (= volumus),

    which should be pardoned, Hor. A. P. 347.—
    c.
    To represent the will as referring to a completed action.
    (α).
    In optative sentences with vellem or velim, v. II. B. 5. b. a, and II. C. 1. b.—
    (β).
    In other sentences ( poet. and post-class.): ex omnibus praediis ex quibus non hac mente recedimus ut omisisse possessionem velimus, with the will to abandon (omittere would denote the purpose to give up at some future time), Dig. 43, 16, 1, § 25; so,

    an erit qui velle recuset Os populi meruisse?

    Pers. 1, 41:

    qui me volet incurvasse querela,

    id. 1, 91.
    B.
    With acc. and inf.
    1.
    To wish (v. A. 1. a.).
    a.
    With a different subject: hoc volo scire te: Perditus sum miser, I wish you to know, etc., Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 46:

    deos volo consilia vostra vobis recte vortere,

    id. Trin. 5, 2, 31:

    emere oportet quem tibi oboedire velis,

    id. Pers. 2, 4, 2:

    scin' quid nunc te facere volo?

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 85:

    si perpetuam vis esse adfinitatem hanc,

    id. Hec. 2, 2, 10:

    consul ille egit eas res quarum me participem esse voluit,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 17, 41:

    vim volumus exstingui: jus valeat necesse est,

    id. Sest. 42, 92:

    nec mihi hunc errorem extorqueri volo,

    id. Sen. 23, 85:

    hoc te scire volui,

    id. Att. 7, 18, 4:

    harum causarum fuit justissima quod Germanos suis quoque rebus timere voluit,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 16:

    ut equites qui salvam esse rempublicam vellent ex equis desilirent,

    Liv. 4, 38, 2:

    si me vivere vis recteque videre valentem,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 3:

    si vis me flere, dolendum est Primum ipsi tibi,

    id. A. P. 102.—With pass. inf. impers.:

    regnari tamen omnes volebant,

    that there should be a king, Liv. 1, 17, 3:

    mihi volo ignosci,

    I wish to be pardoned, Cic. Or. 1, 28, 130:

    volt sibi quisque credi,

    Liv. 22, 22, 14. —
    b.
    With the same subject.
    (α).
    With inf. act.:

    quae mihi est spes qua me vivere velim,

    what hope have I, that I should wish to live? Plaut. Rud. 1, 3, 33:

    volo me placere Philolachi,

    id. Most. 1, 3, 11; cf. id. Trin. 2, 2, 47; id. Rud. 2, 6, 1:

    judicem esse me, non doctorem volo,

    Cic. Or. 33, 117:

    vult, credo, se esse carum suis,

    id. Sen. 20, 73; so id. Off. 1, 31, 113; id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; 2, 23, 95. —
    (β).
    With inf. pass.:

    quod certiorem te vis fieri quo quisque in me animo sit,

    Cic. Att. 11, 13, 1; cf. id. Fam. 1, 9, 18:

    qui se ex his minus timidos existimari volebant,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 39; cf. id. B. C. 2, 29:

    religionis se causa... Bacchis initiari velle,

    Liv. 39, 10, 2:

    Agrippae se nepotem neque credi neque dici volebat,

    Suet. Calig. 22 fin.
    2.
    Of the will of superiors, gods, etc. (cf. A. 1. b. supra), I want, it is my will:

    me absente neminem volo intromitti,

    Plaut. Aul. 1, 3, 21:

    viros nostros quibus tu voluisti esse nos matres familias,

    id. Stich. 1, 2, 41; id. Most. 1, 4, 2; id. Rud. 4, 5, 9; id. Trin. 1, 2, 1:

    pater illum alterum (filium) secum omni tempore volebat esse,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 15, 42:

    (deus) quinque reliquis motibus orbem esse voluit expertem,

    id. Univ. 10; cf. id. Sest. 69, 147; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 57; 1, 5, 14:

    causa mittendi fuit quod iter per Alpes... patefieri volebat,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 1; cf. id. ib. 5, 9; id. B. C. 1, 4:

    quippe (senatus) foedum hominem a republica procul esse volebat,

    Sall. C. 19, 2:

    nec (di) patefieri (crimina) ut impunita essent, sed ut vindicarentur voluerunt,

    Liv. 39, 16, 11; cf. id. 1, 56, 3; 2, 28, 5; 25, 32, 6:

    senatus... Romano sanguini pudicitiam tutam esse voluit,

    Val. Max. 6, 1, 9; cf. id. 6, 9, 2.—So in the historians: quid fieri vellet (velit), after a verbum imperandi or declarandi, he gave his orders, explained his will:

    quid fieri velit praecipit,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 56:

    ibi quid fieri vellet imperabat,

    id. ib. 7, 16:

    quid fieri vellet ostendit,

    id. ib. 7, 27:

    quae fieri vellet edocuit,

    id. B. C. 3, 108; cf. id. B. G. 7, 45; id. B. C. 3, 78; 3, 89:

    quid fieri vellet edixit,

    Curt. 8, 10, 30; 4, 13, 24; Val. Max. 7, 4, 2.— Frequently majores voluerunt, it was the will of our ancestors, referring to ancient customs and institutions:

    sacra Cereris summa majores nostri religione confici caerimoniaque voluerunt,

    Cic. Balb. 24, 55: majores vestri ne vos quidem temere coire voluerunt, cf. id. ib. 17, 39; 23, 54; id. Agr. 2, 11, 26; id. Fl. 7, 15; id. Imp. Pomp. 13, 39; id. Div. 1, 45, 103; id. Font. 24, 30 (10, 20); id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70.—Of testamentary dispositions: cum Titius, heres meus, mortuus erit, volo hereditatem meam ad P. Mevium pertinere, Gai Inst. 2, 277. Except in the institution of the first heir: at illa (institutio) non est comprobata: Titum heredem esse volo, Gai Inst. 2, 117. —
    3.
    Of the intention of a writer, etc., to want, to mean, intend:

    Asinariam volt esse (nomen fabulae) si per vos licet,

    Plaut. As. prol. 12:

    Plautus hanc mihi gnatam esse voluit Inopiam,

    has wanted Poverty to be my daughter, made her my daughter, id. Trin. prol. 9:

    primumdum huic esse nomen Diphilus Cyrenas voluit,

    id. Rud. prol. 33:

    quae ipsi qui scripserunt voluerunt vulgo intellegi,

    meant to be understood by all, Cic. Or. 2, 14, 60:

    si non hoc intellegi volumus,

    id. Fat. 18, 41:

    quale intellegi vult Cicero cum dicit orationem suam coepisse canescere,

    Quint. 11, 1, 31; so id. 9, 4, 82; 9, 3, 9:

    quamquam illi (Prometheo) quoque ferreum anulum dedit antiquitas vinculumque id, non gestamen, intellegi voluit,

    Plin. 33, 1, 4, § 8.—
    4.
    To resolve:

    Siculi... me defensorem calamitatum suarum... esse voluerunt,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 4, 11:

    si a me causam hanc vos (judices) agi volueritis,

    if you resolve, id. ib. 8, 25:

    senatus te voluit mihi nummos, me tibi frumentum dare,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:

    qua (statua) abjecta, basim tamen in foro manere voluerunt,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 66, §

    160: liberam debere esse Galliam quam (senatus) suis legibus uti voluisset,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 45:

    tu Macedonas tibi voluisti genua ponere, venerarique te ut deum,

    Curt. 8 (7), 13.— Hence,
    5.
    To order, command: erus meus tibi me salutem multam voluit dicere, has ordered me, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 2, 25:

    montem quem a Labieno occupari voluerit,

    which he had ordered to be occupied, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:

    ibi futuros esse Helvetios ubi eos Caesar... esse voluisset,

    id. ib. 1, 13 (for velitis jubeatis with inf.-clause, v. II. B. 5. d.).—
    6.
    To consent, allow (cf. A. 1. I.):

    obtinuere ut (tribuni) tribuniciae potestatis vires salubres vellent reipublicae esse,

    they prevailed upon them to permit the tribunitian power to be wholesome to the republic, Liv. 2, 44, 5:

    Hiero tutores... puero reliquit quos precatus est moriens ut juvenum suis potissimum vestigiis insistere vellent,

    id. 24, 4, 5:

    petere ut eum... publicae etiam curae ac velut tutelae vellent esse (i. e. senatus),

    id. 42, 19, 5:

    orare tribunos ut uno animo cum consulibus bellum ab urbe ac moenibus propulsari vellent,

    id. 3, 69, 5:

    quam superesse causam Romanis cur non... incolumis Syracusas esse velint?

    id. 25, 28, 8:

    si alter ex heredibus voluerit rem a legatario possideri, alter non, ei qui noluit interdictum competet,

    Dig. 43, 3, 1, § 15.—So negatively = not to let, not to suffer:

    cum P. Attio agebant ne sua pertinacia omnium fortunas perturbari vellet,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 36.—
    7.
    To be of opinion that something should be, to require, demand:

    voluisti enim in suo genere unumquemque... esse Roscium,

    Cic. Or. 1, 61, 258: eos exercitus quos contra se multos jam annos aluerint velle dimitti, he demanded the disbanding of, etc., Caes. B. C. 1, 85:

    (Cicero) vult esse auctoritatem in verbis,

    Quint. 8, 3, 43:

    vult esse Celsus aliquam et superiorem compositionem,

    id. 9, 4, 137:

    si tantum irasci vis sapientem quantum scelerum indignitas exigit,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 9, 4. —
    8.
    To be of opinion that something is or was, = censere, dicere, but implying that the opinion is erroneous or doubtful, usu. in the third pers., sometimes in the second.
    (α).
    To imagine, consider:

    est genus hominum qui esse se primos omnium rerum volunt, Nec sunt,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 17:

    semper auget adsentator id quod is cujus ad voluntatem dicitur vult esse magnum,

    Cic. Lael. 26, 98:

    si quis patricius, si quis—quod illi volunt invidiosius esse—Claudius diceret,

    Liv. 6, 40, 13.—
    (β).
    To be of opinion, to hold:

    vultis, opinor, nihil esse... in natura praeter ignem,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 14, 36:

    volunt illi omnes... eadem condicione nasci,

    id. Div. 2, 44, 93:

    vultis evenire omnia fato,

    id. ib. 2, 9, 24:

    alteri censent, etc., alteri volunt a rebus fatum omne relegari,

    id. Fat. 19, 45:

    vultis a dis immortalibus hominibus dispertiri somnia,

    id. N. D. 3, 39, 93; id. Tusc. 1, 10, 20; id. Fin. 3, 11, 36; id. Rep. 2, 26, 48:

    volunt quidam... iram in pectore moveri effervescente circa cor sanguine,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 19, 3.—
    (γ).
    To say, assert:

    si tam familiaris erat Clodiae quam tu esse vis,

    as you say he is, Cic. Cael. 21, 53:

    sit sane tanta quanta tu illam esse vis,

    id. Or. 1, 55, 23:

    ad pastum et ad procreandi voluptatem hoc divinum animal procreatum esse voluerunt: quo nihil mihi videtur esse absurdius,

    id. Fin. 2, 13, 40; 2, 17, 55; 2, 42, 131; 2, 46, 142; id. Fat. 18, 41.—With perf. inf.:

    Rhodi ego non fui: me vult fuisse,

    Cic. Planc. 34, 84.—
    (δ).
    To pretend, with perf. inf., both subjects denoting the same person:

    unde homines dum se falso terrore coacti Effugisse volunt, etc.,

    Lucr. 3, 69 (cf. A. 1. n. supra).—
    (ε).
    To mean, with perf. inf.:

    utrum scientem vultis contra foedera fecisse, an inscientem?

    Cic. Balb. 5, 13.— With pres. inf.:

    quam primum istud, quod esse vis?

    what do you mean by as soon as possible? Sen. Ep. 117, 24.—
    (ζ).
    Rarely in the first pers., implying that the opinion is open to discussion:

    ut et mihi, quae ego vellem non esse oratoris, concederes,

    what according to my opinion is not the orator's province, Cic. Or. 1, 17, 74.—
    9.
    In partic.
    a.
    With things as subjects.
    (α).
    Things personified:

    ne res publica quidem haec pro se suscipi volet,

    would have such things done for it, Cic. Off. 1, 45, 159:

    cui tacere grave sit, quod homini facillimum voluerit esse natura,

    which nature willed should be easiest for man, Curt. 4, 6, 6: fortuna Q. Metellum... nasci in urbe terrarum principe voluit, fate ordained that, etc., Val. Max. 7, 1, 1: nihil rerum ipsa natura voluit magnum effici cito, it is the law of nature that, etc., Quint. 10, 3, 4:

    quid non ingenio voluit natura licere?

    what license did nature refuse to genius? Mart. 8, 68, 9:

    me sine, quem semper voluit fortuna jacere,

    Prop. 1, 6, 25:

    hanc me militiam fata subire volunt,

    id. 1, 6, 30.—
    (β).
    Of laws, to provide:

    duodecim tabulae nocturnum furem... interfici impune voluerunt,

    Cic. Mil. 3, 9:

    lex duodecim tabularum tignum aedibus junctum... solvi prohibuit, pretiumque ejus dari voluit,

    Dig. 46, 3, 98, § 8 fin. (cf. Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21, b. a, infra).—
    b.
    With perf. pass. inf., to represent a state or result wished for.
    (α).
    The inf. being in full, with esse expressed: si umquam quemquam di immortales voluere esse auxilio adjutum, tum me et Calidorum servatum volunt, if it ever was the will of the gods that any one should be assisted, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 1: Corinthum patres vestri, totius Graeciae lumen, exstinctum esse voluerunt, it was their will that Corinth should be ( and remain) destroyed, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 11:

    nostri... leges et jura tecta esse voluerunt,

    id. Or. 1, 59, 253:

    propter eam partem epistulae tuae per quam te et mores tuos purgatos et probatos esse voluisti,

    id. Att. 1, 17, 7; id. Fin. 4, 27, 76; id. de Or. 1, 51, 221:

    daturum se operam ne cujus suorum popularium mutatam secum fortunam esse vellent,

    Liv. 21, 45, 6: for velle redundant in this construction, v. II. A. 2. 3. infra.—With pass. inf. impers.:

    sociis maxime lex consultum esse vult,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21.—
    (β).
    With ellips. of esse (cf. Quint. 9, 3, 9): perdis me tuis dictis. Cu. Imo, servo et servatum volo, and mean that you should remain saved, Plaut. Curc. 2, 3, 56:

    aunt qui volum te conventam,

    who want to see you, id. Cist. 4, 2, 39:

    eidem homini, si quid recte cura tum velis, mandes,

    if you want to have anything done well, id. As. 1, 1, 106:

    sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,

    id. Capt. prol. 53: id nunc res indicium haeo [p. 2007] facit, quo pacto factum volueris, this shows now why you wished this to be done, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 31 (cf. Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33; id. Aul. 3, 5, 30, II. B. 1, b, and II. B. 3. b. infra): domestica cura te levatum volo, I wish to see you relieved, etc., Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 9, 3:

    nulla sedes quo concurrant qui rem publicam defensam velint,

    id. Att. 8, 3, 4:

    rex celatum voluerat (i. e. donum),

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64:

    Hannibal non Capuam neglectam, neque desertos volebat socios,

    Liv. 25, 20, 5; 2, 15, 2; 2, 44, 3; 3, 21, 4; 22, 7, 4;

    26, 31, 6: contemptum hominis quem destructum volebat,

    Quint. 8, 3, 21:

    si te non emptam vellet, emendus erat,

    Ov. Am. 1, 8, 34 (so with velle redundant, v. II. A. 1. d., and II. A. 3. infra).—Both subjects denoting the same person:

    velle Pompeium se Caesari purgatum,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 8.— Esp., with pass. inf. impers.: alicui consultum velle, to take care for or advocate somebody's interests:

    liberis consultum volumus propter ipsos,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 17, 57:

    obliviscere illum aliquando adversario tuo voluisse consultum,

    id. Att. 16, 16 C, 10:

    quibus tribuni plebis nunc consultum repente volunt,

    Liv. 5, 5, 3; so id. 25, 25, 17:

    quamquam senatus subventum voluit heredibus,

    Dig. 36, 1, 1, § 4; so with dep. part., used passively:

    volo amori ejus obsecutum,

    Plaut. As. 1, 1, 63.—
    c.
    With predic. adj., without copula.
    (α).
    The subjects being different (mostly aliquem salvum velle):

    si me vivum vis, pater, Ignosce,

    if you wish me to live, Ter. Heaut. 5, 5, 7:

    ille, si me alienus adfinem volet, Tacebit,

    id. Phorm. 4, 1, 16:

    ut tu illam salvam magis velis quam ego,

    id. Hec. 2, 2, 17; 3, 5, 14:

    quoniam ex tota provincia soli sunt qui te salvum velint,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 67, § 150:

    irent secum extemplo qui rempublicam salvam vellent,

    Liv. 22, 53, 7.—
    (β).
    Both subjects denoting the same person (virtually = object infinitive):

    in occulto jacebis quom te maxime clarum voles (= clarus esse voles),

    when you will most wish to be famous, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 38:

    volo me patris mei similem,

    I wish to be like my father, id. As. 1, 1, 54: ut iste qui se vult dicacem et mehercule est, Appius, who means to be witty, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 60, 246:

    qui vero se populares volunt,

    who mean to be popular, id. Off. 2, 22, 78:

    ut integrum se salvumque velit,

    id. Fin. 2, 11, 33:

    ut (omne animal) se et salvum in suo genere incolumeque vellet,

    id. ib. 4, 8, 19. —
    d.
    With an inf.-clause understood.
    (α).
    Velle, to wish: utinam hinc abierit in malam crucem! Ad. Ita nos velle aequom est (ita = eum abire, etc.), Plaut. Poen. 4, 1, 5:

    stulta es, soror, magis quam volo (i.e. te esse),

    id. Pers. 4, 4, 78; id. Trin. 1, 2, 8; 2, 4, 175; id. Stich. 1, 1, 13; id. Ps. 1, 5, 55:

    senatum non quod sentiret, sed quod ego vellem decernere,

    Cic. Mil. 5, 12:

    neque enim facile est ut irascatur cui tu velis judex (= cui tu eum irasci velis),

    id. Or. 2, 45, 190; cf. id. Sest. 38, 82.—
    (β).
    Referring to the will of superiors, etc.:

    deos credo voluisse, nam ni vellent, non fieret,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 46: jamne abeo? St. Volo (sc. te abire), so I will, id. Cas. 2, 8, 57; cf. id. Mil. 4, 6, 12; id. Merc. 2, 3, 33.—
    (γ).
    To mean, intend (v. B. 3.):

    acutum etiam illud est cum ex alterius oratione aliud atque ille vult (sc. te excipere),

    Cic. Or. 2, 67, 273.—
    (δ).
    To require, demand (v B. 7.):

    veremur quidem vos, Romani, et, si ita vultis, etiam timemus,

    Liv. 39, 37, 17;

    and of things as subjects: cadentque vocabula, si volet usus (i. e. ea cadere),

    Hor. A. P. 71.—
    (ε).
    To be of opinion, will have (v. B. 8.):

    ergo ego, inimicus, si ita vultis, homini, amicus esse rei publicae debeo,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 8, 19:

    nam illi regi tolerabili, aut, si voltis, etiam amabili, Cyro,

    id. Rep. 1, 28, 44; id. Fin. 2, 27, 89; 3, 4, 12; id. Cael. 21, 53; Liv. 21, 10, 7; Quint. 2, 17, 41.—
    (ζ).
    With ellips. of predic. inf. (v. A. 2. b.): cras de reliquiis nos volo (i. e. cenare), it is my intention that we dine, etc., Plaut. Stich. 3, 2, 40:

    volo Varronem (i. e. hos libros habere),

    Cic. Att. 13, 25, 3.
    C.
    With ut, ne, or ut ne.
    1.
    With ut.
    a.
    To wish:

    volo ut quod jubebo facias,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 8, 65:

    quia enim id maxime volo ut illi istac confugiant,

    id. Most. 5, 1, 49:

    ut mihi aedes aliquas conducat volo,

    id. Merc. 3, 2, 17: hoc prius volo meam rem agere. Th. Quid id est? Ph. Ut mihi hanc despondeas, id. Curc. 5, 2, 71: quid vis, nisi ut maneat Phanium? Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 8:

    velim ut tibi amicus sit,

    Cic. Att. 10, 16, 1:

    quare id quoque velim... ut sit qui utamur,

    id. ib. 11, 11, 2:

    maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla... modestiae fructum aliquem percipere potuisset,

    id. Sull. 1, 1:

    equidem vellem uti pedes haberent (res tuae),

    id. Fam. 7, 33, 2:

    his ut sit digna puella volo,

    Mart. 11, 27, 14.—Both subjects denoting the same person: volueram, inquit, ut quam plurimum tecum essem, Brut. ap. Cic. Att. 13, 38, 1.—
    b.
    It is the will of, to want, ordain (v. B. 2.):

    at ego deos credo voluisse ut apud te me in nervo enicem,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 17: numquid me vis? Le. Ut valeas, id. Cist. 1, 1, 120: numquid vis? Ps. Dormitum ut abeas, id. Ps. 2, 2, 70:

    volo ut mihi respondeas,

    Cic. Vatin. 6, 14; 7, 17; 7, 18; 9, 21;

    12, 29: nuntia Romanis, caelestes ita velle ut mea Roma caput orbis terrarum sit,

    Liv. 1, 16, 7.—
    c.
    To intend, it is the purpose, aim, etc., the two subjects being the same:

    id quaerunt, volunt haec ut infecta faciant,

    Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 9.—
    d.
    With other verbs:

    quod peto et volo parentes meos ut commonstres mihi,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 4:

    quasi vero aut populus Romanus hoc voluerit, aut senatus tibi hoc mandaverit ut... privares,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48;

    with opto,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 16, 48;

    with laboro,

    Liv. 42, 14, 3;

    with aequum censere,

    id. 39, 19, 7.—
    2.
    With ne:

    at ne videas velim,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23:

    quid nunc vis? ut opperiare hos sex dies saltem modo, ne illam vendas, neu me perdas, etc.,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 102:

    credibile est hoc voluisse legumlatorem, ne auxilia liberorum innocentibus deessent,

    intended, Quint. 7, 1, 56.—
    3.
    With ut ne: quid nunc tibi vis? Mi. Ut quae te cupit, eam ne spernas, Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60.
    D.
    With subjunct. of dependent verb (mostly ante-class.; class. and freq. with velim and vellem; but in Cic. mostly epistolary and colloquial).
    1.
    To wish:

    ergo animum advortas volo,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 23; 2, 3, 28; 2, 3, 70:

    volo amet me patrem,

    id. As. 1, 1, 63 dub.:

    hoc volo agatis,

    id. Cist. 1, 1, 83:

    ducas volo hodie uxorem,

    Ter. And. 2, 3, 14:

    quid vis faciam?

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 49; Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 24; Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 64; 2, 3, 65; 2, 6, 65; 3, 3, 3; id. Ps. 4, 1, 17; 4, 7, 19; id. Cas. 2, 3, 56; id. Capt. 1, 2, 12; id. Poen. 3, 2, 16; id. Pers. 2, 4, 23; id. Rud. 5, 2, 45; 5, 3, 58; id. Stich. 5, 2, 21; Ter. Heaut. 4, 6, 14:

    volo etiam exquiras quam diligentissime poteris quid Lentulus agat?

    Cic. Att. 8, 12, 6:

    Othonem vincas volo,

    id. ib. 13, 29, 2:

    eas litteras volo habeas,

    id. ib. 13, 32, 3:

    visne igitur videamus quidnam sit, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 10, 15: visne igitur descendatur ad Lirim? id. Fragm. ap. Macr. S. 6, 4:

    volo, inquis, sciat,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 10, 2.—
    2.
    To be of opinion that something should be, demand, require (v. B. 7.): volo enim se efferat in adulescentia fecunditas, I like to see, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 21, 88:

    volo hoc oratori contingat ut, etc.,

    id. Brut. 84, 290.—
    3.
    With subj.-clause understood:

    abi atque obsona, propera! sed lepide volo (i. e. obsones),

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 55.
    E.
    With object nouns, etc.
    1.
    With acc. of a thing.
    a.
    With a noun, to want, wish for, like to have:

    voltisne olivas, aut pulmentum, aut capparim?

    Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 90:

    animo male est: aquam velim,

    id. Am. 5, 1, 6:

    quia videt me suam amicitiam velle,

    id. Aul. 2, 3, 68; so,

    gratiam tuam,

    id. Curc. 2, 3, 52; 2, 3, 56:

    aquam,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 34:

    discidium,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 14: nullam ego rem umquam in vita mea Volui quin tu in ea re mihi advorsatrix fueris, I never had any wish in my life, etc., id. Heaut. 5, 3, 5: (dixit) velle Hispaniam, he wanted Spain, i. e. as a province, Cic. Att. 12, 7, 1:

    mihi frumento non opus est: nummos volo,

    I want the money, id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:

    non poterat scilicet negare se velle pacem,

    id. Att. 15, 1 a, 3; cf. id. ib. 13, 32, 2 (v. II. C. 4. infra):

    si amplius obsidum (= plures obsides) vellet, dare pollicentur,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 9 fin.:

    pacem etiam qui vincere possunt, volunt,

    Liv. 7, 40, 18:

    ferunt (eum)... honestum finem voluisse,

    Tac. A. 6, 26:

    cum Scipio veram vellet et sine exceptione victoriam,

    Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12:

    mensae munera si voles secundae, Marcentes tibi porrigentur uvae,

    Mart. 5, 78, 11.—
    b.
    Neutr. adjj., denoting things, substantively used: utrum vis opta, dum licet. La. Neutrum volo, Plaut. Ps. 3, 6, 16:

    quorum isti neutrum volunt,

    acknowledge neither, Cic. Fat. 12, 28:

    voluimus quaedam, contendimus... Obtenta non sunt,

    we aspired to certain things, id. Balb. 27, 61:

    restat ut omnes unum velint,

    hold one opinion, id. Marcell. 10, 32:

    si plura velim,

    if I wished for more, Hor. C. 3, 16, 38:

    per quod probemus aliud legislatorem voluisse,

    that the law-giver intended something different, Quint. 7, 6, 8:

    ut putent, aliud quosdam dicere, aliud velle,

    that they say one thing and mean another, id. 9, 2, 85:

    utrum is qui scripsit... voluerit,

    which of the two was meant by the author, id. 7, 9, 15:

    ut nemo contra id quod vult dicit, ita potest melius aliquid velle quam dicit,

    mean better than he speaks, id. 9, 2, 89:

    quis enim pudor omnia velle?

    to desire every thing, Mart. 12, 94, 11.—
    c.
    With neutr. demonstr. expressed or understood, to want, intend, aim at, like, will:

    immo faenus: id primum volo,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 64:

    proximum quod sit bono... id volo,

    id. Capt. 2, 2, 22:

    nisi ea quae tu vis volo,

    unless my purpose is the same as yours, id. Ep. 2, 2, 82:

    siquidem id sapere'st, velle te id quod non potest contingere,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 83:

    hoc (i. e. otium cum dignitate) qui volunt omnes optimates putantur,

    who aim at this, Cic. Sest. 45, 98:

    privatum oportet in re publica ea velle quae tranquilla et honesta sint,

    id. Off. 1, 34, 124:

    quid est sapientia? Semper idem velle atque idem nolle,

    Sen. Ep. 20, 5:

    pudebit eadem velle quae volueras puer,

    id. ib. 27, 2:

    nec volo quod cruciat, nec volo quod satiat,

    Mart. 1, 57, 4.—With demonstr. in place of inf.-clause:

    hoc Ithacus velit, et magno mercentur Atridae (sc. poenas in me sumi),

    Verg. A. 2, 104:

    hoc velit Eurystheus, velit hoc germana Tonantis (sc. verum esse, Herculem, etc.),

    Ov. H. 9, 7; Hor. S. 2, 3, 88.—
    d.
    With neutr. of interrog. pron.: quid nunc vis? Am. Sceleste, at etiam quid velim, id tu me rogas? what do you want now? Plaut. Am. 4, 2, 5:

    eloquere quid velis,

    id. Cas. 2, 4, 2: heus tu! Si. Quid vis? id. Ps. 4, 7, 21; so Ter. Eun. 2, 1, 11; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 152:

    sed plane quid velit nescio,

    what his intentions are, Cic. Att. 15, 1 a, 5; id. de Or. 2, 20, 84:

    mittunt etiam ad dominos qui quaerant quid velint,

    to ask for their orders, id. Tusc. 2, 17, 41:

    quid? Si haec... ipsius amici judicarunt? Quid amplius vultis?

    what more do you require, will you have? id. Verr. 2, 3, 65, § 152:

    quid amplius vis?

    Hor. Epod. 17, 30:

    spectatur quid voluerit scriptor,

    we find out the author's intention, Quint. 7, 10, 1.—Sometimes quid vult = quid sibi vult (v. 4. b.), to mean, signify:

    capram illam suspicor jam invenisse... quid voluerit,

    what it signified, Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 30:

    sed tamen intellego quid velit,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 31, 101:

    quid autem volunt ea di immortales significantes quae sine interpretibus non possimus intellegere? etc.,

    id. Div. 2, 25, 54.—Of things as subjects:

    hunc ensem mittit tibi... Et jubet ex merito scire quid iste velit,

    Ov. H. 11, 96.—
    e.
    With rel. pron.:

    quod volui, ut volui, impetravi... a Philocomasio,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 5, 1:

    ut quod frons velit oculi sciant,

    that the eyes know what the forehead wants, id. Aul. 4, 1, 13:

    illi quae volo concedere,

    to yield to him my wishes, id. Cas. 2, 3, 49:

    si illud quod volumus dicitur,

    what we like, id. Truc. 1, 2, 95:

    multa eveniunt homini quae volt, quae nevolt,

    id. Trin. 2, 2, 84; id. Ep. 2, 2, 4:

    quamquam (litterae tuae) semper aliquid adferunt quod velim,

    Cic. Att. 11, 11, 1:

    quae vellem quaeque sentirem dicendi,

    id. Marcell. 1, 1:

    uti ea quae vellent impetrarent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31:

    satis animi ad id quod tam diu vellent,

    to carry out what they had desired so long, Liv. 4, 54, 5:

    sed quod volebant non... expediebant,

    their purpose, id. 24, 23, 9. —Idiomatically: quod volo = quod demonstrare volo, what I intend to prove:

    illud quod volumus expressum est, ut vaticinari furor vera soleat,

    Cic. Div. 1, 31, 67:

    bis sumpsit quod voluit,

    he has twice begged the question, id. ib. 2, 52, 107.—With indef. relations:

    cornucopia ubi inest quidquid volo,

    whatever I wish for, Plaut. Ps. 2, 3, 5:

    Caesar de Bruto solitus est dicere: magni refert hic quid velit, sed quidquid volt, valde volt,

    whatever he wills he wills strongly, Cic. Att. 14, 1, 2.—
    f.
    With indef. pronn.
    (α).
    Si quid vis, if you want any thing: illo praesente mecum agito si quid voles, [p. 2008] Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 72: Py. Adeat si quid volt. Pa. Si quid vis, adi, mulier, id. Mil. 4, 2, 47:

    eumque Alexander cum rogaret, si quid vellet, ut diceret,

    id. Or. 2, 66, 266; Caes. B. G. 1, 7 fin.
    (β).
    Nisi quid vis, unless you wish to give some order, to make some remark, etc.:

    ego eo ad forum nisi quid vis,

    Plaut. As. 1, 1, 94:

    nunc de ratione videamus, nisi quid vis ad haec,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42.—
    (γ).
    Numquid vis or ecquid vis? have you any orders to give? a formula used by inferiors before leaving their superiors; cf. Don. ad Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 39:

    visunt, quid agam, ecquid velim,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 113:

    numquid vis aliud?

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 111; 1, 2, 106; id. Ad. 2, 2, 39; 3, 3, 78; id. Hec. 2, 2, 30:

    numquid vellem rogavit,

    Cic. Att. 6, 3, 6:

    frequentia rogantium num quid vellet,

    Liv. 6, 34, 7:

    rogavit num quid in Sardiniam vellet. Te puto saepe habere qui num quid Romam velis quaerant,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 1.—
    2.
    With acc. of the person: aliquem velle.
    (α).
    To want somebody, i. e. in order to see him, to speak with him (ante-class. and colloq.):

    Demenaetum volebam,

    I wanted, wished to see, Demenoetus, Plaut. As. 2, 3, 12:

    bona femina et malus masculus volunt te,

    id. Cist. 4, 2, 40:

    solus te solum volo,

    id. Capt. 3, 4, 70:

    quia non est intus quem ego volo,

    id. Mil. 4, 6, 40:

    hae oves volunt vos,

    id. Bacch. 5, 2, 24:

    quis me volt? Perii, pater est,

    Ter. And. 5, 3, 1:

    centuriones trium cohortium me velle postridie,

    Cic. Att. 10, 16, 4.—With paucis verbis or paucis, for a few words ( moments):

    volo te verbis pauculis,

    Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 28:

    sed paucis verbis te volo, Palaestrio,

    id. Mil. 2, 4, 22:

    Sosia, Adesdum, paucis te volo,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 2.—
    (β).
    To love, like somebody, to be fond of somebody (anteclass. and poet.):

    hanc volo (= amo),

    Plaut. As. 5, 1, 18:

    sine me amare unum Argyrippum... quem volo,

    id. ib. 3, 2, 38:

    quom quae te volt, eamdem tu vis,

    id. Mil. 4, 2, 80:

    aut quae (vitia) corpori' sunt ejus siquam petis ac vis,

    Lucr. 4, 1152:

    quam volui nota fit arte mea,

    Ov. Am. 1, 10, 60: nolo virum, facili redimit qui sanguine famam: hunc volo, laudari qui sine morte potest, I like the one who, etc., Mart. 1, 8, 6.—
    (γ).
    To wish to have:

    roga, velitne an non uxorem,

    whether he wishes to have his wife or not, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 43:

    ut sapiens velit gerere rem publicam, atque... uxorem adjungere, et velle ex ea liberos (anacoluth.),

    Cic. Fin. 3, 20, 68.—

    With two accusatives: (narrato) illam te amare et velle uxorem,

    that you wish to have her as your wife, Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 25; cf. id. Phorm. 1, 2, 65.—
    3.
    With two accusatives, of the person and the thing: aliquem aliquid velle, to want something of somebody (cf.: aliquem aliquid rogare; mostly ante-class.;

    not in Cic.): numquid me vis?

    Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 120:

    face certiorem me quid meus vir me velit,

    id. Cas. 2, 6, 1:

    num quidpiam me vis aliud?

    id. Truc. 2, 4, 81:

    nunc verba in pauca conferam quid te velim,

    id. As. 1, 1, 74:

    narrabit ultro quid sese velis,

    id. Ps. 2, 4, 60:

    quid me voluisti?

    id. Mil. 4, 2, 35:

    numquid aliud me vis?

    Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 101:

    quin tu uno verbo dic quid est quod me velis,

    id. And. 1, 1, 18; Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 85; id. Cist. 2, 3, 49; id. As. 2, 3, 12; id. Merc. 5, 2, 27; id. Pers. 4, 6, 11; Ter. Heaut. 4, 8, 31; id. Phorm. 2, 4, 18; id. Eun. 2, 3, 47; id. Hec. 3, 4, 15:

    si quid ille se velit, illum ad se venire oportere,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 34:

    cum mirabundus quidnam (Taurea) sese vellet, resedisset Flaccus, Me quoque, inquit, etc.,

    Liv. 26, 15, 11; also, I want to speak with somebody (v. 2. a. a):

    paucis, Euclio, est quod te volo,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 22:

    est quod te volo secreto,

    id. Bacch. 5, 2, 33.—
    4.
    With acc. of thing and dat. of the person: aliquid alicui velle, to wish something to somebody (= cupio aliquid alicui; v. cupio;

    rare): quamquam vobis volo quae voltis, mulieres,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 1:

    si ex me illa liberos vellet sibi,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 33:

    praesidium velle se senectuti suae,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 44:

    nihil est mali quod illa non initio filio voluerit, optaverit,

    Cic. Clu. 66, 188:

    rem Romanam huc provectam ut externis quoque gentibus quietem velit,

    Tac. A. 12, 11:

    cui ego omnia meritissimo volo et debeo,

    to whom I give and owe my best wishes, Quint. 9, 2, 35.—Esp., in the phrase quid vis (vult) with reflex. dat. of interest, lit. what do you want for yourself?
    a.
    Quid tibi vis = quid vis, the dat. being redundant (rare):

    quid aliud tibi vis?

    what else do you want? Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 90.—With quisque:

    haud ita vitam agerent ut nunc plerumque videmus Quid sibi quisque velit nescire,

    be ignorant as to their own aims and purposes, Lucr. 3, 1058.—
    b.
    What do you mean? what do you drive at? what is your scope, object, drift (rare in post-Aug. writers; Don. ad Ter. Eun. prol. 45, declares it an archaism).
    (α).
    In 1 st pers. (rare):

    nunc quid processerim huc, et quid mihi voluerim dicam,

    and what I meant thereby, what was the purpose of my coming, Plaut. As. prol. 6:

    quid mihi volui? quid mihi nunc prodest bona voluntas?

    Sen. Ben. 4, 21, 6.—
    (β).
    In 2 d pers.:

    quid nunc tibi vis, mulier, memora,

    what is the drift of your talk? Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60: sed quid nunc tibi vis? what do you want to come at (i.e. by your preamble)? id. Poen. 1, 1, 24: quid tu tibi vis? Ego non tangam meam? what do you mean? i. e. what is your purpose? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 28:

    quid tibi vis? quid cum illa rei tibi est?

    id. ib. 4, 7, 34:

    quid est quod sic gestis? quid sibi hic vestitus quaerit? Quid est quod laetus sis? quid tibi vis?

    what do you mean by all this? id. ib. 3, 5, 11:

    quid est, inepta? quid vis tibi? quid rides?

    id. ib. 5, 6, 6:

    quid vis tibi? Quid quaeris?

    id. Heaut. 1, 1, 9: Ph. Fabulae! Ch. Quid vis tibi? id. Phorm. 5, 8, 53:

    roganti ut se in Asiam praefectum duceret, Quid tibi vis, inquit, insane,

    Cic. Or. 2, 67, 269; so in 2 d pers. plur.:

    pro deum fidem, quid vobis vultis?

    Liv. 3, 67, 7.—
    (γ).
    In 3 d pers.:

    quid igitur sibi volt pater? cur simulat?

    Ter. And. 2, 3, 1:

    quid hic volt veterator sibi?

    id. ib. 2, 6, 26:

    proinde desinant aliquando me isdem inflare verbis: quid sibi iste vult?... Cur ornat eum a quo desertus est?

    Cic. Dom. 11, 29:

    quid sibi vellet (Caesar)? cur in suas possessiones veniret?

    Caes. B. G. 1, 44 med.:

    conicere in eum oculos, mirantes quid sibi vellet (i. e. by courting the plebeians),

    Liv. 3, 35, 5:

    qui quaererent quid sibi vellent qui armati Aventinum obsedissent,

    id. 3, 50, 15:

    quid sibi voluit providentia quae Aridaeum regno imposuit?

    Sen. Ben. 4, 31, 1: volt, non volt dare Galla mihi, nec dicere possum quod volt et non volt, quid sibi Galla velit, Mart: 3, 90, 2.—
    (δ).
    Transf. of things as subjects, what means, what signifies? quid volt sibi, Syre, haec oratio? Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 2:

    ut pernoscatis quid sibi Eunuchus velit,

    id. Eun. prol. 45:

    quid ergo illae sibi statuae equestres inauratae volunt?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 150:

    quid haec sibi horum civium Romanorum dona voluerunt?

    id. ib. 2, 3, 80, §

    186: avaritia senilis quid sibi velit, non intellego,

    what is the meaning of the phrase, id. Sen. 18, 66:

    quid ergo illa sibi vult pars altera orationis qua Romanos a me cultos ait?

    Liv. 40, 12, 14:

    tacitae quid vult sibi noctis imago?

    Ov. M. 9, 473.—
    5.
    Bene or male alicui velle, to wish one well or ill, to like or dislike one (ante-class. and poet.): Ph. Bene volt tibi. St. Nequam est illud verbum bene volt, nisi qui bene facit, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 37 sq.:

    jam diu ego huic bene et hic mihi volumus,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 4:

    ut tibi, dum vivam, bene velim plus quam mihi,

    id. Cas. 2, 8, 30:

    egone illi ut non bene vellem?

    id. Truc. 2, 4, 90; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 95; id. Merc. 2, 1, 21; id. Ps. 4, 3, 7; id. Poen. 3, 3, 9:

    nisi quod tibi bene ex animo volo,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 6:

    quo tibi male volt maleque faciet,

    Plaut. Pers. 5, 2, 44:

    atque isti etiam parum male volo,

    id. Truc. 5, 7; cf. id. As. 5, 1, 13:

    utinam sic sient qui mihi male volunt,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 13:

    non sibi male vult,

    he does not dislike himself, Petr. 38; so, melius or optime alicui velle, to like one better or best:

    nec est quisquam mihi aeque melius quoi vellem,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 42; id. Merc. 5, 2, 57:

    illi ego ex omnibus optime volo,

    id. Most. 1, 4, 24.—And bene velle = velle: bene volueris in precatione augurali Messalla augur ait, significare volueris, Fest. s. v. bene sponsis, p. 351.—
    6.
    With abl.: alicujus causa velle, to like one for his own sake, i. e. personally, a Ciceronian phrase, probably inst. of omnia alicujus causa velle; lit. to wish every thing (i.e. good) in somebody's behalf.
    (α).
    With omnia expressed: etsi mihi videor intellexisse cum tecum de re M. Annaeii locutus sum, te ipsius causa vehementer omnia velle, tamen, etc.... ut non dubitem quin magnus cumulus accedat commenda tionis meae, Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1:

    repente coepit dicere, se omnia Verris causa velle,

    that he had the most friendly disposition towards Verres, id. Verr. 2, 2, 26, § 64:

    accedit eo quod Varro magnopere ejus causa vult omnia,

    id. Fam. 13, 22, 1.—
    (β).
    Without omnia:

    per eos qui nostra causa volunt, valentque apud illum,

    Cic. Att. 11, 8, 1:

    sed et Phameae causa volebam,

    id. ib. 13, 49, 1:

    etsi te ipsius Attici causa velle intellexeram,

    id. ib. 16, 16, A, 6:

    valde enim ejus causa volo,

    id. Fam. 16, 17, 2 fin.:

    illud non perficis quo minus tua causa velim,

    id. ib. 3, 7, 6;

    12, 7, 1: si me velle tua causa putas,

    id. ib. 7, 17, 2:

    regis causa si qui sunt qui velint,

    id. ib. 1, 1, 1:

    credo tua causa velle Lentulum,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 4, 5; id. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21; cf. id. Imp. Pomp. (v. C. 1. b. supra), where the phrase has its literal meaning; cf. also: alicujus causa (omnia) cupere; v. cupio.—
    7.
    With acc. and subjunct. per ecthesin (ante-class.): nunc ego illum meum virum veniat velim (by mixture of constructions: meum virum velim; and:

    meus vir veniat velim),

    Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 29:

    nunc ego Simonidem mi obviam veniat velim,

    id. Ps. 4, 5, 10:

    nimis hercle ego illum corvum ad me veniat velim,

    id. Aul. 4, 6, 4:

    saltem aliquem velim qui mihi ex his locis viam monstret,

    id. Rud. 1, 3, 35:

    patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi,

    id. Poen. 5, 2, 106; cf. id. Merc. 2, 1, 30 (v. E. 1. d. supra).
    F.
    Velle used absolutely, variously rendered to will, have a will, wish, consent, assent:

    quod vos, malum... me sic ludificamini? Nolo volo, volo nolo rursum,

    I nill I will, I will I nill again, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 57: novi ingenium mulierum: Nolunt ubi velis, ubi nolis cupiunt ultro, they will not where you will, etc., id. Eun. 4, 7, 43:

    quis est cui velle non liceat?

    who is not free to wish? Cic. Att. 7, 11. 2:

    in magnis et voluisse sat est,

    Prop. 2, 10 (3, 1), 6:

    tarde velle nolentis est,

    slow ness in consenting betrays the desire to refuse, Sen. Ben. 2, 5, 4:

    quae (animalia) nullam injuriam nobis faciunt, quia velle non possunt, id. Ira, 2, 26, 4: ejus est nolle qui potest velle,

    the power to assent implies the power to dissent, Dig. 50, 17, 3.—So velle substantively:

    sed ego hoc ipsum velle miserius duco quam in crucem tolli,

    that very wishing, Cic. Att. 7, 11, 2: inest enim velle in carendo, the word carere implies the notion of a wish, id. Tusc. 1, 36, 88:

    velle ac posse in aequo positum erat,

    his will and power were balanced, Val. Max. 6, 9, ext. 5:

    velle tuum nolo, Didyme, nolle volo,

    Mart. 5, 83, 2:

    velle suum cuique est,

    each has his own likings, Pers. 5, 53.
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    Redundant, when the will to do is identified with the act itself.
    1.
    In imperative sentences.
    a.
    In independent sentences introduced by noli velle, where noli has lost the idea of volition:

    nolite, judices, hunc velle maturius exstingui vulnere vestro quam suo fato,

    do not resolve, Cic. Cael. 32, 79:

    nolite igitur id velle quod fieri non potest,

    id. Phil. 7, 8, 25: qui timor bonis omnibus injectus sit... nolite a me commoneri velle, do not wish, expect, to be reminded by me, etc., id. Mur. 25, 50: nolite hunc illi acerbum nuntium velle perferri, let it not be your decision that, etc., id. Balb. 28, 64: cujus auspicia pro vobis experti nolite adversus vos velle experiri, do not desire, etc., Liv. 7, 40, 16:

    noli adversum eos me velle ducere, etc.,

    Nep. Att. 4, 2.—
    b.
    Ne velis or ne velit fecisse = ne feceris, or ne facito (v. I. A. 3. a. supra).—So ne velis with pres. inf.:

    neve, revertendi liber, abesse velis (= neve abfueris),

    Ov. H. 1, 80.—
    c.
    In affirmative imperative sentences (velim esse = esto;

    rare): tu tantum fida sorori Esse velis (= fida esto or sis),

    Ov. M. 2, 745; and in 3 d pers.:

    di procul a cunctis... Hujus notitiam gentis habere velint (= habeant),

    id. P. 1, 7, 8:

    credere modo qui discet velit (= credat qui discet),

    Quint. 8, prooem. 12. —
    d.
    In clauses dependent on verbs of commanding and wishing:

    aut quia significant divam praedicere ut armis Ac virtute velint patriam defendere terram (= ut defendant),

    Lucr. 2, 641: precor quaesoque ne ante oculos patris facere et pati omnia infanda velis (= facias et patiaris). Liv. 23, 9, 2:

    monentes ne experiri vellet imperium cujus vis, etc.,

    id. 2, 59, 4; 39, 13, 2:

    et mea... opto Vulnera qui fecit facta levare velit,

    Ov. Tr. 5, 2, 18: nos contra (oravimus) [p. 2009]... ne vertere secum Cuncta pater fatoque urguenti incumbere vellet, Verg. A. 2, 653. —With pass. perf. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b):

    legati Sullam orant ut filii innocentis fortunas conservatas velit (virtually = fortunas conservet),

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 9, 25:

    a te peto ut utilitatem sociorum per te quam maxime defensam et auctam velis (= defendas et augeas),

    id. Fam. 13, 9, 3.—So after utinam or ut:

    utinam illi qui prius eum viderint me apud eum velint adjutum tantum quantum ego vellem si quid possem (= utinam illi me adjuvent quantum ego adjuvarem, etc.),

    id. Att. 11, 7, 7:

    cautius ut saevo velles te credere Marti (= utinam te credidisses),

    Verg. A. 11, 153:

    edictum praemittit ad quam diem magistratus... sibi esse praesto Cordubae vellet (= sibi praesto essent),

    Caes. B. C. 1, 19 (cf. also I. B. 9. b. b, and I. B. 2. fin. supra).—
    2.
    In conditional clauses, si facere velim = si faciam, often rendered by the potential or future auxiliaries would or will:

    non tu scis, Bacchae bacchanti si velis advorsarier, ex insana insaniorem facies? (= si advorseris),

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 80:

    si meum Imperium exsequi voluisset, interemptam oportuit (= si executus esset),

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 22:

    si id confiteri velim, tamen istum condemnetis necesse est (= si id confitear),

    if I would acknowledge, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 18, § 45:

    si quis velit ita dicere... nihil dicat (= si quis dicat),

    id. Fat. 14, 32:

    dies deficiat si velim numerare, etc.,

    id. N. D. 3, 32, 81;

    so,

    id. Tusc. 5, 35, 102; id. Verr. 2, 2, 21, § 52:

    qua in sententia si constare voluissent, suam auctoritatem... recuperassent,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 14; id. Verr. 2, 1, 11, § 31; id. Lael. 20, 75:

    conicere potestis, si recordari volueritis quanta, etc.,

    if you will remember, id. Verr. 2, 4, 58, § 129; so id. Or. 1, 44, 197; id. Brut. 1, 2, 5:

    quod si audire voletis externa, maximas res publicas ab adulescentibus labefactatas reperietis,

    id. Sen. 6, 20; so id. Or. 1, 60, 256; 2, 23, 95:

    ejus me compotem voti vos facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, non vos in Samnio, etc.,

    Liv. 7, 40, 5; 23, 13, 6; 23, 15, 4: cum olera Diogeni lavanti Aristippus dixisset: si Dionysium adulare velles, ista non esses;

    Imo, inquit, si tu ista esse velles, non adulares Dionysium,

    Val. Max. 4, 3, ext. 4:

    ut si his (legibus) perpetuo uti voluissent, sempiternum habituri fuerint imperium,

    id. 5, 3, ext. 3:

    quid enim si mirari velit, non in silvestribus dumis poma pendere,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 10, 6; cf. Curt. 5, 1, 1; 3, 5, 6; Ov. H. 17 (18), 43.—With perf. inf. pass.:

    nisi ea (opera) certi auctores monumentis suis testata esse voluissent,

    Val. Max. 3, 2, 24.—
    3.
    In declarative sentences.
    a.
    Volo in 1 st pers. with perf. pass. inf. or part. (volo oratum esse or oratum = oro; v. I. B. 9. b. a and b):

    vos omnes opere magno esse oratos volo benigne ut operam detis, etc.,

    Plaut. Cas. prol. 21:

    justam rem et facilem esse oratam a vobis volo,

    id. Am. prol. 33:

    illud tamen te esse admonitum volo, etc.,

    Cic. Cael. 3, 8:

    sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 53:

    illud te, Tulli, monitum velim etc.,

    Liv. 1, 23, 8:

    quamobrem omnes eos oratos volo Ne, etc.,

    Ter. Heaut. prol. 26; so, factum volo = faciam: serva tibi sodalem, et mihi filium. Mne. Factum volo, I will, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 91: pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac, etc. Nau. Factum volo, Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 4; so Plaut. Pers. 2, 5, 10.—In 3 d pers.:

    esse salutatum vult te mea littera primum,

    Ov. P. 2, 7, 1.—
    b.
    With pres. inf.:

    propterea te vocari ad cenam volo (= voco te),

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 72:

    sed nunc rogare hoc ego vicissim te volo: quid fuit, etc. (= nunc te rogo),

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 136.—
    c.
    With perf. act. inf.:

    pace tua dixisse velim (= pace tua dixerim),

    Ov. P. 3, 1, 9.—
    d.
    In other connections, when the will or purpose is made more prominent than the action:

    eorum alter, qui Antiochus vocatur, iter per Siciliam facere voluit (= fecit),

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 27, § 61:

    si suscipere eam (religionem) nolletis, tamen in eo qui violasset sancire vos velle oporteret (= sancire vos oporteret),

    id. ib. 2, 4, 51, §

    114: ut insequentibus diebus nemo eorum forum aut publicum adspicere vellet (= adspiceret),

    Liv. 9, 7, 11:

    talentis mille percussorem in me emere voluisti (= emisti),

    Curt. 3, 5, 6: quin etiam senatus gratias ei agentem quod redire voluisset ante portas eduxit (= quod redisset), Val. Max. 3, 4, 4:

    utri prius gratulemur, qui hoc dicere voluit, an cui audire contigit? (= qui hoc dixit),

    id. 4, 7, ext. 2:

    sic tua non paucae carpere facta volent (= carpent),

    Ov. P. 3, 1, 64.
    B.
    Velim, as potential subjunctive (mostly in 1 st pers. sing., as subjunctive of modest statement), = volo, I wish, I should like.
    1.
    With verb in the second person.
    a.
    With pres. subj., so most frequently in Cic.
    (α).
    As a modest imperative of the dependent verb: velim facias = fac, I wish you would do it, please do it:

    ego quae in rem tuam sint, ea velim facias,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 9:

    eas (litteras) in eundem fasciculum velim addas,

    Cic. Att. 12, 53:

    eum salvere jubeas velim,

    id. ib. 7, 7, 7:

    velim me facias certiorem, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 19, 9:

    tu velim saepe ad nos scribas,

    id. ib. 1, 12, 4:

    velim mihi ignoscas,

    id. Fam. 13, 75, 1:

    tu velim animum a me parumper avertas,

    id. Lael. 1, 5; cf. id. Att. 1, 11, 3; 7, 3, 11; 8, 12, 5; id. Fam. 15, 3, 2 et saep.:

    haec pro causa mea dicta accipiatis velim,

    Liv. 42, 34, 13: velim, inquit, hoc mihi probes, Aug. ap. Suet. Aug. 51:

    Musa velim memores, etc.,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 53.—
    (β).
    Expressing a wish without a command (v. vellem):

    vera dicas velim,

    I wish you told the truth, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 18:

    quam velim Bruto persuadeas ut Asturae sit,

    Cic. Att. 14, 15, 4:

    ipse velim poenas experiare meas,

    Ov. Tr. 3, 11, 74;

    so in asseverations: ita velim me promerentem ames, dum vivas, mi pater, ut... id mihi vehementer dolet,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 47.—
    b.
    With infinitive clause.
    (α).
    With the force of a modest imperative:

    sed qui istuc credam ita esse, mihi dici velim (i. e. a te),

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 6, 15:

    extremum illud est quod mihi abs te responderi velim,

    Cic. Vat. 17, 41 (may be a dependent subjunctive):

    itaque vos ego, milites, non eo solum animo.... pugnare velim, etc.,

    Liv. 21, 41, 10.—
    (β).
    As a mere wish:

    velim te arbitrari, frater, etc.,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 1:

    primum te arbitrari id quod res est velim,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 9.—With perf. act.:

    hanc te quoque ad ceteras tuas eximias virtutes, Masinissa, adjecisse velim,

    Liv. 30, 14, 6.—With perf. pass., Liv. 1, 23, 8 (v. II. A. 3. a. supra).—
    c.
    With ut (rare):

    de tuis velim ut eo sis animo, quo debes esse,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 4. —
    d.
    With ne (rare), Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—
    2.
    With dependent verb in the third person, expressing a wish.
    a.
    With pres. subj.:

    ita se defatigent velim Ut, etc.,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 3:

    de Cicerone quae mihi scribis, jucunda mihi sunt: velim sint prospera,

    Cic. Att. 14, 11, 2:

    velim seu Himilco, seu Mago respondeat,

    Liv. 23, 12, 15:

    sint haec vera velim,

    Verg. Cir. 306:

    nulla me velim syllaba effugiat,

    Quint. 11, 2, 45.—With final clause:

    tu velim mihi ad urbem praesto sis, ut tuis consiliis utar,

    Cic. Att. 9, 16, 3; cf. id. ib. 11, 11, 2 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—With ellips. of pres. subj.:

    velim mehercule Asturae Brutus (i. e. sit),

    Cic. Att. 14, 11, 1.—
    b.
    With perf. subj. (a wish referring to the past):

    nimis velim improbissumo homini malas edentaverint,

    Plaut. Rud. 3, 2, 48.—
    c.
    With inf.-clause:

    ne ego nunc mihi modium mille esse argenti velim!

    Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 9: di me perdant! Me. Quodcunque optes, velim tibi contingere, id. Cist. 2, 1, 30:

    velim eum tibi placere quam maxime,

    Cic. Brut. 71, 249: idque primum ita esse velim;

    deinde etiam, si non sit, mihi persuaderi tamen velim,

    id. Tusc. 1, 11, 24:

    quod faxitis, deos velim fortunare,

    Liv. 6, 41, 12.—With perf. pass. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):

    edepol te hodie lapide percussum velim,

    Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33:

    moribus praefectum mulierum hunc factum velim,

    id. Aul. 3, 5, 30.—With inf.-clause understood:

    nimium plus quam velim nostrorum ingenia sunt mobilia,

    Liv. 2, 37, 4.—
    3.
    With verb in the first person.
    a.
    With inf. pres. (so most freq.):

    atque hoc velim probare omnibus, etc.,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47:

    velim scire ecquid de te recordere,

    id. Tusc. 1, 6, 13:

    quare te, ut polliceris, videre plane velim,

    id. Att. 11, 9, 3:

    nec vero velim... a calce ad carceres revocari,

    id. Sen. 23, 83:

    sed multitudo ea quid animorum... habeat scire velim,

    Liv. 23, 12, 7:

    interrogare tamen velim, an Isocrates Attice dixerit,

    Quint. 12, 10, 22.—With perf. inf. act., Ov. P. 3, 1, 9 (v. II. A. 3. c.).—
    b.
    With acc. and inf.:

    quod velis, modo id velim me scire,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 4, 8.—So with perf. pass. inf.:

    ego praeterquam quod nihil haustum ex vano velim, Fabium... potissimum auctorem habui,

    Liv. 22, 7, 4.—
    c.
    With subj. pres.:

    eo velim tam facili uti possim et tam bono in me quam Curione,

    Cic. Att. 10, 8, 10 B. and K. ex conj. Mull. (Lachm., Hoffm. posse; al. possem).—
    4.
    Velim in the principal sentence of conditional clauses, I would, I should be willing:

    aetatem velim servire, Libanum ut (= si) conveniam modo,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 8:

    velim, si fieri possit,

    id. Truc. 2, 4, 12:

    si quid tibi compendi facere possim, factum edepol velim (redundant),

    id. ib. 2, 4, 26:

    si possim, velim,

    id. Stich. 4, 2, 9:

    nec velim (imitari orationes Thucydidis) si possim,

    Cic. Brut. 83, 287:

    si liceat, nulli cognitus esse velim,

    Ov. Tr. 5, 12, 42.—
    5.
    The other persons of velim in potential use (rare).
    a.
    Velis.
    (α).
    Imperatively = cupito:

    quoniam non potest fieri quod vis, Id velis quod possit,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 6:

    atque aliquos tamen esse velis tibi, alumna, penates,

    Verg. Cir. 331.—
    (β).
    Declaratively with indef. subj.: quom inopia'st, cupias; quando ejus copia'st, tum non velis, then you (i.e. people, they) do not want it, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 45.—
    (γ).
    Redundant, as a form of the imperative of the dependent verb, Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38 (v. I. A. 3. a. b); id. H. 1, 80 (v. II. A. 1. b.); id. M. 2, 746 (v. II. A. 1. c.).—
    b.
    Velit.
    (α).
    Modestly for vult:

    te super aetherias licentius auras Haud pater ille velit, etc.,

    Verg. A. 7, 558: nemo enim minui velit id in quo maximus fuit, would like that to be diminished in which, etc., Quint. 12, 11, 6; cf. Verg. A. 2, 104, and Ov. H. 9, 7 (v. I. E. 1. c. supra).— So, poet., instead of vellet with perf. inf.:

    ut fiat, quid non illa dedisse velit?

    Ov. Am. 2, 17, 30.—
    (β).
    = imperative of third person:

    arma velit, poscatque simul rapiatque juventus,

    Verg. A. 7, 340.—Redundantly, giving to the dependent verb the force of an imperative, Quint. 8, prooem. 12 (v. II. A. 1. c. supra; v. also I. A. 3. a. supra).—
    c.
    Velimus.
    (α).
    In the optative sense of velim:

    sed scire velimus quod tibi nomen siet,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 6, 18.—
    (β).
    With imperative sense (= let us, we should, etc.), Quint. 6, 3, 28 (v. I. A. 2. d. supra).—
    d.
    Velitis = velim velitis (i. e. jubeatis, jubete):

    novos consules ita cum Samnite gerere bellum velitis ut omnia ante nos bella gesta sunt,

    Liv. 9, 8, 10.—So especially in velitis jubeatis, a formula in submitting a law to the votes of the people in the comitia centuriata or tributa, let it be resolved and ordered by you:

    rogatus in haec verba populus: velitis jubeatisne haec sic fieri, si respublica populi Romani Quiritium, etc.,

    Liv. 22, 10, 2:

    velitis jubeatis, Quirites... uti de ea re Ser. Sulpicius praetor urbanus ad senatum referat, etc.,

    id. 38, 54, 3.—And parodied by Cic.:

    velitis jubeatis ut quod Cicero versum fecerit,

    Cic. Pis. 29, 72.—So in oblique discourse, vellent juberent:

    rogationem promulgavit, vellent juberent Philippo... bellum indici,

    Liv. 31, 6, 1:

    vellent juberentne se regnare,

    id. 1, 46, 1; cf.

    in the resolution of the people: plebis sic jussit: quod senatus... censeat, id volumus jubemusque,

    id. 26, 33, 14.—
    e.
    Velint, optative and redundant, Cic. Att. 11, 7, 7 (v. II. A. 1. d.); Ov. P. 1, 7, 8 (v. II. A. 1. c.).
    C.
    Vellem, as potential subjunctive, I wish, should like, should have liked, representing the wish as contrary to fact, while velim refers to a wish which may be realized:

    de Menedemo vellem verum fuisset, de regina velim verum sit,

    Cic. Att. 15, 4, 4. It is not used with imperative force; cf.:

    quod scribis, putare te... vellem scriberes, cur ita putares... tu tamen velim scribas,

    Cic. Att. 11, 24, 5.—Often quam vellem, how I wish, i. e. I wish very much; and in the same sense: nimium vellem, v. infra.
    1.
    With verb in first person.
    a.
    With inf. pres., I wish, would like, referring to present or future actions:

    videre equidem vos vellem, cum huic aurum darem,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 68:

    vellem equidem idem posse gloriari quod Cyrus,

    Cic. Sen. 10, 32:

    vellem equidem vobis placere, Quirites, sed, etc.,

    Liv. 3, 68, 9:

    quam fieri vellem meus libellus!

    Mart. 8, 72, 9.—With cuperem and optarem:

    nunc ego Triptolemi cuperem conscendere currus... Nunc ego Medeae vellem frenare dracones... Nunc ego jactandas optarem sumere pennas, etc.,

    Ov. Tr. 3, 8, 1 sqq.— [p. 2010] Rarely, I should have liked:

    tum equidem istuc os tuum inpudens videre nimium vellem!

    Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 49.—And in conditional sense:

    maerorem minui: dolorem nec potui, nec, si possem, vellem (i. e. minuere),

    Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:

    certe ego, si sineres, titulum tibi reddere vellem,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 5, 13:

    sic nec amari quidem vellem (i. e. if I were in his place),

    Sen. Ira, 1, 20, 4.—
    b.
    With perf. inf., I wish I had:

    abiit, vah! Rogasse vellem,

    I wish I had asked him, Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 25:

    maxime vellem semper tecum fuisse,

    Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5:

    quam vellem petisse ab eo quod audio Philippum impetrasse,

    id. ib. 10, 4, 10:

    non equidem vellem, quoniam nocitura fuerunt, Pieridum sacris imposuisse manum,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 27:

    ante equidem summa de re statuisse, Latini, Et vellem, et fuerat melius,

    Verg. A. 11, 303. —
    c.
    With inf.-clause, the predicate being a perf. part. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):

    virum me natam vellem,

    would I had been born a man! Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 9.—
    d.
    With subj. imperf. (rare):

    quam vellem, Panaetium nostrum nobiscum haberemus,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15.—
    2.
    The subject of the dependent verb in the second person.
    a.
    With subj. imperf. (the regular construction):

    hodie igitur me videbit, ac vellem tum tu adesses,

    I wish you could be present, Cic. Att. 13, 7, 2:

    quam vellem de his etiam oratoribus tibi dicere luberet,

    I wish you would please, id. Brut. 71, 248.—
    b.
    With subj. pluperf., I wish you had:

    vellem Idibus Martiis me ad cenam invitasses,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 4, 1:

    quam vellem te ad Stoicos inclinavisses,

    id. Fin. 3, 3, 10:

    vellem suscepisses juvenem regendum,

    id. Att. 10, 6, 2:

    quam vellem Bruto studium tuum navare potuisses,

    id. ib. 15, 4, 5.—
    c.
    With ne and pluperf. subj.:

    tu vellem ne veritus esses ne parum libenter legerem tuas litteras,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 33, 2.—
    d.
    With ellipsis of verb: vera cantas, vana vellem (i. e. cantares). Plaut. Most. 3, 4, 41.—
    3.
    With verb in third person.
    a.
    With imperf. subj. (the regular construction):

    patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi (per ecthesin, v. I. E. b.),

    Plaut. Poen. 5, 2, 106:

    vellem adesset Antonius, modo sine advocatis,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 7, 16:

    vellem nobis hoc idem vere dicere liceret,

    id. Off. 3, 1, 1:

    vellem adesse posset Panaetius,

    id. Tusc. 1, 33, 81:

    vellem hoc esset laborare,

    id. Or. 2, 71, 287.—
    b.
    With pluperf. subj.:

    vellem aliqui ex vobis robustioribus hunc male dicendi locum suscepissent,

    Cic. Cael. 3, 7:

    vellem dictum esset ab eodem etiam de Dione,

    id. ib. 10, 23; so id. ib. 31, 74; id. Brut. 44, 163:

    quam vellem Dareus aliquid ex hac indole hausisset!

    Curt. 3, 32 (12), 26.—
    c.
    With inf.-clause.
    (α).
    With inf. pres., I wish he were:

    quam non abesse ab hujus judicio L. Vulsionem vellem!

    Cic. Clu. 70, 198:

    nunc mihi... Vellem, Maeonide, pectus inesse tuum,

    Ov. F. 2, 120.—
    (β).
    With perf. inf. or part., I wish he had, had been:

    quam vellem Menedemum invitatum!

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 11:

    epistulas, quas quidem vellem mihi numquam redditas,

    Cic. Att. 11, 22, 1.—

    With ellipsis of predicate: illud quoque vellem antea (i. e. factum, or factum esse),

    Cic. Att. 11, 23, 3.—
    d.
    With ut, Cic. Sull. 1, 1; id. Fam. 7, 33, 2 (v. I. C. 1. a. supra).—
    4.
    With acc. of a neuter pronoun or of a noun:

    aliquando sentiam us nihil nobis nisi, id quod minime vellem, spiritum reliquum esse,

    Cic. Att. 9, 19, 2: tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem: apti essent ad id quod cogito, I would like to have (cf. I. E. 1. a.), id. ib. 13, 22, 2.—
    5.
    In the other persons of vellem (mostly poet.).
    a.
    Velles.
    (α).
    In optative sentences redundant, Verg. A. 11, 153 (v. II. A. 1. d.).—
    (β).
    Of an indefinite subject:

    velles eum (Senecam) suo ingenio dixisse, alieno judicio,

    Quint. 10, 1, 130.—
    b.
    Vellet.
    (α).
    In the potential sense of vellem: vellet abesse quidem;

    sed adest. Velletque videre, Non etiam sentire canum fera facta suorum,

    Ov. M. 3, 247.—
    (β).
    Conditionally:

    quis vellet tanti nuntius esse mali (i. e. if in this situation)?

    Ov. H. 12, 146.—
    c.
    Vellent.
    (α).
    In the potential sense of vellem:

    quam vellent aethere in alto Nunc of pauperiem et duros perferre labores!

    Verg. A. 6, 436.—
    (β).
    Conditionally: nec superi vellent hoc licuisse sibi, would wish, i. e. if in this situation, Mart. 4, 44, 8.
    D.
    Volam and voluero.
    1.
    In gen.: respiciendus erit sermo stipulationis, utrumne talis sit: quem voluero, an quem volam. Nam si talis fuerit quem voluero, cum semel elegerit, mutare voluntatem non poterit;

    si vero... quem volam, donec judicium dictet, mutandi potestatem habebit,

    Dig. 45, 1, 112.—
    2.
    Volam in principal sentences.
    (α).
    = Engl. future, I shall wish, etc.:

    et commeminisse hoc ego volam te,

    I shall require you to recollect this, Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 7: cum omnia habueris, tunc habere et sapientiam voles? will you also wish to have wisdom when? etc., Sen. Ep. 17, 8.—
    (β).
    Denoting present probability: et scilicet jam me hoc voles patrem exorare, ut, etc., you doubtless wish me, etc., Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 27.—
    3.
    In clauses dependent on predicates implying a future, generally rendered by an English present:

    quid si sors aliter quam voles evenerit?

    otherwise than as you wish, Plaut. Cas. 2, 5, 35:

    tum te, si voles, cum patriae quod debes solveris, satis diu vixisse dicito,

    then if you choose, if you will, Cic. Marcell. 9, 27:

    decedes cum voles,

    id. Att. 6, 3, 2:

    qui magis effugies eos qui volent fingere?

    those who are bent upon inventing, who will invent, falsehoods, id. ib. 8, 2, 2; cf. id. ib. 1, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 55; id. Prov. Cons. 9, 24:

    quod voles gratum esse, rarum effice,

    Sen. Ben. 1, 14, 1; cf. id. Brev. Vit. 7, 9: si di volent, the gods permitting, August. ap. Suet. Calig. 8:

    invenies, vere si reperire voles,

    Ov. P. 3, 1, 34; cf. Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 78; Tib. 1, 4, 45.—So, voluero:

    quem (locum) si qui vitare voluerit, sex milium circuitu in oppidum pervenit,

    who wishes to avoid this spot, Caes. B. C. 2, 24.
    E.
    Si vis, parenthetically.
    1.
    If you please (cf. sis, supra init.):

    paulum opperirier, Si vis,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 52:

    audi, si vis, nunc jam,

    id. Ad. 2, 1, 30:

    dic, si vis, de quo disputari velis,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 5, 13.—
    2.
    If you wish, choose, insist upon it:

    hanc quoque jucunditatem, si vis, transfer in animum,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 4, 14:

    addam, si vis, animi, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 27, 89:

    concedam hoc ipsum, si vis, etc.,

    id. Div. 2, 15, 34.
    F.
    Quam, with any person of the pres. indic. or subj., or imperf. subj. or future, = quamvis, in a concessive sense, virtually, however, however much.
    1.
    3 d pers. sing.:

    quod illa, quam velit sit potens, numquam impetravisset (= quamvis sit potens),

    however powerful she may be, Cic. Cael. 26, 63:

    C. Gracchus dixit, sibi in somnis Ti. fratrem visum esse dicere, quam vellet cunctaretur, tamen eodem sibi leto... esse pereundum,

    id. Div. 1, 26, 56:

    quam volet jocetur,

    id. N. D. 2, 17, 46.—
    2.
    1 st pers. plur.:

    quam volumus licet ipsi nos amemus, tamen, etc.,

    Cic. Har. Resp. 9, 19.—
    3.
    2 d pers. plur.: exspectate facinus quam vultis improbum, vincam tamen, etc., expect a crime, however wicked ( ever so wicked), etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 5, § 11;

    but: hac actione quam voletis multi dicent,

    as many as you choose, id. ib. 2, 2, 42, § 102.—
    4.
    3 d pers. plur.:

    quam volent illi cedant, tamen a re publica revocabuntur,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 44, 113:

    quam volent in conviviis faceti, dicaces, etc., sint, alia fori vis est, alia triclinii,

    id. Cael. 28, 67;

    but: et ceteri quam volent magnas pecunias capere possint,

    as much money as they choose, id. Verr. 2, 2, 58, § 142.
    G.
    Volo = malo, to prefer, with a comparative clause (rare):

    quodsi in ceteris quoque studiis a multis eligere homines commodissimum quodque, quam sese uni alicui certo vellent addicere, = si se eligere mallent quam se uni addicere,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 2, 5:

    malae rei quam nullius duces esse volunt,

    Liv. 3, 68, 11:

    famaene credi velis quanta urbs a te capta sit, quam posteris quoque eam spectando esse?

    id. 25, 29, 6.
    H.
    With magis and maxime.
    1.
    Magis velle: ut tu illam salvam magis velles quam ego, you wish more than I, etc., Ter. Hec. 2, 2, 17.—
    2.
    With maxime, to wish above all, more than any thing or any one else, to be most agreeable to one, to like best, to prefer (among more than two alternatives):

    quia id maxime volo ut illi istoc confugiant,

    wish above all, Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 49; so id. Trin. 3, 2, 38:

    maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla, etc.,

    Cic. Sull. 1, 1:

    caritate nos capiunt reges, consilio optimates, libertate populi, ut in comparando difficile ad eligendum sit, quid maxime velis,

    which you prefer, like best, id. Rep. 1, 35, 55; so, quemadmodum ego maxime vellem, id. Att. 13, 1, 1:

    tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem,

    above all others, id. ib. 13, 32, 2:

    alia excusanti juveni, alia recipienti futura, ita ut maxime vellet senatus responderi placuit,

    as it was most agreeable to him, Liv. 39, 47:

    si di tibi permisissent quo modo maxime velles experiri animum meum,

    in the manner most convenient to yourself, Curt. 3, 6, 12.
    K.
    In disjunctive co - ordination.
    1.
    With sive... sive:

    tu nunc, sive ego volo, seu nolo, sola me ut vivam facis,

    whether I choose or not, Plaut. Cist. 3, 14:

    itaque Campanos sive velint, sive nolint, quieturos,

    Liv. 8, 2, 13.—
    2.
    Without connectives.
    a.
    Vis tu... vis:

    congredi cum hoste liceat... vis tu mari, vis terra, vis acie, vis urbibus expugnandis experiri virtutem?

    Liv. 25, 6, 22.—
    b.
    Velim nolim.
    (α).
    Interrogatively, = utrum velim nec ne:

    velit nolit scire, difficile est,

    it is difficult to know whether he intends it or not, Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 4.—
    (β).
    = seu velim seu nolim:

    ut mihi, velim nolim, sit certa quaedam tuenda sententia,

    whether I will or not, Cic. N. D. 1, 7, 17:

    velim nolim, in cognomine Scipionum haeream necesse est,

    Val. Max. 3, 7, 3:

    mors interim adest, cui velis nolis vacandum est,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 8, 5:

    hunc ita fundatum necesse est, velit nolit, sequatur hilaritas continua,

    id. Vit. Beat. 4, 4:

    velint nolint, respondendum est... beate vivere bonum non esse,

    id. Ep. 117, 4:

    praeterea futuri principes, velint nolint, sciant, etc.,

    Plin. Pan. 20 fin. Part. and P. a.: vŏlens, entis.
    A.
    As a part. proper, retaining the meaning and construction of velle, with the force of a relative or adverbial clause.
    1.
    Agreeing with some member of the sentence ( poet. and in post-class. prose;

    rare): neque illum... multa volentem Dicere praeterea vidit (= qui multa voluit dicere),

    Verg. G. 4, 501; id. A. 2, 790:

    nec me vis ulla volentem Avertet (i. e. si adhaerere foederi volo),

    id. ib. 12, 203: decemviri, minuere volentes hujuscemodi violentiam... putaverunt, etc., intending ( who intended) to diminish such a violence, etc., Gell. 20, 1, 34:

    Milo, experiri etiamtunc volens, an ullae sibi reliquae vires adessent... rescindere quercum conatus est,

    id. 15, 16, 3:

    scio quosdam testatores, efficere volentes ne servi sui umquam ad libertatem venirent, etc., hactenus scribere solitos,

    Dig. 40, 4, 61:

    si te volentem ad prohibendum venire, deterruerit aliquis, etc.,

    ib. 43, 24, 1, § 10.—
    2.
    Abl. absol. (not ante-Aug.):

    ne cujus militis scripti nomen nisi ipso volente deleretur,

    except with his consent, Liv. 7, 41, 4; so,

    Teum ex medio cursu classem repente avertit, aut volentibus iis usurus commeatu parato hostibus, aut ipsos pro hostibus habiturus,

    with their consent, id. 37, 27, 3:

    ponuntque ferocia Poeni Corda, volente deo,

    since the god willed it, Verg. A. 1, 303: Thrasippo supplicium a se voluntaria morte exigere volente, while he was about to inflict punishment on himself, etc., Val. Max. 5, 1, ext. 2: scire volentibus immortalibus dis an Romana virtus imperium orbis mereretur, it being the will of the gods to know, etc., Flor. 1, 13, 3 (1, 7, 3): qui sciente aut volente eo ad quem res pertinet, possessionem nanciscitur, with the knowledge and consent of the person who, etc., Dig. 41, 2, 6. —
    B.
    As adj., willing, voluntary, and hence, favorably disposed (opp. invitus).
    1.
    Attributively.
    a.
    In the phrase cum dis volentibus, lit. with the willing or favoring gods, i. e. with the will, permission, or favor of the gods: dono ducite doque volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 208 Vahl.):

    sequere hac, mea gnata, me cum dis volentibus,

    Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 4:

    cum dis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi Mani uti illaec suovetaurilia, etc.,

    Cato, R. R. 141 (142).— And without cum, abl. absol.:

    virtute ac dis volentibus magni estis et opulenti,

    Sall. J. 14, 19.—
    b.
    Volenti animo.
    (α).
    = cupide, eagerly:

    Romae plebes litteris quae de Metello ac Mario missae erant, volenti animo de ambobus acceperant,

    Sall. J. 73, 3. —
    (β).
    On purpose, intentionally:

    consilio hanc omnes animisque volentibus urbem Adferimur,

    Verg. A. 7, 216.—
    2.
    Predicatively.
    a.
    Agreeing with the subject-nom. or subject - acc.
    (α).
    Voluntarily, willingly, [p. 2011] gladly (class.):

    (hi) divini generis appellentur... vobisque jure et lege volentes pareant,

    Cic. Univ. 11 fin.:

    quas victi ab hostibus poenas metuerant, eas ipsi volentes pendere,

    Sall. J. 76, 6:

    quia volentes in amicitiam non veniebant,

    Liv. 21, 39, 4:

    si volentes ac non coacti mansissent in amicitia,

    id. 24, 37, 7:

    quocunque loco seu volens seu invitus constitisti,

    id. 7, 40, 13:

    itaque se numquam volentem parte qua posset rerum consilio gerendarum cessurum,

    id. 22, 27, 9:

    (virtus), quidquid evenerit, feret, non patiens tantum, sed etiam volens,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 15, 5:

    non est referre gratiam quod volens acceperis nolenti reddere,

    id. Ben. 4, 40, 4:

    volens vos Turnus adoro,

    Verg. A. 10, 677; 3, 457; 6, 146;

    12, 833: date vina volentes,

    id. ib. 8, 275: ipsa autem macie tenuant armenta volentes ( on purpose), id. G. 3, 129.—And referring to subjects denoting things: quos rami fructus, quos ipsa volentia rura Sponte tulere sua, carpsit ( spontaneously and willingly), Verg. G. 2, 500.—
    (β).
    Favorably; with propitius, favorably and kindly, referring to the gods:

    precantes Jovem ut volens propitius praebeat sacra arma pro patria,

    Liv. 24, 21, 10:

    precantibus ut volens propitiaque urbem Romanam iniret,

    id. 29, 14, 13:

    in ea arce (Victoriam) sacratam, volentem propitiamque, firmam ac stabilem fore populo Romano,

    id. 22, 37, 12; 1, 16, 3; 7, 26, 3; 24, 38, 8; Inscr. Orell. 2489 sq.—Parodied by Plautus:

    agite, bibite, festivae fores! fite mihi volentes propitiae,

    Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 89.— Abl. absol.:

    omnia diis propitiis volentibusque ea faciemus,

    with the favor and help of the gods, Liv. 39, 16, 11 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    si (Jovem) invocem ut dexter ac volens assit,

    Quint. 4, prooem. 5.—
    b.
    Agreeing with other terms of the sentence (rare): volenti consuli causa in Pamphyliam devertendi oblata est, a welcome cause was offered to the consul, etc., Liv. 38, 15, 3:

    quod nobis volentibus facile continget,

    if we wish, Quint. 6, 2, 30:

    is Ariobarzanem volentibus Armeniis praefecit,

    to their satisfaction, Tac. A. 2, 4:

    gemis... hominem, Urse, tuum, cui dulce volenti servitium... erat,

    to whom his servitude was sweet, since he liked it, Stat. S. 2, 6, 15:

    me mea virtus, etc., fatis egere volentem,

    Verg. A. 8, 133:

    saepe ille volentem castigabat erum,

    administered kindly received rebukes, Stat. S. 2, 6, 50.—
    c.
    In the phrase aliquid mihi volenti est or putatur, etc., something is welcome, acceptable to me, pleases me (= volens habeo or accipio aliquid; cf. the Gr. Humin tauta boulomenois estin, and, mihi aliquid cupienti est; v. cupio;

    rare but class.): uti militibus exaequatus cum imperatore labos volentibus esset,

    that the equalization of labor was acceptable to the soldier, Sall. J. 100, 4:

    quia neque plebei militia volenti putabatur,

    id. ib. 84, 3 Dietsch:

    grande periculum maritumis civitatibus esse, et quibusdam volentibus novas res fore,

    that to some a change of the government would be welcome, Liv. 21, 50, 10:

    quibus bellum volentibus erat, probare exemplum,

    Tac. Agr. 18.— Impers. with subject - inf.: ceterisque remanere et in verba Vespasiani adigi volentibus fuit, to the rest it was acceptable to remain, etc., Tac. H. 3, 43.—With subject-inf. understood:

    si volentibus vobis erit, in medium profero quae... legisse memini,

    Macr. S. 7, 13, 11:

    si volentibus vobis erit, diem fabulis et epulis exigamus,

    id. ib. 1, 7; 2, 3 fin.; 6, 6 init.
    3.
    As subst. (mostly post-Aug.).
    a.
    vŏlens, entis, m., = is qui vult, in the different meanings, and often with the construction of the verb.
    (α).
    One who wishes:

    nunc cis Hiberum castra Romana esse, arcem tutam perfugiumque novas volentibus res,

    Liv. 22, 22, 11:

    consulere se volentibus vacuas aures accommodavit,

    Val. Max. 5, 8, 3:

    quid opus libertate si volentibus luxu perire non licet,

    id. 2, 9, 5:

    discere meliora volentibus promptum est,

    i. e. it depends on our own will to learn better things, Quint. 11, 11, 12:

    nec sum in hoc sollicitus, dum res ipsa volentibus discere appareat,

    to the students, id. 8, 4, 15:

    mori volentibus vis adhibita vivendi,

    Suet. Tib. 61.—
    (β).
    One who intends, is about:

    juris ignorantia non prodest acquirere volentibus,

    i. e. in the acquisition of property, Dig. 22, 6, 7:

    si quis volentem incipere uti frui prohibuit,

    one who is about to enter upon a usufruct, ib. 43, 16, 3, § 14. —
    (γ).
    One who is willing:

    non refert quid sit quod datur, nisi a volente volenti datur,

    unless it is both willingly given and received, Sen. Ben. 2, 18, 8:

    ducunt volentem fata, nolentem trahunt,

    those willing to follow, id. Ep. 107, 11.—
    (δ).
    One who consents:

    tutiusque rati volentibus quam coactis imperitare,

    to rule men with their consent, Sall. J. 102, 6:

    quippe rempublicam si a volentibus nequeat ab invitis jus expetituram,

    peaceably if they could, forcibly if they must, Liv. 3, 40, 4:

    si quis aliam rem pro alia volenti solverit,

    if one pays with the consent of the receiver, Dig. 46, 3, 46:

    nulla injuria est quae in volentem fiat,

    ib. 47, 10, 1, § 5.—
    (ε).
    One who does a thing voluntarily:

    pecuniam etiam a volentibus acceperant,

    the contributions of money were voluntary, Vell. 2, 62, 3:

    parce, puer, stimulis... (solis equi) Sponte sua properant. Labor est inhibere volentis (i. e. properare),

    Ov. M. 2, 128.—
    (ζ).
    Volens = bene volens: munificus nemo habebatur nisi pariter volens, unless he was just as kindly disposed, sc. as he was liberal, Sall. J. 103, 6.—Often referring to a previously mentioned noun:

    hunc cape consiliis socium et conjunge volentem,

    and unite with him, since he wishes it, Verg. A. 5, 712; so may be taken Ov. M. 2, 128 (v. e).—
    b.
    In the neutr. plur. (volentia) rare, always with dat., things pleasing, acceptable:

    Pompeius multis suspitionibus volentia plebi facturus habebatur,

    that he would do what pleased the common people, Sall. H. 4, 31 Dietsch:

    haec atque talia plebi volentia fuere,

    Tac. A. 15, 36 Draeg. ad loc. al.:

    iique Muciano volentia rescripsere,

    id. H. 3, 52.—Hence, adv.: vŏlenter, willingly, App. M. 6, p. 178, 4.
    2.
    vŏlo, āvi, ātum ( part. gen. plur. volantūm, Verg. A. 6, 728; Lucr. 2, 1083), 1, v. n. [Sanscr. val-, to turn one's self, etc.; cf.: vŏlucer, vēlox, and vol- in velivolus], to fly.
    I.
    Lit.: ex alto... laeva volavit avis, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 95 Vahl.):

    aves,

    Lucr. 6, 742:

    accipitres,

    id. 4, 1010:

    corvi,

    id. 2, 822:

    altam supra volat ardea nubem,

    Verg. G. 1, 364:

    volat ille per aëra magnum Remigio alarum,

    id. A. 1, 300:

    columbae venere volantes,

    id. ib. 6, 191; Prop. 2, 30 (3, 28), 30; Juv. 8, 251:

    apes,

    Ov. A. A. 1, 96; cf. Plin. 10, 38, 54, § 112:

    volasse eum (Antonium), non iter fecisse diceres,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 5, 11.—Prov.:

    sine pennis volare haud facile est,

    Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 49.—
    2.
    P. a. as subst.: vŏlantes, ĭum, comm., the birds ( poet.), Lucr. 2, 1083; Verg. A. 6, 239; 6, 728.—
    II.
    Transf., to fly, i. e. to move swiftly like one flying, to fleet, speed, hasten along:

    i sane... vola curriculo,

    Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 17; cf.:

    per summa levis volat aequora curru,

    Verg. A. 5, 819:

    medios volat ecce per hostes Vectus equo spumante Saces,

    id. ib. 12, 650:

    illa (Argo) volat,

    Ov. H. 6, 66:

    currus,

    Verg. G. 3, 181:

    axis,

    id. ib. 3, 107:

    nubes,

    Lucr. 5, 254:

    fulmina,

    id. 2, 213:

    tempestates,

    id. 6, 612:

    telum,

    id. 1, 971; cf. Sall. J. 60, 2; Verg. A. 9, 698; Liv. 26, 44, 7 al.:

    litterae Capuam ad Pompeium volare dicebantur,

    Cic. Att. 2, 19, 3:

    volat aetas,

    id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:

    hora,

    Sen. Hippol. 1141:

    fama,

    Verg. A. 3, 121:

    et semel emissum volat irrevocabile verbum,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 71.— Poet., with inf.:

    ast Erebi virgo ditem volat aethere Memphim Praecipere et Phariā venientem pellere terrā,

    Val. Fl. 4, 407.
    3.
    vŏlo, ōnis, m. [1. volo], a volunteer, first applied to the slaves who, after the battle at Cannæ, were enrolled upon their own expressed desire to serve (cf. Liv. 22, 57, 11; Val. Max. 7, 6, 1):

    volones dicti sunt milites, qui post Cannensem cladem usque ad octo milia, cum essent servi, voluntarie se ad militiam obtulere,

    Paul. Diac. p. 370:

    volones, quia sponte hoc voluerunt, appellati,

    Macr. S. 1, 11, 30:

    vetus miles tironi, liber voloni sese exaequari sineret,

    Liv. 23, 35, 6; 23, 32, 1; Capitol. Anton. Phil. 21, 6; Macr. S. 1, 11, 30.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > volo

  • 9 mamotreto

    m.
    1 hefty volume (informal) (libro).
    2 unwieldy object (objeto grande).
    3 large and useless object.
    4 large book, voluminous book.
    * * *
    1 (libro) great big thick book, weighty tome
    2 (armatoste) monstrosity, massive thing
    * * *
    masculino (fam)
    a) ( libro) hefty volume, huge tome
    b) ( armatoste) huge thing, useless object
    * * *
    = tome, contraption.
    Ex. In teaching session after teaching session, day after day, school tasks are administered through textbooks, instruction manuals, reference works, etc -- tomes teeming with problems for the pupils to solve.
    Ex. If you are in cahoots with the circle of power, you get your projects approved in no time, and in some cases, you can build the most hideous and unsightly contraption.
    * * *
    masculino (fam)
    a) ( libro) hefty volume, huge tome
    b) ( armatoste) huge thing, useless object
    * * *
    = tome, contraption.

    Ex: In teaching session after teaching session, day after day, school tasks are administered through textbooks, instruction manuals, reference works, etc -- tomes teeming with problems for the pupils to solve.

    Ex: If you are in cahoots with the circle of power, you get your projects approved in no time, and in some cases, you can build the most hideous and unsightly contraption.

    * * *
    ( fam)
    1 (libro) hefty volume, huge tome
    2 (armatoste) huge thing, useless object
    * * *

    mamotreto sustantivo masculino
    1 (mueble) massive o huge thing
    2 (libro) huge tome
    ' mamotreto' also found in these entries:
    English:
    cumbersome
    * * *
    1. [libro] hefty volume
    2. [objeto grande] unwieldy object;
    ayúdame a mover ese mamotreto de armario help me move that massive great wardrobe
    * * *
    m fam
    libro hefty tome
    * * *
    1) : huge book, tome
    2) armatoste: hulk, monstrosity

    Spanish-English dictionary > mamotreto

  • 10 इन्द्रिय _indriya

    इन्द्रिय a. Fit for or belonging to or agreeable to, Indra.
    -यः A friend or companion of Indra.
    -यम् [इन्द्र-घ; इन्द्रेण दुर्जयम्; by P.V.2.93 इन्द्रियमिन्द्रलिङ्गमिन्द्रदृष्ट मिन्द्रसृष्टमिन्द्रजुष्टमिन्द्रदत्तमिति वा]
    1 Power, force, the quality which belongs to Indra.
    -2 An organ of sense, sense, or faculty of sense. (Indriyas are often compared to restive horses, which, if not properly checked, will lead one astray; cf. मा भूवन्नपथवरास्तवेन्द्रियाश्वाः Ki.5.5). There are two kinds of Indriyas:- (a) ज्ञानेन्द्रियाणि or बुद्धीन्द्रियाणि; श्रोत्रं त्वक्चक्षुणी जिह्वा नासिका चैव पञ्चमी (also मनः according to some); and (b) कर्मेन्द्रियाणिः -पायूपस्थं हस्तपादं वाक् चैव दशमी स्मृता Ms.2.9. Ms. further adds एकादशं मनो ज्ञेयं स्वगुणेनोभयात्मकम् । यस्मिञ् जिते जितावेतौ भवतः पञ्चकौ गणौ ॥ In the Vedanta मनः, बुद्धि, अहंकार and चित्त are said to be the four internal organs, the total number of organs being, therefore, 14, each presided over by its own ruler or नियन्तृ. In Nyāya each organ is connected with its own peculiar element; the eye, ear, tongue, nose, and skin being connected respectively with Light or fire, Ether, Water, Earth and Air.
    -3 Bodily or virile power, power of the sense.
    -4 Semen; गणिकान्नमथेन्द्रियम् Mb.12.36.28.
    -5 Symbolical expression for the number '5'.
    -Comp. -अगोचर a. imperceptible.
    -अर्थः 1 an object of sense; these objects are:- रूपं शब्दो गन्धरसस्पर्शाश्च विषया अमी Ak.; इन्द्रियस्येन्द्रियस्यार्थे रागद्वैषौ व्यवस्थितौ Bg.3.34; Bh.3.5.8; R.14.25.
    -2 anything exciting these senses.
    -असङ्गः non-attachment to sensual objects, stoicism.
    -आत्मन् m.
    1 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -2 an organ of sense.
    -आदिः the principle called ahaṅkāra (in Sāṅ. Phil.).
    -आयतनम् 1 the abode of the senses, i. e. the body.
    -2 the soul.
    -आराम a. given to enjoying the objects of sense; अघायुरिन्द्रियारामो मोघं पार्थ स जीवति Bg.3.16.
    -ईशः the soul.
    -गोचर a. perceptible to the senses. (
    -रः) an object of sense; पञ्च चेन्द्रियगोचराः Bg.13.5.
    -ग्रामः, -वर्गः the assemblage or collection of organs, the five organs of sense taken collectively; बलवानिन्द्रियग्रामो विद्वांसमपि कर्षति Ms.2.215, 1,175; निर्ववार मधुनीन्द्रियवर्गः Śi.1.3.
    - a. in one's presence, visible.
    -ज्ञानम् consciousness, the faculty of perception.
    -धारणा restraint of senses; स्थिरामिन्द्रिय- धारणाम् Kaṭh.2.6.11.
    -निग्रहः restraint of senses.
    -प्रसङ्गः sensuality.
    -बुद्धिः f. perception by the senses, exercise of any organ of sense.
    -बोधन a. exciting power; stimulating or sharpening the senses. (
    -नम्) any excitement of senses, a stimulus.
    -वधः insensibility.
    -विप्रतिपत्तिः f. perversion of the organs, wrong preception.
    -वृत्तिः f. function of the organs.
    -संप्रयोगः Functioning of senses with reference to objects.
    -सुख sensual pleasures; एवमिन्द्रियसुखानि निर्विशन्नन्यकार्यविमुखः स पार्थिवः R.19.47.
    -सन्निकर्षः the contact of an organ of sense (either with its object or with the mind).
    -स्वापः insensibility, unconsciousness, stupor.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > इन्द्रिय _indriya

  • 11 ὑπό

    ὑπό [pron. full] [ῠ], Prep. with gen., dat., and acc.: [dialect] Aeol. [full] ὐπά Alc.39; [dialect] Boeot. [full] ὑπά
    A

    Ἀρχ.Δελτ. 14

    Pl. ii 19 (Thespiae, iii B.C.); [dialect] Ion. ηυπύ only in IG 14.871 (Cumae, v B.C.); Arc. [full] ὁπύ Schwyzer 664.15,21 (Orchom.Arc., iv B.C.); in [dialect] Ep. [full] ὑπαί (also B. 12.139): this is found in Hom. only six times as a well-attested reading (

    ὑ. πόδα Il.2.824

    ,

    ὑ. δέ 3.217

    , 11.417, 12.149,

    ὑ. δείους 10.376

    , 15.4); elsewh. (before λ ν ρ ϝ ) it is weakly attested as v. l. for ὑπὸ ([etym.] ?ὑπόX ¯ ), e.g. ποσσὶ δ' ὑπὸ (v.l. ὑπαὶ)

    λιπαροῖσι Il.2.44

    , al.; but ὑπαὶ νεφέων is given by most codd. in Il.15.625, 16.375 (v. Allen ed. maj.), and

    ὑπαὶ νεφέεσσι Anon.

    ap. Plu.2.38e; also in compds.,

    ὑπαιδείδοικα h.Merc. 165

    , ὑπαιφοινίσσω (q. v.); it is not freq. in Trag. Poets, A.Ag. 892, 944, 1164 (lyr.), Eu. 417, S.El. 711, 1418 (lyr.), Inach. in PTeb. 692 ii5 (lyr.), E.El. 1188 (lyr.), Ar. Ach. 970 (paratrag.). (With ὑπό ([etym.] ὕπο) cf. Skt. úpa 'towards, near to, etc.', Goth. uf 'under'.)
    A WITH GENITIVE,
    I of Place, with Verbs of motion, from under, αὖτις ἀναστήσονται ὑ. ζόφου they will rise again from under the gloom, Il.21.56;

    ὑ. χθονὸς ἧκε φόωσδε Hes.Th. 669

    ;

    ῥέει κρήνη ὑ. σπείους Od.9.141

    , cf. Pl.Phdr. 230b;

    ὄσσε δεινὸν ὑ. βλεφάρων ἐξεφάανθεν Il.19.17

    ; ἐσιδόντες ὑπαὶ χειμῶνος αἴγλαν from under the storm-cloud, B.12.139; esp. of rescuing from under another's power, after the Verbs ἐρύεσθαι, ἁρπάζειν, ῥύεσθαι, ἐρύειν, Il.9.248, 13.198, 17.224, 235;

    ἤγαγεν ὑμέτερόνδ' ἀνδροκτασίης ὕ. λυγρῆς

    from the consequences of,

    23.86

    ; also ἵππους μὲν λῦσαν ὑ. ζυγοῦ from under the yoke, 8.543, Od.4.39; ὑπ' ἀρνειοῦ λυόμην I loosed myself from under the ram, 9.463; σπλάγχνων ὕπο ματέρος μόλεν, i.e. was born, Pi.N.1.35, cf. O.6.43; rarely in Trag.,

    ὑ. πτερῶν σπάσας E.Andr. 441

    ;

    περᾷ γὰρ ἥδ' ὑ. σκηνῆς πόδα Id.Hec.53

    ; once in Hdt.,

    τὰς δέ οἱ ἵππους ὑ. τοῦ ἅρματος νεμομένας ἀφανισθῆναι 4.8

    ;

    αἴ τις ὑ. τῶν νομίων τῶν ἐπιϝοικων ἀνχωρέῃ SIG47.27

    (Locris, v B.C.); cf. ὑπέκ.
    2 of the object under which a thing is or is placed, under, beneath, with collat. sense of motion, as μοχλὸν ὑ. σποδοῦ ἤλασα πολλῆς thrust it in under the embers, Od. 9.375;

    ὑ. στέρνοιο τυχήσας Il.4.106

    ;

    τοὺς μὲν ὑ. χθονὸς εὐρυοδείης πέμψαν Hes.Th. 717

    : also without the sense of motion,

    ὑπ' ἀνθερεῶνος ὀχεὺς τέτατο Il.3.372

    ;

    βάθιστον ὑ. χθονός ἐστι βέρεθρον 8.14

    ;

    ἐτέθαπτο ὑ. χθονός Od.11.52

    ;

    κεκευθὼς πολεμίας ὑ. χθονός A.Th. 588

    ;

    ὑπ' ἀγκῶνος βέλη Pi.O.2.83

    ;

    νέρθεν ὑπ' ἐγκεφάλοιο Il.16.347

    ;

    τὰ ὑ. γῆς δικαιωτήρια Pl.Phdr. 249a

    ;

    δεξιὰν ὑφ' εἵματος κρύπτειν E.Hec. 342

    ; φέρειν ζώνης ὕπο ib. 762: Thom.Mag.p.375 R. says that ὑ. = under takes gen. in [dialect] Att., acc. in 'Hellenic' Greek; κατακρύψας ὑ. κόπρου, which is v.l. in Od.9.329 for ὑ. κόπρῳ, is called by Eust.1631.36 Ἀττικώτερον, ὁποῖον καὶ τὸ φέρειν τι ὑ. κόλπου ἢ ὑ. μάλης (v. κόλπος, μάλη); but in [dialect] Att. Prose, Hdt., and the Koine ὑ. c. gen. in signfs. 1.1, 2 is almost limited to these and a few other phrases, esp. ὑ. γῆς; it is not found at all in Th., LXX, Ptolemaic papyri, and NT; X. has ὑ. ἁμάξης ( = from under) An.6.4.22,25; the Orators have only ὑ. μάλης, Lys.Fr.54, D.29.12; ὑ. γῆς is found in Pl.Ap. 18b, Mx. 246d, R. 414d, al., Arist.Mete. 352b6, al., Hipparch.2.2.45, Plb.18.18.10 ([etym.] ὑ. τῆς γῆς), 21.28.3,10.
    II of Cause or Agency, freq. with pass. Verbs, and with intr. Verbs in pass. sense,

    μή πως τάχ' ὑπ' αὐτοῦ δουρὶ δαμήῃς Il.3.436

    , cf. 4.479;

    ἡνιόχοιο ἐν κονίῃσι πεσόντος ὑφ' Ἕκτορος 17.428

    ; εὖτ' ἂν πολλοὶ ὑφ' Ἕκτορος θνῂσκοντες πίπτωσι 1.242;

    τὸν.. τοκέα ὑ. τοῦ.. παιδὸς ἀποθνῄσκειν Hdt.1.137

    ;

    οἵαις ὑπ' αὐτοῦ πημοναῖσι κάμπτομαι A.Pr. 308

    , cf. Th.7, al.;

    πέλεκυς.. ὅς τ' εἶσιν διὰ δουρὸς ὑπ' ἀνέρος Il.3.61

    ;

    ὑπ' Ἀχαιῶν.. φοβέοντο.. ἀπὸ νηῶν 16.303

    ;

    πάσχειν δὲ κακῶς ἐχθρὸν ὑπ' ἐχθρῶν A.Pr. 1042

    (anap.);

    ὑ. τοῦ Μήδου δεινότερα τούτων πάσχοντες Th.1.77

    ;

    ἐκπεσόντες ὑ. τοῦ πλήθους Id.4.66

    ;

    ἀναστάτων Καμαριναίων γενομένων ὑ. Συρακοσίων Id.6.5

    ;

    ὑφ' ὑμῶν αὐτῶν καὶ μὴ ὑ. τῶν πολεμίων τοῦτο παθεῖν Id.4.64

    ; κλύοντές ἐσμεν αἰσχίστους λόγους.. τοῦδ' ὑπ' ἀνδρὸς ἀρτίως we have been called shameful names by.., S.Aj. 1321; κακῶς ὑ. τῶν πολιτῶν ἀκούειν to be ill spoken of by.., Isoc.4.77, cf. Pl.Hp.Ma. 304e, X.An. 7.7.23; of a subordinate agent, ὑ. κήρυκος προαγορεύειν, ἀπειπεῖν κηρύκων ὕπο, Hdt.9.98, E.Alc. 737, cf. Th.6.32;

    ἐμῶν ὑπ' ἀγγέλων.. πορεύεται S.Tr. 391

    ;

    ὑ. ἀγγέλων πέμπων Pl.Phlb. 66a

    : sts. with a verbal Subst., τὸ ὑ. νόμου ἐπίταγμα (i. e. ἐπιταττόμενον) Id.R. 359a;

    ἐκφορὰ φίλων ὕπο A.Th. 1029

    ;

    ἡ ὑπ' ἀρετῆς Ἡρακλέους παίδευσις X. Mem.2.1.34

    ;

    ἡ ὑ. πάντων τιμή Id.Cyr.3.3.2

    ;

    Ἥρας δεσμοὶ ὑ. ὑέος Pl. R. 378d

    ; so ἄτρωτον ἦν ὑ. στύγους ( = οὐ τετρωμένον) prob. in A.Ch. 532.
    2 also in pregnant phrases, not only of the immediate act of the agent, but also of its further result, ὅθ' ὑ. λιγέων ἀνέμων σπέρχωσιν ἄελλαι hasten driven on by them, Il.13.334; ὑφ' Ἕκτορος.. φεύγοντες fleeing before him, 18.149,

    χάσσονται ὑπ' ἔγχεος 13.153

    , cf. 7.64, 11.119, 424, Od.5.320, 7.263, al.;

    πράγματα εἶχον ὑ. λῃστῶν X.HG5.1.5

    ; ἔπαινον, αἰτίαν ἔχειν ὑ. τινῶν, Hdt.9.78, A.Eu.99;

    οὐκέτι ἀποχωρεῖν οἷόν τ' ἦν ὑ. τῶν ἱππέων Th.7.78

    , cf. Ar.V. 1084.
    3 freq. of things as well as persons,

    ὡς διάκειμαι ὑ. τῆς νόσου Th.7.77

    ;

    κεῖμαι νούσου ὕ. στυγερᾶς IG42(1).125.8

    (Epid., iii B.C.);

    χαλεπῶς ἔχειν ὑ. τραυμάτων Pl.Tht. 142b

    ;

    ὑ. δόρατος πλαγείς IG42(1).122.64

    (Epid., iv B.C.); ὑ. ἔχιος φῦμα ib.123.4 (ibid., iv B.C.); ἰάθη ὑ. ὄφιος ib.121.113 (ibid., iv B.C.);

    κατεσκεύασαν τὰς πύλας κλείεσθαι ὑ. σφύρας τε μεγάλης καὶ κτύπου παμμεγέθους γιγνομένου Aen.Tact.20.4

    : of the agency of feelings, passions, etc.,

    ἀνόρουσ' ὑ. χάρματος h.Cer. 371

    ; ἐνδακρύειν, ἀνολολύξαι χαρᾶς ὕπο, A.Ag. 541, 587;

    μαίνεται.. ὑφ' ἡδονῆς S.El. 1153

    ;

    χλωρὸς ὑπαὶ δείους Il.10.376

    ;

    ὑ. δέους ἔρρηξε φωνήν Hdt.1.85

    , cf. Th.6.33;

    οὐ δυνατὸν τὸν δῆμον ἐσόμενον ὑ. τῶν κακῶν καρτερεῖν Id.4.66

    ;

    ὑ. κακοῦ ἀγρυπνίῃσι εἴχετο Hdt.3.129

    ;

    ὑπ' ἄλγους A.Eu. 183

    ;

    ὑπ' ὀργῆς Ar.V. 1083

    ;

    ὑ. λύπης S.OT 1073

    : hence ὑπό is used even with active Verbs, where a passive word may be supplied, e.g. ὑ. ἀρετῆς καὶ προθυμίης συνεπλήρουν τὰς νέας from courage, i. e. impelled by courage, Hdt.8.1;

    ὤρυσσον ὑ. μαστίγων Id.7.22

    , cf. 56; οὐδὲ σέ γε δόλος ἔσχ' ὑ. χειρὸς ἐμᾶς by my agency, S.Ph. 1118 (lyr.); αἰ μήτις αὐτὸς δοίη, μὴ ὑπ' ἀνάγκας not under compulsion, GDI5128.5 ([place name] Vaxos).
    4 ὑπό freq. serves to denote the attendant or accompanying circumstances,

    νέφος ἐρχόμενον κατὰ πόντον ὑ. Ζεφύροιο ἰωῆς Il.4.276

    , cf. 16.591, etc.: sts. with part. added, ἀμφὶ δὲ νῆες σμερδαλέον κονάβησαν ἀϋσάντων ὑπ' Ἀχαιῶν at their shouting, i.e. when they shouted, 2.334, 16.277;

    ἴαχε σάλπιγξ ἄστυ περιπλομένων δηΐων ὕ. 18.220

    .
    5 of accompanying music, to give the time,

    κώμαζον ὑπ' αὐλοῦ Hes.Sc. 281

    , cf. 278;

    ᾄδων ὑπ' αὐλητῆρος Archil.123

    , cf. Thgn.825, Charon Fr.9;

    πίνειν ὑ. σάλπιγγος Ar.Ach. 1001

    : generally, of anything attendant, δαΐδων ὕ. λαμπομενάων ἠγίνεον by torchlight, Il.18.492, cf. E.Hel. 639 (lyr.), Ion 1474 (lyr.);

    καταθάψομεν.. ὑ. κλαυθμῶν A.Ag. 1554

    (anap.);

    ὑπ' εὐκλείας θανεῖν E.Hipp. 1299

    ;

    εἴσειμ' ὑπαὶ πτερύγων κιχλᾶν καὶ κοψίχων Ar.Ach. 970

    ; ὑπ' εὐφήμου βοῆς θῦσαι offer a sacrifice accompanied by it, S.El. 630; ὑ. φανοῦ πορεύεσθαι by lantern-light, X.Lac.5.7; ὑ. πομπῆς ἐξάγειν τινά in or with solemn procession, Hdt.2.45, cf. Ar.Th. 1030; ὑ. βίης βήξας coughing with violence, violently, Hdt.6.107; ἐτόξευον ὑ. μαστίγων, i.e. they shot and lashed, X.An.3.4.25: v. infr. B. 11.4, C. IV. 1.
    6 ὑ. Ἑλλανοδικᾶν, = ἐπί c. gen., SIG171 (Olympia, iv B.C.).
    7 Math., ἡ ὑ. ΘΔΗ the angle ΘΔΗ ( = ἡ ὑ. τῶν ΘΔ, ΔΗ περιεχομένη γωνία), Procl. Hyp.2.26; but also τὸ ὑ. τῶν ΑΓ, ΓΒ the rectangle contained by ΑΓ, ΓΒ, = ΑΓ χ ΓΒ, Euc.2.4.
    8 ναῦλον ὄνων γ εἰς τὴν πόλιν ὑ. οἴνου laden with wine, Pap. in Hermes 28.163 (ii A.D.), cf. ib.479, and infr. C. IV. 2.
    B WITH DATIVE (esp. in Poets, never in LXX (Jb.12.5 is dub. l.) or NT, not common in Arist., Ptolemaic papyri, or Plb.), of Position under,

    ὑ. ποσσί Il.2.784

    , al.; ὑ. πλατανίστῳ ib. 307, cf. 18.558; ὑ. Τμώλῳ at its foot, 2.866, cf. Od.1.186;

    Βερύσιοι ὑ. τῇ Ἴδῃ IG12.191.11

    , cf. 373.118, al.;

    ὑ. τῇ ἀκροπόλι Hdt.6.105

    ; τῶν θανόντων ὑπ' Ἰλίῳ under its walls, E.Hec. 764, cf. A.Ag. 860;

    πέτρῃ ὕ. γλαφυρῇ εὗδον, Βορέω ὑπ' ἰωγῇ Od.14.533

    ;

    ὑ. τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἔχειν τὰς πηγάς Arist.Mete. 350b27

    ;

    ὑ. πέτρᾳ παῖς IG42(1).122.19

    (Epid., iv B.C.); ὑ. τῷ ναῷ ἀστραγαλίζοντος αὐτοῦ ib.121.25 (ibid., iv B.C.); ηυπὺ τῇ κλίνῃ τούτῃ ληνὸς (or Λῆνος) ηύπυ ib.14.871 (Cumae, v B.C.);

    στρουθοὶ ὑ. τῇ τραπέζῃ Michel 832.33

    (Samos, iv B.C.);

    ὑ. τῇ μασχάλῃ Hp.Art.11

    ;

    χέλυν δ' ὑ. μασχάλῃ εἶχεν h.Merc. 242

    ;

    ὑ. ταῖς μασχάλαις Arist.PA 688b5

    ,14; ὁ ὑ. τῇ γῇ ἀήρ under the earth, Id.Cael. 295a28; ἐὰν ὑ. σοὶ κατακλινῇ lies next below you, Pl.Smp. 222e; ὑφ' ἅρμασι under, i.e. yoked to, the chariot, Il.8.402, 18.244;

    εἶχε μάχαιραν ὑφ' αὑτῷ παρεσκευασμένος Plb.8.20.6

    codd., cf. POxy. 1800 Fr.2.36 (Vit.Aesop.);

    ὑ. τοῖς χιτωνίσκοις περιζώματα φοροῦσιν Plb.12.26a

    .4, cf. 13.7.9; τά τε θηρία καὶ τὰς ὑπ' αὐτοῖς σχεδίας under them, on which they stood, Id.3.46.8;

    τῆς γῆς τῆς ὑ. τῷ κόσμῳ κειμένης Timae.

    ap. eund.12.25.7;

    οἱ ὑ. τῇ ἄρκτῳ, τῇ μεσημβρία, οἰκοῦντες Adam.2.31

    , cf. Arist.Pr. 940a37, Phgn. 806b16;

    ὑ. τῷ μετώπῳ ὀφρύες Id.HA 491b14

    ;

    ὑ. τῷ γενείῳ Plb.34.10.9

    ;

    τὰ ὑ. τοῖς ὕδασι καὶ ὑμέσι καὶ ὑέλοις Hero

    *Deff.135.12;

    ὑ. τῷ δέρματι Gal. 18(2).102

    .
    2 with Verbs of motion, where rest or position follows, εἷσαν ὑ. φηγῷ set [him] down under it, Il.5.693;

    ἔζευξαν ὑφ' ἅρμασιν.. ἵππους Od.3.478

    , cf. Il.24.782;

    ὑ. δ' ἄξοσι.. ἔπιπτον 16.378

    , cf. X.Cyr.7.1.37;

    δέμνι' ὑπ' αἰθούσῃ θέμεναι Il.24.644

    .
    3 in such phrases as ὑ. χερσί τινος ἁλῶναι, δαμῆναι, 2.374, 860, al.;

    ἐμῇς ὑ. χερσὶ δάμασσον 3.352

    ;

    ὑ. δουρὶ δαμῆναι 5.653

    , etc.;

    ἔκπεσον ἵππων Ἀτρεΐδεω ὑ. χερσί 11.180

    ;

    ὤλετο.. ὑ. γαμφηλῇσι λέοντος 16.489

    ;

    πέπληγμαι δ' ὑπαὶ δάκει φοινίῳ A.Ag. 1164

    (lyr.);

    ἐν κονίῃσι πέσοιεν ὑπ' ἀνδράσι Il.6.453

    ;

    ὑ. τινὶ κτείνεσθαι 16.490

    .
    4 behind,

    ὑ. φάλαγγι Ascl.Tact.6.1

    ; under the cover or protection of,

    ὑ. τούτῳ τῷ φράγματι τοὺς ὑπορύσσοντας εἶναι Aen.Tact.37.9

    ;

    ὑ. ταῖς αὑτῶν ἀσφαλείαις Plb. 1.57.8

    , 4.12.10, 16.6.1.
    II of the person under whose hand, power, or influence, or the thing by or through which a thing is done, ὑπ' Ἀργείοισι φέβοντο fled before them, Il.11.121; freq. in Hom. with intr. or pass. Verbs,

    ἐφόβηθεν ὑφ' Ἕκτορι Il.15.637

    ;

    ὁρμηθέντες ὑ. πληγῇσιν ἱμάσθλης Od.13.82

    ;

    βῆ.. θεῶν ὑ. πομπῇ Il.6.171

    ;

    ὦρτο δὲ κῦμα πνοιῇ ὕπο 23.215

    ;

    ὑ. λαίλαπι βέβριθε χθών 16.384

    ; τεκεῖν, τεκέσθαι ὑ. τινί, 2.714, 728, 742;

    ἀτῆθαι ὑ. τῷ μεμφομένῳ GDI4994.8

    ([place name] Crete);

    ὁ χρησμὸς ὁ γεγονὼς ὑ. τοῖ Ἀπόλλωνι Inscr.Magn.38.5

    , cf. 12,31,52.
    2 expressing subjection or dependence, ὑ. τινί under one's power,

    δέδμητο δὲ λαὸς ὑπ' αὐτῷ Od.3.305

    , cf. Il.9.156;

    ὑπ' ἀνδράσιν οἶκον ἔχουσιν Od. 7.68

    ; εἶναι ὑ. τισί to be subordinate, subject to them, Th.1.32; ὑ. Χείρωνι τεθραμμένος under the eye of.., Pl.R. 391c; ἔχειν ὑφ' ἑαυτῷ have under one, at one's command, X.Cyr.2.1.26;

    τὰ θηρία τὰ ὑ. τοῖς ἀνθρώποις Pl.R. 563c

    ;

    ὑ. τινὶ στρατεύσασθαι Plu.Cic.44

    : in pregnant sense,

    ἵνα.. πάντα ὑ. Πέρσῃσι γένηται Hdt.7.11

    , cf. Th.7.64;

    ὑπ' ἑωυτῷ ποιήσασθαι Hdt.7.157

    ;

    κινδυνεύσαιμ' ἂν ὑ. τῇ δυσχερεστάτῃ γενέσθαι τύχῃ Lys.24.6

    ;

    ὑ. τῷ Μακεδόνι ταττομένων Plb.18.11.4

    ;

    τοὺς τραφέντας ὑ. τούτοις Id.6.7.2

    .
    3 of the subordination of things coming under a class,

    αἱ ὑ. ταῖς τέχναις ἐργασίαι Pl.Smp. 205c

    ;

    τὸ ὑ. ταῖς γεωμετρίαις Id.R. 511b

    ;

    ὄργανα.. τὰ ὑ. τῇ μουσικῇ Id.Hp.Ma. 295d

    .
    4 as in A. 11.5, ὑπ' αὐλητῆρι πρόσθ' ἔκιον advanced to the music of the flute-player, Hes.Sc. 283; ὑπ' αὐλῷ, ὑ. κήρυκι καὶ θεολόγῳ, Luc.DDeor.2.2, Alex.19;

    ὑ. μάστιξι διορύττειν τὸν Ἄθω Plu.2.470e

    : generally, of attendant circumstances,

    ἐξ ἁλὸς εἶσι.. πνοιῇ ὕπο Ζεφύροιο Od.4.402

    ; ὑ. ῥάβδοις καὶ πελέκεσι κατιών escorted by the lictors, Plu.Publ.10; ὑ. σκότῳ, νυκτί, A.Ag. 1030 (lyr.), A.R. 1.1022, etc.;

    λάμπει δ' ὑ. μαρμαρυγαῖς ὁ χρυσός B.3.17

    ;

    αἰθομένα δᾲς ὑ. ξανθαἵσι πεύκαις Pi.Fr.79

    ;

    ὑ. φωτὶ πολλῷ προσῄει Plu.Galb.14

    ;

    ὑ. λαμπάσιν ἡμμέναις Hld.10.41

    ; ὑ. πολλῷ στρατῷ escorted by a great host, Nic.Dam.10J.;

    ὑ. δικαιοσύνῃ διαγαγεῖν τὸν βίον Pl.Ep. 335d

    .— ὑπό has no sense c. dat. which it has not also c. gen.; but all its senses c. gen. do not belong to the dat.:—later ὑπό c. dat. is found as a mere periphr. of the dat.,

    στέφος.. αὐτὸς ὑφ' ἡμετέραις πλεξάμενος παλάμαις AP5.73

    (Rufin.), cf. 85 (Claudian.);

    λέων ὑπ' ἄκοντι τετυμμένος A.R.2.26

    , cf. Man.2.131.
    C WITH ACCUSATIVE, of Place; to express motion towards and under an object, ὑ. σπέος ἤλασε μῆλα drove them under, i.e. into, the cave, Il.4.279;

    ὑ. ζυγὸν ἤγαγεν Od.3.383

    ; σεῦ ὕστερος εἶμ' ὑ. γαῖαν, i.e. shall die, Il.18.333;

    νέεσθαι ὑ. ζόφον 23.51

    , cf. Od.3.335; κατακρύπτειν τινὰ ὑ. τὴν αὐτὴν θύρην under shelter of it, i.e. behind it, Hdt.1.12;

    πάϊς ὣς ὑ. μητέρα δύσκεν εἰς Αἴαντα Il.8.271

    ;

    ὅκως ἔωσι ὑ. τὸν πεζὸν στρατὸν τὸν σφέτερον Hdt.9.96

    ;

    ὑ. τὸν πρῶτον λόχον τῶν ὁπλιτῶν τὸν πρῶτον λόχον τῶν ψιλῶν τετάχθαι Ael.Tact.15.2

    ; of coming close up under a lofty citadel, ἤλθεθ' ὑ. Τροίην up to T., Od.4.146;

    ὅτ' ἔμελλεν ὑ. πτόλιν αἰπύ τε τεῖχος ἵξεσθαι Il.11.181

    ;

    παυρότερον λαὸν ἀγαγόνθ' ὑ. τεῖχος ἄρειον 4.407

    ;

    ὑ. τὰ τείχη φεύγειν Plb.1.74.11

    ;

    ὑ. τὰς ἴλας φεύγειν Id.3.65.7

    , cf. 3.105.6, 11.21.5, al.;

    ὑ. ταὐτὸ στέγος εἰσελθεῖν GDI3536

    B 3 ([place name] Cnidus);

    πᾶν ὃ ἐὰν ἔλθῃ.. ὑ. τὴν ῥάβδον LXXLe.27.32

    , cf. De.4.11, al.; so ὑ. δικαστήριον ὑπαχθείς, ἀγαγόντες, Hdt.6.72, 104 (cf. ὑπάγειν ὑ. τοὺς ἐφόρους ib.82) prob. refers to the elevated seats of the judges in court, cf. ὑπάγω A ΙΙ.
    2 of Position or Extension under an object, without sense of motion,

    Ἀρκαδίην ὑ. Κυλλήνης ὄρος Il.2.603

    , cf. 824, etc.;

    ἰκριώσασι ὑ. τὴν ὀροφήν IG12.374.76

    ; ἐργασαμένοις τὸ ἄνθεμον ὑ. τὴν ἀσπίδα ib.371.9;

    τὰ μὲν ὑ. τὸν λόφον καὶ τὰμ φάραγγα Inscr.Prien.37.162

    (ii B.C.);

    ἀνθέντω ὑ. τὸν ναὸν τᾶς Δάματρος IG5(1).1498.13

    (loc. inc., ii B.C.); ὅσσοι ἔασιν ὑπ' ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε everywhere under the sun, Il.5.267;

    ὑπ' αὐγὰς ἠελίοιο φοιτῶσι Od.2.181

    ;

    τῶν ὑ. τοῦτον τὸν ἥλιον.. ἀνθρώπων D.18.270

    ;

    τὰ ὑ. τὴν ἄρκτον Hdt. 5.10

    , cf. Arist.Mete. 362a17;

    οἴκησις ἡ λεγομένη ὑ. τὸν πόλον Gem.5.38

    , cf. 16.21, al.;

    ὑ. τὸν οὐρανόν LXXEx.17.14

    , al., UPZ106.14 (i B.C.);

    τὸ ὑ. τὴν ἀκρόπολιν Th.2.17

    ;

    ὁ ὑ. γῆν λεγόμενος εἶναι θεός Hdt.7.114

    , cf. Il.19.259; ὑ. γῆν is more freq. than ὑ. γῆς in Arist., Mete. 349b29, al., in Hipparch., 1.3.10, al., and entirely supersedes ὑ. γῆς in Hdt., 2.124, 125, 127, 148, 150, 3.102, 4.195, 7.114, and Gem., 2.19, al.; it is found also in Plb.21.28.11, etc.; ὑ. γῆν the nadir, opp. μεσουράνημα, PLond.1.98r.49, 110.33 (i/ii A.D.); also

    ἄγχε δέ μιν.. ἱμὰς ἁπαλὴν ὑ. δειρήν Il.3.371

    ;

    Τρῶες.. πτῶσσον ὑ. κρημνούς 21.26

    ;

    ἀγέροντο.. ἄλσος ὕ. σκιερόν Od.20.278

    ;

    τρωφεὶς ὑ. τὸν ὀφθαλμόν IG42(1).122.120

    (Epid., iv B.C.);

    οὐλὴ ὑπ' ὀφθαλμὸν δεξιόν PCair.Zen76.13

    (iii B.C.);

    ὑ. τὸ μέρος τοῦ ἐνοφειλομένου ὑπογραψάτω ὅσον ἰδίᾳ ἔχει PRev.Laws 19.2

    (iii B.C.);

    κείμενος ὑ. τὸν ὀμφαλόν Sor.1.7

    , cf. 67, al.;

    ὑ. τὰς πύλας ἵππων πόδες φαίνονται Th.5.10

    ;

    μὴ ὑποτιθέναι κύλικα ὑ. τὴν κλίνην IG12(5).593

    A21 (Ceos, v B. C.); ὑ. τὸν ὀδόν ib.42(1).102.249 (Epid., iv B.C.);

    καταψύξατε ὑ. τὸ δένδρον LXX Ge.18.4

    ; ὑ. τὸν λέβητα ib.Ec.7.7(6); ὑ. τοὺς πόδας ib.La.3.34;

    εἰς τοὺς ὑ. πόδα χωρεῖ τόπους Dsc.5.75

    (v.

    πούς 1.6

    g); ἡ ὑ. πόδα (sc. γραμμή ) the base of a triangle, Hero *Mens.55; also ὑπ' αὐγὰς.. λεύσσουσαι πέπλους holding them up to the light, E.Hec. 1154; also ὑ. τὸν ὀφθαλμόν close to the eye, Arist. Pr. 874a9;

    ὑποκειμένης τῆς Εὐβοίας ὑ. τὴν Ἀττικήν Isoc.4.108

    ;

    ὑπ' αὐτὴν ἐσχάτην στήλην ἔχων ἔχριμπτ' ἀεὶ σύριγγα S.El. 720

    ;

    εἰ θεωρήσειεν ὑπ' αὐγὰς τὸν ἀνθρώπειον βίον Iamb.Protr.8

    (cf.

    αὐγή 1

    ): of subordinate position.

    κατακλίνεσθαι ὑ. τινά Luc.Symp.9

    ; τίς ὑ. τίνα; who is next to whom, Onos.10.2.
    b Math., ὁ κύβος ὁ ὑ. τὴν.. σφαῖραν inscribed in the sphere, Papp.440.5;

    εἶναι ὑ. τὸ αὐτὸ ὕψος Euc.11.29

    , Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.19; ὑ. τὰν αὐτὰν γωνίαν subtending.., Id.Aren. 1.20 (cj.), cf. 21;

    αἱ γωνίαι ὑφ' ἃς αἱ ὁμόλογοι πλευραὶ ὑποτείνουσι Euc.6.6

    ,al.
    II of subjection, control, dependence, never in Hom., once in Hdt.,

    ὑ. βασιλέα δασμοφόρος 7.108

    ;

    ὑ. σφᾶς ποιεῖσθαι Th.4.60

    , cf. Pl.R. 348d, Arist. HA 488a10, etc.;

    ἕως κα ᾖ ὑ. τὸν πατέρα Test.Epict.3.29

    ;

    ὑ. τιν' ἦν τῶν βασιλέων Men.340

    ;

    τί δ' οὐ κρατέοντος ὑπ' ἰσχύν; Call.Jov.75

    , cf. 74;

    ὑ. Δία Γῆν Ἥλιον Sammelb. 5616

    (i A.D.), POxy.722.6 (i/ii A.D.), etc. (v.

    ἥλιος 11.1

    );

    ὑ. θεὸν καὶ ἄνθρωπον Michel854.52

    (Halic., iii B.C.);

    τοῦ τοπαρχοῦντος ὑ. σέ PCair.Zen.322.3

    (iii B.C.);

    στρατενσάμενον ὑ. ἄρχοντα Ἀντίοχον IG12(1).43.7

    ([place name] Rhodes);

    μηδὲ ὑ. δεσπότην ὤν LXXPr. 6.7

    , cf. Ps.143.2; for ὑ. χεῖρα, v. χείρ; οἱ ὑ. τινά X.Cyr.3.3.6,8.8.5, etc.;

    τοῖς ὑφ' αὑτὸν τεταγμένοις GDI3750.75

    ([place name] Rhodes).
    III of Time, in the course of, during, or to be left untranslated in English,

    ἐκέλευε Τοωσὶ ποτὶ πτόλιν ἡγήσασθαι νύχθ' ὕ. τήνδ' ὀλοήν Il.22.102

    ;

    ὑ. τὴν νύκτα ταύτην Hdt.9.51

    , cf. 58; ὑ. τὴν πρώτην ἐπελθοῦσαν νύκτα ἀπέδρη Id 6.2;

    τῆς κολοκύνθης.. ἣ ἐγενήθη ὑ. νύκτα καὶ ὑ. νύκτα ἀπώλετο LXXJn.4.10

    : rarely with stress on the duration, πάνθ' ὑ. μηνιθμόν throughout its continuance, Il.16.202;

    ὑ. τὸν παρεόντα τόνδε πόλεμον Hdt.9.60

    ; οὐδὲν τῶν κατ' Αἴγυπτον ὑ. ταῦτα ἑτεροιωθῆναι during that time, Id.2.142;

    ὑ. τὸν χρόνον ὃν οἱ ἑξήκοντα καὶ τριηκόσιοι ἦρχον οἵδε ἐθεόρεον IG12(8).276.4

    ([place name] Thasos).
    2 also of Time, about, sts. more precisely at, and of events, about or at the time of, ὑπ' αὐτὸν τὸν χρόνον ὅτε .. Ar.Ach. 139, cf. Hdt.7.165;

    ὑπ' αὐτὸν τὸν καιρόν Plb. 11.27.4

    , 16.15.8; ὑφ' ἕνα καιρόν at one time, Diog.Oen.38;

    ὑ. τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον Th.2.26

    ;

    ὑ. τοὺς αὐτοὺς χρόνους Id.1.100

    ;

    ὑ. τὸν σεισμόν Id.2.27

    , cf. Plb.4.33.5, Plu.Alex.14; ὑ. τὴν ἑωθινήν, ὑ. τὴν ὄρφνην, Plb. 18.19.5,7;

    ὑ. τὸν ὄρθρον Act.Ap.5.21

    , Gp.2.4.3; ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς περιπάτους ὑ. τὸ ψῦχος in the cool of the morning, Plb.5.56.10; ὑφ' ἓν πάντες all at once, at the same time, Arr.Epict.3.22.33, cf. S.E.M. 10.124, Sor.1.103, al.; παιδάριον ὑ. τὴν ἀναπνοὴν ἑπτὰ καὶ πέντε στίχους συνεῖρον in one breath, Plb.10.47.9; ὑφ' ἓν ἐκτρῖψαι at one blow, LXX Wi.12.9; ὑ. μίαν ἄρσιν καὶ θέσιν ἀνατείνοντες καὶ κατατιθέμενοι, of a squad of diggers, Gp.2.45.5; ὑ. μίαν φωνήν Aristeas 178; πῶς γὰρ ἂν ὑ. τὰς αὐτὰς ἡμέρας ἔν τε τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ ἐν τῇ Κιλικίᾳ.. πολεμήσειε; at the same time, D.C.36.35; sts. c. part., ὑ. τὸν νηὸν κατακαέντα at the time of its burning, Hdt.1.51; ὑ. τὴν κατάλυσιν τοῦ πολέμου just at the end, X.Mem.2.8.1, cf. Plu.Mar.46; ὑ. τὸν θυμὸν ἐκ χειρὸς ἐπιστρατευσαμένων at the very time of their anger, Plb. 2.19.10;

    ὑ. παροξυσμόν Gal.19.215

    ; παραδόντω τοῖς αἱρεθεῖσι εἰς τὸν ὑπ' αὐτὰ (or ὕπαυτα as Adv. = ἑξῆς)

    ἐνιαυτόν IG9(1).694.60

    (Corc., ii/i B.C.);

    ὑ. κύνα Arist.HA 547a14

    , Thphr.CP1.13.3, D.S.19.109;

    ὑ. τὰς θερινὰς [τροπὰς] καὶ τοῦ κυνὸς τὴν ἐπιτολήν Gp.2.6.17

    .
    IV of accompaniment,

    ὑπὸ ὄρχησίν τε καὶ ᾠδήν Pl.Lg. 670a

    ;

    ὑ. αὐλὸν διαλέγεσθαι X.Smp.6.3

    codd. (ὑ. τοῦ αὐλοῦ Cobet); ὑ. κήρυκα (v.

    κῆρυξ 1.3

    ).—Compare A.11.5, B.11.4.
    2 ὄνον ἕνα ὑ. λαχανόσπερμον laden with.., Meyer Ostr.81.2 (i A. D.), cf. PFay.p.324 (i A.D.);

    ὄνοι ὑ. δένδρα BGU 362i6

    , al. (iii A.D.); cf. supr. A.11.8.
    D POSITION: ὑ. can follow its Subst., becoming by anastrophe ὕπο. It is freq. separated from the Subst. by intervening words, as in Il.2.465, Od.5.320, 7.130:— ὑπαί is placed after its case in A. Eu. 417, S.El. 1418, Inach. l.c., although acc. to Hdn.Gr.1.480 it cannot suffer anastrophe.
    E AS ADV., under, below, beneath, freq. in Hom.; esp. of young animals, under the mother, i.e. at the breast, Od.4.636, 21.23.
    2 behind, Hdt.7.61: cf. C. 1.
    II ὑπ' ἐκ or ὑπέκ, v. ὑπέκ.—In Hom. the separation of the Prep. from its Verb by tmesis is very freq., and sts. it follows, in which case it suffers anastrophe,

    φυγὼν ὕπο νηλεὲς ἦμαρ Od.9.17

    .
    F IN COMPOSITION:
    I under, as well of rest as of motion, as in ὕπειμι, ὑποβαίνω, etc.
    2 of the casing or covering of one thing with another, as ὑπάργυρος, ὑπόχρυσος.
    3 of the agency or influence under which a thing is done, to express subjection or subordination, ὑποδαμνάω, ὑποδμώς, ὑφηνίοχος, cf. ἐπί G. 111.
    II denoting what is in small degree or gradual, somewhat, a little, as in ὑποκινέω, ὑποδεής, ὑπόλευκος (so in tmesi,

    ὑ. τι ἀσεβῆ Pl.Phdr. 242d

    , cf. Grg. 493c;

    ὑ. τι μικρὸν ἐπιθήκισα Ar.V. 1290

    (lyr.)).
    III underhand, secretly, as in ὑποθέω, ὑποθωπεύω, ὑποκορίζομαι, ὑπόρνυμι.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑπό

  • 12 ἐπί

    ἐπί prep. w. gen., dat., or acc.; s. the lit. on ἀνά, beg. (Hom.+). The basic idea is ‘upon’ (opp. ὑπό) Kühner-G. I 495; s. also Rob 600–605. (In the foll. classifications case use is presented seriatim; in earlier editions of this lexicon all sections, except 13, 17, and 18 [of time], were included under the general rubric ‘Place’.)
    marker of location or surface, answering the question ‘where?’ on, upon, near
    w. gen., marking a position on a surface ἐ. (τῆς) γῆς on (the) earth (cp. En 9:1; 98:1; ἐ. γῆς 25:6; PsSol 17:2) Mt 6:10, 19; 9:6; 23:9; Mk 6:47 al. (Ar. 12, 1; Just., A I, 54, 7 al.). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης on the sea (cp. Job 9:8; Dio Chrys. 10 [11], 129 βαδίζειν ἐ. τῆς θαλ.; Lucian, Philops. 13 βαδίζειν ἐφʼ ὕδατος, VH 2, 4; Artem. 3, 16 ἐ. τ. θαλάσσης περιπατεῖν; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 15 p. 5, 26ff relying on the testimony of Hesiod: Orion was given a gift [δωρεά] by the gods καὶ ἐ. κυμάτων πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐ. τῆς γῆς) Mt 14:26; Mk 6:48f; J 6:19 (w. acc. P75; s. 4bβ below). ἐ. τῶν νεφελῶν on the clouds Mt 24:30; 26:64 (Da 7:13; cp. Philo, Praem. 8). ἐ. κλίνης 9:2; Lk 17:34. ἐ. τοῦ δώματος on the roof vs. 31; Mt 24:17; 10:27 foll. by pl. W. verbs: κάθημαι ἐ. τινος sit on someth. (Job 2:8; ἐ. τοῦ ἅρματος GrBar 6:2; cp. JosAs 27:1 ἐ. τοῦ ὀχήματος καθεζόμενος; Just., D. 90, 5 ἐ. λίθου καθεζόμενος) Mt 24:3; 27:19; Ac 8:28; Rv 6:16; 9:17 (the same prep. used in Rv w. κάθημαι and dat. s. bα below, and w. acc. cα). ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τινος stand on someth. Ac 21:40; Rv 10:5, 8 (Just., D. 86, 2 ἐστηρίχθαι). With parts of the body: ἐ. χειρῶν αἴρειν carry on (i.e. in/with) their hands Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). ἐ. κεφαλῆς on the head (Hdt. 5, 12, 4) J 20:7; 1 Cor 11:10; Rv 12:1. ἐ. τοῦ μετώπου Rv 7:3; 9:4. ἐ. γυμνοῦ on the naked body Mk 14:51. Cp. use of ἐπί w. καθίζω and gen., and ἐπί w. κάθημαι and acc. Mt 19:28.—In a gener. and fig. sense Ac 21:23.
    w. dat., gener. suggesting contiguity on, in, above.
    α. answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., D. 105, 5 ἐ. τῷ σταυρῷ; Tat., 9:1 ἐ. τοῖς ὄρεσι; Ath. 20, 1 ἐ. τῷ μετώπῳ; Mel., P. 19, 131 ἐ. σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ) ἐ. πίνακι on a platter Mt 14:8, 11; Mk 6:25, 28. ἀνακλῖναι ἐ. τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ on the green grass 6:39. ἐ. τοῖς κραβάττοις vs. 55. ἐπέκειτο ἐπʼ αὐτῷ lay on it (or before it) J 11:38. καθήμενος ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ Rv 4:9 (cp. gen. w. καθ. 1a above, and acc. cα below) 5:13; 7:10 and oft. ἐφʼ ἵπποις λευκοῖς on white horses 19:14. ἐ. σανίσιν on planks Ac 27:44. ἐ. τῇ στοᾷ in the colonnade 3:11. τὰ ἐ. τοῖς οὐρανοῖς what is above (or in) the heavens Eph 1:10. ἐπʼ αὐτῷ above him, at his head Lk 23:38 (=Mt 27:37 ἐπάνω τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ).
    β. answering the question ‘whither?’ on, upon (Hom. et al.) w. verbs that indicate a direction: οἰκοδομεῖν ἐ. τινι build upon someth. Mt 16:18. ἐποικοδομεῖν Eph 2:20. ἐπιβάλλειν ἐπίβλημα ἐ. ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ put a patch on an old garment Mt 9:16. ἐπιπίπτειν ἐ. τινι Ac 8:16. ἐκάθισεν ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ he sat down on the throne GJs 11:1. λίθον ἐπʼ αὐτῇ βαλέτω J 8:7 v.l. (cp. 12a below).
    w. acc., answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; LXX; JosAs 29:2 φορῶν ἐ. τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ ῥομφαίαν; Just., D. 53, 1 ζυγὸν ἐ. αὐχένα μὴ ἔχων)
    α. on, over someth. καθεύδειν ἐ. τι sleep on someth. Mk 4:38. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τι sit on someth. Mt 19:28 (in the same vs. καθίζω w. gen., s. a above) J 12:15; Rv 4:4; 6:2; 11:16 al.; cp. Lk 21:35b; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τι lie upon someth. 2 Cor 3:15. κατακεῖσθαι Lk 5:25. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὸν αἰγιαλόν stand on the shore Mt 13:2; cp. Rv 14:1. ἑστῶτας ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν standing beside the sea 15:2. ἔστη ἐ. τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου (the star) remained stationary over the head of the child GJs 21:3. σκηνοῦν ἐ. τινα spread a tent over someone Rv 7:15. ἐ. τὴν δεξιάν at the right hand 5:1. λίθος ἐ. λίθον stone upon stone Mt 24:2.
    β. ἐ. τὸ αὐτό at the same place, together (Ps.-X., Respublica Athen. [The Old Oligarch] 2, 2; Pla., Rep. 329a; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]. In pap=‘in all’: PTebt 14, 20 [114 B.C.]; PFay 102, 6.—2 Km 2:13; En 100:2) εἶναι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό be together Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44. In 1 Cor 7:5 it is a euphemistic expr. for sexual union. κατοικεῖν ἐ. τὸ αὐτό live in the same place (Dt 25:5) Hm 5, 1, 4. Also w. verbs of motion (Sus 14 Theod.) συνέρχεσθαι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό come together to the same place 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; cp. B 4:10 (Just., A I, 67, 3 συνέλευσις γίνεται). συνάγεσθαι (Phlegon of Tralles [Hadr.]: 257 Fgm. 36 III 9 Jac.; PsSol 2:2; TestJob 28:5 Jos., Bell. 2, 346) Mt 22:34; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 1 Cl 34:7. ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ μίγνυσθαι be mixed together Hm 10, 3, 3. προσετίθει ἐ. τὸ αὐτό added to their number Ac 2:47.
    γ. at, by, near someone or someth. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τὸ τελώνιον sit at the tax-office Mt 9:9 (ἐ. τὰς ὡραίας πύλας GrBar prol. 2); Mk 2:14. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὴν θύραν stand at the door Rv 3:20. σὺ ἔστης ἐ. τὸ θυσιαστήριον you are standing (ἕστηκας deStrycker) as priest at the altar GJs 8:2. ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς among you 2 Th 1:10; cp. Ac 1:21.—Of pers., over whom someth. is done ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐ. τινα speak the name of Jesus over someone Ac 19:13. ἐπικαλεῖν τὸ ὄνομά τινος ἐ. τινα=to claim someone for one’s own (Jer 14:9; 2 Ch 7:14; 2 Macc 8:15) Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); Js 2:7; Hs 8, 6, 4. προσεύχεσθαι ἐ. τινα pray over someone Js 5:14.
    marker of presence or occurrence near an object or area, at, near
    w. gen., of immediate proximity to things at, near (Hdt. 7, 115; X., An. 4, 3, 28 al.; LXX, Just.) ἐ. τ. θυρῶν at the gates (Plut., C. Gracch. 841 [14, 3]; PRyl 127, 8f [29 A.D.] κοιμωμένου μου ἐ. τῆς θύρας; 1 Macc 1:55; Just., D. 111, 4) Ac 5:23 (s. b below for dat. in 5:9). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης near the sea (Polyb. 1, 44, 4; Ex 14:2; Dt 1:40; 1 Macc 14:34) J 21:1. ἐ. τῆς ὁδοῦ by the road Mt 21:19. ἐσθίειν ἐ. τῆς πραπέζης τινός eat at someone’s table Lk 22:30 (cp. POxy 99, 14 [55 A.D.] τράπεζα, ἐφʼ ἧς Σαραπίων καὶ μέτοχοι; Da 11:27 LXX ἐ. μιᾶς τραπέζης). ἐ. τοῦ (τῆς) βάτου at the thornbush = in the passage about the thornbush (i.e. Ex 3:1ff) Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37.
    with dat., of immediate proximity at, near by (Hom.+) ἦν ἔτι ἐ. τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου was still at the place, where J 11:30 v.l. (for ἐν; cp. Just., D. 402). ἐ. τῇ θύρᾳ (ἐ. θύραις) at the door (Hom. et al.; Wsd 19:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 90; Just., D. 32, 3) Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29; Ac 5:9 (s. a above). ἐ. τοῖς πυλῶσιν Rv 21:12. ἐ. τῇ πηγῇ J 4:6 (Jos., Ant. 5, 58 ἐ. τινι πηγῇ; Just., A I, 64, 1 ἐ. ταῖς … πηγαῖς). ἐ. τῇ προβατικῇ (sc. πύλῃ) near the sheepgate 5:2; cp. Ac 3:10. ἐ. τῷ ποταμῷ near the river (since Il. 7, 133; Jos., Ant. 4, 176 ἐ. τ. Ἰορδάνῳ) Rv 9:14.—Of pers. (Diod S 14, 113, 6; Just., A I, 40, 7) ἐφʼ ὑμῖν among you 2 Cor 7:7; cp. Ac 28:14 v.l.
    marker of involvement in an official proceeding, before, w. gen., of pers., esp. in the language of lawsuits (Pla., Leg. 12, 943d; Isaeus 5, 1 al.; UPZ 71, 15; 16 [152 B.C.]; POxy 38, 11; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 382, 23=BGU 909, 23; Jos., Vi. 258; Just., A II, 1, 1 ἐ. Οὐρβίκου). ἐ. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος in the governor’s presence Mt 28:14. ἐ. ἡγεμόνων καὶ βασιλέων Mk 13:9. ἐ. σου before you (the procurator) Ac 23:30. ἐ. Τερτούλλου Phlm subscr. v.l.; στάντος μου ἐ. τοῦ συνεδρίου Ac 24:20 (cp. Diod S 11, 55, 4 ἐ. τοῦ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τ. Ἑλλήνων). γυναικὸς … διαβληθείσης ἐ. τοῦ κυρίου Papias (2:17). κρίνεσθαι ἐ. τῶν ἀδίκων go to law before the unrighteous 1 Cor 6:1. κριθήσεται ἐφʼ ὑμῶν before your tribunal D 11:11. μαρτυρεῖν ἐ. Ποντίου Πιλάτου testify before Pontius Pilate 1 Ti 6:13 (s. μαρτυρέω 1c). ἐ. τοῦ βήματος (POxy 37 I, 3 [49 A.D.]) ἑστὼς ἐ. τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρός εἰμι I am standing before Caesar’s tribunal Ac 25:10 (Appian says Prooem. c. 15 §62 of himself: δίκαις ἐν Ῥώμῃ συναγορεύσας ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων=I acted as attorney in lawsuits in Rome before the emperors).—Gener. in someone’s presence (Appian, Syr. 61 §324 ἐφʼ ὑμῶν=in your presence) ἐ. Τίτου before Titus 2 Cor 7:14. Cp.10 below.
    marker of movement to or contact w. a goal, toward, in direction of, on
    w. gen., marking contact with the goal that is reached, answering the question ‘whither?’ toward, on, at w. verbs of motion (Appian, Iber. 98 §427 ἀπέπλευσεν ἐπʼ οἴκου=he sailed [toward] home; PGM 4, 2468f ἀναβὰς ἐ. δώματος; JosAs 27:1 ἀνέδραμε … ἐ. πέτρας; Jos., Ant. 4, 91 ἔφευγον ἐ. τ. πόλεων; Tat. 33:3 Εὐρώπην ἐ. τοῦ ταύρου καθιδρύσαντος) βάλλειν τὸν σπόρον ἐ. τῆς γῆς Mk 4:26; also σπείρειν vs. 31. πίπτειν (Wsd 18:23; TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 11 [Stone p. 8]; JosAs 9:1) 9:20; 14:35. καθιέναι Ac 10:11. τιθέναι (Sir 17:4) Lk 8:16; J 19:19; Ac 5:15. ἔρχεσθαι Hb 6:7; Rv 3:10; γίνεσθαι ἐ. reach, be at J 6:21. γενόμενος ἐ. τοῦ τόπου when he reached the place Lk 22:40. καθίζειν take one’s seat ἐ. θρόνου (JosAs 7:1 al.) Mt 19:28 (s. 1a end); 23:2; 25:31; J 19:13 (ἐ. βήματος of Pilate as Jos., Bell. 2, 172; of Jesus Just., A I, 35, 6). κρεμαννύναι ἐ. ξύλου hang on a tree (i.e. cross) (Gen 40:19; cp. Just., D. 86, 6 σταυρωθῆναι ἐ. τοῦ ξύλου) Ac 5:30; 10:39; cp. Gal 3:13 (Dt 21:23).
    w. acc.
    α. specifying direction (En 24:2 ἐ. νότον ‘southward’ of position of the mountain) of motion that takes a particular direction, to, toward ἐκτείνας τ. χεῖρα ἐ. τοὺς μαθητάς Mt 12:49; cp. Lk 22:53 (JosAs 12:8). πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὸ ἀπολωλός go after the one that is lost 15:4. ἐ. τὴν ῏Ασσον in the direction of Assos Ac 20:13. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐ. τι turn to someth. 2 Pt 2:22 (cp. Pr 26:11; En 99:5). ὡς ἐ. λῃστήν as if against a robber Mt 26:55; Mk 14:48; Lk 22:52.
    β. from one point to another across, over w. motion implied (Hom.+; LXX) περιπατεῖν, ἐλθεῖν ἐ. τ. θάλασσαν or ἐ. τ. ὕδατα Mt 14:25, 28f; J 6:19 P75. Of spreading across the land (PsSol 17:10): famine Ac 7:11; 11:28; darkness Mt 27:45; Lk 23:44. ἐ. σταδίους δώδεκα χιλιάδων across twelve thousand stades Rv 21:16 v.l. (Polyaenus 5, 44, 4 ἐ. στάδια δέκα); ἐ. πλεῖον further (1 Esdr 2:24; 2 Macc 10:27) Ac 4:17.
    γ. of goal attained (Hom. et al.; LXX) on, upon someone or someth. πέσατε ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς Lk 23:30 (Hos 10:8). ἔπεσεν ἐ. τὰ πετρώδη Mt 13:5; cp. Lk 13:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τινα come upon someone Mt 3:16; also καταβαίνειν fr. above J 1:33; cp. Rv 16:21. ἀναβαίνειν (Jos., Ant. 13, 138; Just., A II, 12, 7) Lk 5:19. ἐπιβαίνειν Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9).—Ac 2:3; 9:4 al.; διασωθῆναι ἐ. τ. γῆν be brought safely to the land 27:44; cp. vs. 43; Lk 8:27. ἐ. τὸ πλοῖον to the ship Ac 20:13. ἀναπεσεῖν ἐ. τὴν γῆν lie down or sit down on the ground Mt 15:35. ἔρριψεν αὐτὸν χαμαὶ ἐ. τὸν σάκκον he threw himself down on the sackcloth GJs 13:1. τιθέναι τι ἐ. τι put someth. on someth. (JosAs 16:11) Mt 5:15; Lk 11:33; Mk 8:25 v.l.; likew. ἐπιτιθέναι (JosAs 29:5) Mt 23:4; Mk 8:25; Lk 15:5; J 9:6, 15; Ac 15:10. ἐπιβάλλειν τ. χεῖρας ἐ. τινα (Gen 22:12 al.) Mt 26:50; Lk 21:12; Ac 5:18. Mainly after verbs of placing, laying, putting, bringing, etc. on, to: ἀναβιβάζω, ἀναφέρω, βάλλω, γράφω, δίδωμι, ἐγγίζω, ἐπιβιβάζω, ἐπιγράφω, ἐποικοδομέω, ἐπιρ(ρ)ίπτω, θεμελιόω, ἵστημι, κατάγω, οἰκοδομέω, σωρεύω; s. these entries. Sim. βρέχειν ἐ. τινα cause rain to fall upon someone Mt 5:45 (cp. PsSol 17:18); also τ. ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν ἐ. τινα cause the sun to rise so that its rays fall upon someone *ibid. τύπτειν τινὰ ἐ. τὴν σιαγόνα strike on the cheek Lk 6:29. πίπτειν ἐ. (τὸ) πρόσωπον (Jdth 14:6) on the face Mt 17:6; 26:39; Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25; Rv 7:11.To, upon w. acc. of thing πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὴν ὁδόν go to the road Ac 8:26; cp. 9:11. ἐ. τὰς διεξόδους Mt 22:9. ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐ. πᾶν δένδρον so that no wind should blow upon any tree Rv 7:1.
    δ. of closeness to someth. or someone to, up to, in the neighborhood of, on ἐ. τὸ μνημεῖον up to the tomb Mk 16:2; Lk 24:1 v.l., 22, 24; cp. ἐ. τὸ μνῆμα Mk 16:2 v.l.; Lk 24:1. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τι ὕδωρ come to some water Ac 8:36. ἐ. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν to the iron gate 12:10. καταβαίνειν ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν go down to the sea J 6:16. ἐ. τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mt 3:13 (Just., D. 88, 3 al.). ἀναπίπτειν ἐ. τὸ στῆθος he leaned back on (Jesus’) breast J 13:25; 21:20. πίπτειν ἐ. τοὺς πόδας fall at (someone’s) feet Ac 10:25 (JosAs 14:10 ἔπεσεν ἐ πρόσωπον ἐ. τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ). ἐ. τ. ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mt 13:7.—W. acc. of pers. to someone ἐ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες they came to Jesus J 19:33; cp. Mt 27:27; Mk 5:21.
    ε. in imagery of goal or objective to, toward (Just., A II, 7, 6 ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τρέπεσθαι) ἐπιστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι ἐ. τινα turn to (Dt 30:10; 31:20 al.; Ar. 2, 1 ἔλθωμεν καὶ ἐ. τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος ‘let us now turn to …’; Just., D. 56, 11 ἐ. τὰς γραφὰς ἐπανελθών) Lk 1:17; Ac 9:35; 11:21; 14:15; 26:20; Gal 4:9; 1 Pt 2:25.
    marker of manner, corresponding to an adv., w. dat. (Aeschyl., Suppl. 628 ἐπʼ ἀληθείᾳ; UPZ 162 VI, 3 [117 B.C.] κακοτρόπως καὶ ἐ. ῥαδιουργίᾳ; POxy 237 VI, 21 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; ἐφʼ ὁράσει En 14:8; Just., A I, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ὕβρει; 55, 7 ἐ. τούτῳ τῷ σχήματι ‘in this form’; Tat. 17, 1 ἐπʼ ἀκριβείᾳ; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ) ὁ σπείρων ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις (in contrast to ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως one who sows sparingly) one who sows in blessing (i.e. generously) 2 Cor 9:6. ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις θερίζειν reap generously ibid.
    marker of basis for a state of being, action, or result, on, w. dat. (Hom. et al.)
    ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζῆν live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3. cp. Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1, 105c; Plut., Mor. 526d; Alciphron 3, 7, 5; SibOr 4, 154). ἐ. τῷ ῥήματί σου depending on your word Lk 5:5. οὐ συνῆκαν ἐ. τοῖς ἄρτοις they did not arrive at an understanding (of it) (by reflecting) on (the miracle of) the loaves Mk 6:52 (cp. Demosth. 18, 121 τί σαυτὸν οὐκ ἐλλεβορίζεις ἐ. τούτοις [sc. λόγοις];=why do you not come to an understanding concerning these words?). ἐ. τῇ πίστει on the basis of faith Ac 3:16; Phil 3:9. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι on the basis of hope, supporting itself on hope Ac 2:26 (? s. ἐλπίς 1bα); Ro 4:18; 8:20; 1 Cor 9:10; Tit 1:2.—Ac 26:6 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι gives the basis of the trial at law, as does ἐ. εὐεργεσίᾳ 4:9. ἀπολύειν τ. γυναῖκα ἐ. πορνείᾳ Mt 19:9 (cp. Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 10 ἀπολύειν ἐπʼ ἀργυρίῳ; Ath. 2, 3 κρίνεσθαι … μὴ ἐ. τῷ ὀνόματι, ἐ. δὲ τῷ ἀδικήματι). γυναικὸς ἐ. πόλλαις ἁμαρτίαις διαβληθείσης Papias (2:17). On the basis of the testimony of two witnesses (cp. Appian, Iber. 79 §343 ἤλεγχον ἐ. μάρτυσι) Hb 10:28 (Dt 17:6); sim. use of ἐ. τινί on the basis of someth.: 8:6; 9:10, 15 (here it may also be taken in the temporal sense; s. 18 below), 17. ἁμαρτάνειν ἐ. τῷ ὁμοιώματι τ. παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ Ro 5:14 (ὁμοίωμα 1). δαπανᾶν ἐ. τινι pay the expenses for someone Ac 21:24. ἀρκεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι be content w. someth. 3J 10.
    w. verbs of believing, hoping, trusting: πεποιθέναι (Wsd 3:9; Sus 35; 1 Macc 10:71; 2 Macc 7:40 and oft.) Lk 11:22; 18:9; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (2 Km 22:3). πιστεύειν Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16). ἐλπίζειν (2 Macc 2:18; Sir 34:7) Ro 15:12 (Is 11:10); 1 Ti 4:10; 6:17; cp. 1J 3:3. παρρησιάζεσθαι Ac 14:3.
    after verbs which express feelings, opinions, etc.: at, because of, from, with (Hom. et al.) διαταράσσεσθαι Lk 1:29. ἐκθαυμάζειν Mk 12:17. ἐκπλήσσεσθαι Mt 7:28; Mk 1:22; Lk 4:32; Ac 13:12. ἐξίστασθαι (Jdth 11:16; Wsd 5:2 al.) Lk 2:47. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι (Is 1:29) Ro 6:21. εὐφραίνεσθαι (Sir 16:1; 18:32; 1 Macc 11:44) Rv 18:20. θαμβεῖσθαι Mk 10:24; cp. Lk 5:9; Ac 3:10. θαυμάζειν (Lev 26:32; Jdth 10:7 al.; Jos., Ant. 10, 277) Mk 12:17 v.l. μακροθυμεῖν (Sir 18:11; 29:8; 35:19) Mt 18:26, 29; Lk 18:7; Js 5:7. μετανοεῖν (Plut., Ag. 803 [19, 5]; Ps.-Lucian, Salt. 84; Prayer of Manasseh [=Odes 12] 7; Just., A I, 61, 10; D. 95, 3 al.) 2 Cor 12:21. ὀδυνᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 6:15) Ac 20:38. ὀργίζεσθαι Rv 12:17. σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 14:14; Lk 7:13. συλλυπεῖσθαι Mk 3:5. στυγνάζειν 10:22. χαίρειν (PEleph 13, 3; Jos., Ant. 1, 294; Tob 13:15; Bar 4:33; JosAs 4:2; Ar. 15, 7) Mt 18:13; Lk 1:14; 13:17; Ro 16:19 al. χαρὰν καὶ παράκλησιν ἔχειν Phlm 7. χαρὰ ἔσται Lk 15:7; cp. vs. 10 (Jos., Ant. 6, 116 ἡ ἐ. τῇ νίκῃ χαρά). Also w. verbs that denote aroused feelings παραζηλοῦν and παροργίζειν make jealous and angry at Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21). παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 3:7a (cp. Just., D. 78:8 παράκλησιν ἐχουσῶν ἐ.), as well as those verbs that denote an expression of the emotions ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 13:15; Ps 69:5) Lk 1:47; Hs 8, 1, 18; 9, 24, 2. καυχᾶσθαι (Diod S 16, 70; Sir 30:2) Ro 5:2. κοπετὸν ποιεῖν (cp. 3 Macc 4:3) Ac 8:2. ὀλολύζειν Js 5:1. αἰνεῖν (cp. X., An. 3, 1, 45 al.) Lk 2:20. δοξάζειν (Polyb. 6, 53, 10; cp. Diod S 17, 21, 4 δόξα ἐ. ἀνδρείᾳ=fame because of bravery) Ac 4:21; 2 Cor 9:13. εὐχαριστεῖν give thanks for someth. (s. εὐχαριστέω 2; UPZ 59, 10 [168 B.C.] ἐ. τῷ ἐρρῶσθαί σε τ. θεοῖς εὐχαρίστουν) 1 Cor 1:4; cp. 2 Cor 9:15; 1 Th 3:9.—ἐφʼ ᾧ = ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for this reason that, because (Diod S 19, 98; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 112 §520; Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 640 D.; Synes., Ep. 73 p. 221c; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 154; Syntipas p. 12, 9; 127, 8; Thomas Mag. ἐφʼ ᾧ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι; cp. W-S. §24, 5b and 12f. S. WKümmel, D. Bild des Menschen im NT ’48, 36–40) Ro 5:12 (SLyonnet, Biblica 36, ’55, 436–56 [denies a causal sense here]. On the probability of commercial idiom s. FDanker, FGingrich Festschr. ’72, 104f, also Ro 5:12, Sin under Law: NTS 14, ’68, 424–39; against him SPorter, TynBull 41, ’90, 3–30, also NTS 39, ’93, 321–33; difft. JFitzmyer, Anchor Bible Comm.: Romans, ad loc. ‘w. the result that all have sinned’); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for, indeed 4:10.
    marker of addition to what is already in existence, to, in addition to. W. dat. (Hom. et al.; PEleph 5, 17 [284/283 B.C.] μηνὸς Τῦβι τρίτῃ ἐπʼ εἰκάδι; Tob 2:14; Sir 3:27; 5:5) προσέθηκεν τοῦτο ἐ. πᾶσιν he added this to everything else Lk 3:20 (cp. Lucian, Luct. [On Funerals], 24). ἐ. τ. παρακλήσει ἡμῶν in addition to our comfort 2 Cor 7:13. λύπη ἐ. λύπῃ grief upon grief Phil 2:27 v.l. (cp. Soph., Oed. C. 544, also Polyb. 1, 57, 1 πληγὴ ἐ. πληγῇ; Plut., Mor. 123f; Polyaenus 5, 52 ἐ. φόνῳ φόνον; Quint. Smyrn. 5, 602 ἐ. πένθει πένθος=sorrow upon sorrow; Sir 26:15). ἐ. τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ to your prayer of thanks 1 Cor 14:16. So perh. also Hb 8:1. ἐ. πᾶσι τούτοις to all these Col 3:14; Lk 16:26 v.l. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 25 al.; Sir 37:15; cp. 1 Macc 10:42; Just., D. 133, 1 ἐ. τούτοις πᾶσι).—W. acc.: addition to someth. of the same kind Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25; Rv 22:18a. λύπην ἐ. λύπην sorrow upon sorrow Phil 2:27 (cp. Is 28:10, 13; Ezk 7:26; Ps 68:28).
    marker of perspective, in consideration of, in regard to, on the basis of, concerning, about, w. gen. (Antig. Car. 164 ἐ. τῶν οἴνων ἀλλοιοῦσθαι; 4 Macc. 2:9 ἐ. τῶν ἑτέρων … ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦτο, ὅτι …; Ath. 29, 2 τὰ ἐ. τῆς μανίας πάθη) ἐ. δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων on the evidence of two or three witnesses 1 Ti 5:19 (cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 22ff. [Stone p. 32]). Sim. in the expr. ἐ. στόματος δύο μαρτύρων (Dt 19:15) Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1. ἐπʼ αὐτῆς on the basis of it Hb 7:11. ἐπʼ ἀληθείας based on truth = in accordance w. truth, truly (Demosth. 18, 17 ἐπʼ ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα; POxy 255, 16 [48 A.D.]; Da 2:8; Tob 8:7; En 104:11) Mk 12:14, 32; Lk 4:25; 20:21; Ac 4:27. ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ based on himself = to or by himself (X., An. 2, 4, 10; Demosth. 18, 224 ἐκρίνετο ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 16 ἐ. σεαυτοῦ. Cp. Kühner-G. I 498e) 2 Cor 10:7.—To introduce the object which is to be discussed or acted upon λέγειν ἐ. τινος speak of, about someth. (Pla., Charm., 155d, Leg. 2, 662d; Isocr. 6, 41; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jer 35:8; EpArist 162; 170; Ath. 5:1 ἐ. τοῦ νοητοῦ … δογματίζειν) Gal 3:16. Do someth. on, in the case of (cp. 1 Esdr 1:22) σημεῖα ποιεῖν ἐ. τῶν ἀσθενούντων work miracles on the sick J 6:2.—On B 13:6 s. τίθημι 1bζ.—In ref. to someth. (Aristot., Pol. 1280a, 17; 4 Macc 12:5 τῶν ἐ. τῆς βασιλείας … πραγμάτων; Just., A I, 5, 1 ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ‘in our case’, D. 131, 4; Ath. 15, 3 ἐ. τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ‘as respects God and matter, so …’) ἐ. τινων δεῖ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι in certain matters one must practice self-control Hm 8:1. οὔτε … οἴδασι τὸν ἐ. τοῦ πυροῦ σπόρον nor do they comprehend (the figurative sense of) the sowing of wheat AcPlCor 2:26 (cp. 1 Cor 15:36f).
    marker of power, authority, control of or over someone or someth., over
    w. gen. (Hdt. 5, 109 al.; Mitt-Wilck. I/1, 124, 1=BGU 1120, 1 [5 B.C.] πρωτάρχῳ ἐ. τοῦ κριτηρίου; 287, 1; LXX; AscIs 2:5 τοῦ ἐ. τῶν πραγματε[ι] ῶν=Denis p. 109) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινος (Judg 9:8, 10; 1 Km 8:7) Rv 5:10. ἔχειν βασιλείαν ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων 17:18. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τινος have power over someone 20:6. διδόναι ἐξουσίαν ἐ. τινος 2:26. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινος set someone over, put someone in charge, of someth. or someone (Pla., Rep. 5, 460b; Demosth. 18, 118; Gen 39:4f; 1 Macc 6:14; 10:37; 2 Macc 12:20 al.; EpArist 281; τεταγμένος En 20:5) Mt 24:45; Lk 12:42; Ac 6:3. εἶναι ἐ. τινος (Synes., Ep. 79 p. 224d; Tob 1:22; Jdth 14:13; 1 Macc 10:69) ὸ̔ς ἦν ἐ. πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς who was in charge of all her treasure 8:27. Of God ὁ ὢν ἐ. πάντων (Apollonius of Tyana [I A.D.] in Eus., PE 4, 13) Ro 9:5; cp. Eph 4:6. ὁ ἐ. τινος w. ὤν to be supplied (Demosth. 18, 247 al.; Diod S 13, 47, 6; Plut., Pyrrh. 385 [5, 7], Aemil. Paul. 267 [23, 6]; PTebt 5, 88 [118 B.C.] ὁ ἐ. τ. προσόδων; 1 Macc 6:28; 2 Macc 3:7; 3 Macc 6:30 al.; EpArist 110; 174) ὁ ἐ. τοῦ κοιτῶνος the chamberlain Ac 12:20.
    w dat. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 5; 2, 4, 25 al., An. 4, 1, 13; Demosth. 19, 113; Aeschines 2, 73; Esth 8:12e; Just., A II, 5, 2 ἀγγέλοις οὓς ἐ. τούτοις ἔταξε; cp. Ath. 24, 3; Ath. 6, 4 τὸν ἐ. τῇ κινήσει τοῦ σώματος λόγον) Mt 24:47; Lk 12:44.
    w. acc. (X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Dionys. Byz. §56 θεῷ ἐ. πάντα δύναμις; LXX; PsSol 17:3, 32) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινα rule over someone (Gen 37:8; Judg 9:15 B al.) Lk 1:33; 19:14, 27; Ro 5:14. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινα set someone over someone (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 58) κριτὴν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς as judge over you Lk 12:14; ἡγούμενον ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:10; cp. Hb 2:7 v.l. (Ps 8:7); 3:6; 10:21. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τι Rv 16:9. ἐξουσίαν διδόναι ἐ. τι (Sir 33:20) Lk 9:1; 10:19; Rv 6:8; cp. 22:14. φυλάσσειν φυλακὰς ἐ. τι Lk 2:8 (cp. En 100:5). ὑπεραίρεσθαι ἐ. τινα exalt oneself above someone 2 Th 2:4 (cp. Da 11:36); but here the mng. against is also poss. (s. 12b below). πιστὸς ἐ. τι faithful over someth. Mt 25:21, 23.
    marker of legal proceeding, before, w. acc. in the lang. of the law-courts ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἄγεσθαι be brought before governors and kings Mt 10:18; cp. Lk 21:12 (cp. BGU 22, 36 [114 A.D.] ἀξιῶ ἀκθῆναι [=ἀχθῆναι] τ. ἐνκαλουμένους ἐ. σὲ πρὸς δέουσαν ἐπέξοδον; Just., A II, 2, 12 ἐ. Οὔρβικον). ὑπάγεις ἐπʼ ἄρχοντα you are going before the magistrate Lk 12:58; cp. Ac 16:19. ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐ. τὸν Πιλᾶτον Lk 23:1. ἐ. τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Ac 9:21. ἐ. Καίσαρα πορεύεσθαι come before the emperor 25:12. ἐ. τὰς συναγωγάς Lk 12:11. ἐ. τὸ βῆμα Ac 18:12. Cp. 3 above. Here the focus is on transfer to the judiciary.
    marker of purpose, goal, result, to, for, w. acc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac. ἐ. κατοικίαν) ἐ. τὸ βάπτισμα for baptism=to have themselves baptized Mt 3:7 (cp. Just., A I, 61, 10 ἐ. τὸ λουτρόν; D. 56, 1 ἐ. τὴν … κρίσιν πεμφθεῖσι). ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην for (i.e. to see) this sight Lk 23:48 (sim. Hom. et al.; POxy 294, 18 [22 A.D.]; LXX; Tat. 23, 2 ἐ. τὴν θέαν). ἐ. τὸ συμφέρον to (our) advantage Hb 12:10 (cp. Tat. 6, 1; 34, 2 οὐκ ἐ. τι χρήσιμον ‘to no purpose’). ἐ. σφαγήν Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); cp. Mt 22:5; ἐ. τ. τελειότητα Hb 6:1. ἐ. τοῦτο for this (X., An. 2, 5, 22; Jos., Ant. 12, 23) Lk 4:43. ἐφʼ ὅ; for what (reason)? Mt 26:50 v.l. (s. ὅς 1bα and 1iβ). Cp. 16.
    marker of hostile opposition, against
    w. dat. (Hom. et al.; 2 Macc 13:19; Sir 28:23 v.l.; fig. Ath. 22, 7 τοὺς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς λόγους ‘counter-evidence’) Lk 12:52f (s. use of acc. b below); Ac 11:19. Cp. J 8:7 v.l. (1bβ above).
    w. acc. (Hdt. 1, 71; X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 331; LXX; En; TestJud 3:1 al.; JosAs 19:2; Just., D. 103, 7; Tat. 36, 2) ὥρμησαν ἐ. αὐτόν Ac 7:57. ἔρχεσθαι Lk 14:31. ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐ. γονεῖς Mt 10:21; Mk 13:12; cp. ἔθνος ἐ. ἔθνος Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8. ἐφʼ ἑαυτόν divided against himself Mt 12:26; Mk 3:24f, 26; Lk 11:17f; cp. J 13:18 (s. Ps 40:10); Ac 4:27; 13:50 al.—Lk 12:53 (4 times; the first and third occurrences w. the acc. are prob. influenced by usage in Mic 7:6; the use of the dat. Lk 12:52f [s. a above] w. a verb expressing a circumstance is in accord with older Gk. [Il. et al.], which prefers the acc. with verbs of motion in ref. to hostility). Cp. 15.
    marker of number or measure, w. acc. (Hdt. et. al.; LXX; GrBar 3:6) ἐ. τρίς (CIG 1122, 9; PHolm α18) three times Ac 10:16; 11:10. So also ἐ. πολύ more than once Hm 4, 1, 8. ἐ. πολύ (also written ἐπιπολύ) in a different sense to a great extent, carefully (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Lucian, D. Deor. 6, 2; 25, 2; 3 Macc 5:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 107) B 4:1. ἐ. πλεῖον to a greater extent, further (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Diod S 11, 60, 5 al.; prob. 2 Macc 12:36; TestGad 7:2; Ar. 4, 3; Ath. 7, 1 ἐ. το πλεῖστον) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον 2 Ti 3:13. ἐφʼ ὅσον to the degree that, in so far as (Diod S 1, 93, 2; Maximus Tyr. 11, 3c ἐφʼ ὅσον δύναται; Hierocles 14 p. 451) Mt 25:40, 45; B 4:11; 17:1; Ro 11:13.
    marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth. is done, to, on, about
    w. dat. πράσσειν τι ἐ. τινι do someth. to someone Ac 5:35 (thus Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51; cp. δρᾶν τι ἐ. τινι Hdt. 3, 14; Aelian, NA 11, 11); about γεγραμμένα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ J 12:16 (cp. Hdt. 1, 66). προφητεύειν ἐ. τινι Rv 10:11. μαρτυρεῖν bear witness about Hb 11:4; Rv 22:16. ἐ. σοὶ … φανερώσει κύριος τὸ λύτρον the Lord will reveal the salvation to you GJs 7:2.
    w. acc.
    α. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον the man on whom the miracle had been performed Ac 4:22 (cp. Just., D. 128, 1 κρίσεως γεγενημένης ἐ. Σόδομα). ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν λέγεται ταῦτα the one about whom this was said Hb 7:13 (cp. ἐ. πόρρω οὖσαν [γενεὰν] ἐγὼ λαλῶ En 1:2). γέγραπται ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mk 9:12f; cp. Ro 4:9; 1 Ti 1:18; βάλλειν κλῆρον ἐ. τι for someth. Mk 15:24; J 19:24 (Ps 21:19). ἀνέβη ὁ κλῆρος ἐ. Συμεών the lot came up in favor of Simeon GJs 24:4.
    β. of powers, conditions, etc., which come upon someone or under whose influence someone is: on, upon, to, over ἐγένετο ῥῆμα θεοῦ ἐ. Ἰωάννην the word of God came to John Lk 3:2 (cp. Jer 1:1). Of divine blessings (cp. En 1:8; ParJer 5:28) Mt 10:13; 12:28; Lk 10:6; 11:20; cp. 10:9; Ac 10:10. ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τ. Χριστοῦ that the power of Christ may rest upon me 2 Cor 12:9. χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. Various verbs are used in ref. to the Holy Spirit, either in pass. or act. role, in connection w. ἐ. τινα: ἐκχεῖν Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f); cp. 10:45; Tit 3:6. ἀποστέλλειν (ἐξαποστέλλειν v.l.) Lk 24:49. ἐπέρχεσθαι 1:35; Ac 1:8 (Just., D. 87, 3; cp. ἔρχεσθαι A I, 33, 6; D. 49, 7 ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἠλίου ἐ. τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐλθεῖν). ἐπιπίπτειν 10:44. καταβαίνειν Lk 3:22; J 1:33. τίθεσθαι Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1). Also εἶναι Lk 2:25. μένειν J 1:32f. ἀναπαύεσθαι 1 Pt 4:14. Of unpleasant or startling experiences Lk 1:12, 65; 4:36; Ac 13:11; 19:17; Rv 11:11.—Lk 19:43; 21:35, cp. vs. 34; J 18:4; Eph 5:6; cp. Rv 3:3.—Ro 2:2, 9; 15:3 (Ps 68:10). Of the blood of the righteous, that comes over or upon the murderers Mt 23:35; 27:25; Ac 5:28. Of care, which one casts on someone else 1 Pt 5:7 (Ps 54:23).
    marker of feelings directed toward someone, in, on, for, toward, w. acc., after words that express belief, trust, hope: πιστεύειν ἐ. τινα, w. acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 16:4 al.) Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19; Ro 4:24. πίστις Hb 6:1. πεποιθέναι (Is 58:14) Mt 27:43; 2 Th 3:4; 2 Cor 2:3. ἐλπίζειν (1 Ch 5:20; 2 Ch 13:18 al.; PsSol 9:10; 17:3; Just., D. 16:4 al.) 1 Pt 1:13; 1 Ti 5:5. After words that characterize an emotion or its expression: for κόπτεσθαι (Zech 12:10) Rv 1:7; 18:9. κλαίειν Lk 23:28; Rv 18:9 (cp. JosAs 15:9 χαρήσεται ἐ. σέ). σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; 9:22; Hm 4, 3, 5; Hs 9, 24, 2. χρηστός toward Lk 6:35. χρηστότης Ro 11:22; Eph 2:7; cp. Ro 9:23. Esp. also if the feelings or their expressions are of a hostile nature: toward, against (cp. λοιδορεῖν Just., D. 137, 2) ἀποτομία Ro 11:22. μαρτύριον Lk 9:5. μάρτυς ἐ. τ. ἐμὴν ψυχήν a witness against my soul (cp. Dssm., LO 258; 355 [LAE 304; 417]) 2 Cor 1:23. ἀσχημονεῖν 1 Cor 7:36. μοιχᾶσθαι Mk 10:11. τολμᾶν 2 Cor 10:2 (En 7:4). βρύχειν τ. ὀδόντας Ac 7:54. Cp. 12.
    marker of object or purpose, with dat. in ref. to someth. (Hom., Thu. et al.; SIG 888, 5 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; PTebt 44, 6 [114 B.C.] ὄντος μου ἐ. θεραπείᾳ ἐν τῷ Ἰσιείω; LXX; TestJob 3:5 ὁ ἐ. τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ἐλθών; Jos., Ant. 5, 101; Just., A I, 29, 1 ἐ. παίδων ἀναστροφῇ; D. 91, 4 ἐ. σωτηρίᾳ τῶν πιστευόντων) καλείν τινα ἐ. τινι call someone for someth. Gal 5:13 (on ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ cp. Demosth. 23, 124; [59], 32); ἐ. ἀκαθαρσίᾳ for impurity, i.e. so that we should be impure 1 Th 4:7. κτισθέντες ἐ. ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς for good deeds Eph 2:10. λογομαχεῖν ἐ. καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων for the ruin of those who hear 2 Ti 2:14 (cp. Eur., Hipp. 511; X., Mem. 2, 3, 19 ἐ. βλάβη; Hdt. 1, 68 ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου; Polyb. 27, 7, 13 and PGM 4, 2440 ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ=‘for good’). Cp. 11.
    marker in idiom of authorization, w. dat.: the formula ἐ. τῷ ὀνοματί τινος, in the name of someone, used w. many verbs (Just., D. 39, 6 w. γίνεσθαι, otherw. ἐ. ὀνόματος, e.g. A I, 61, 13; w. διὰ τοῦ ὀ. and in oaths κατὰ τοῦ ὀ. A II, 6, 6, D. 30, 3; 85, 2.—Ath. 23, 1 ἐ. ὀνόματι εἰδώλων.—ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι LXX; JosAs 9:1), focuses on the authorizing function of the one named in the gen. (cp. WHeitmüller [‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903, 13ff], ‘in connection with, or by the use of, i.e. naming, or calling out, or calling upon the name’ [88]): βαπτίζειν Ac 2:38. δέχεσθαί τινα Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48. διδάσκειν Ac 4:18; 5:28. δύναμιν ποιεῖν Mk 9:39. ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἔρχεσθαι Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν 24:47. λαλεῖν Ac 4:17; 5:40. Semantically divergent from the preceding, but formulaically analogous, is καλεῖν τινα ἐ. τῷ ὀν. τινος name someone after someone (2 Esdr 17:63) Lk 1:59.—ὄνομα 1dγג.—M-M.
    marker of temporal associations, in the time of, at, on, for
    w. gen., time within which an event or condition takes place (Hom.+) in the time of, under (kings or other rulers): in the time of Elisha Lk 4:27 (cp. Just., D. 46, 6 ἐ. Ἠλίου). ἐ. τῆς μετοικεσίας at the time of the exile Mt 1:11. Under=during the rule or administration of (Hes., Op. 111; Hdt. 6, 98 al.; OGI 90, 15; PAmh 43, 2 [173 B.C.]; UPZ 162 V, 5 [117 B.C.]; 1 Esdr 2:12; 1 Macc 13:42; 2 Macc 15:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 156 ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ὀ.) ἐ. Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως under, in the time of, Abiathar the high priest Mk 2:26. ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καιάφα Lk 3:2. ἐ. Κλαυδίου Ac 11:28 (Just., A I, 26, 2). ἐ. τῶν πατέρων in the time of the fathers 1 Cl 23:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν in the last days (Gen 49:1; Num 24:14; Mi 4:1; Jer 37:24; Da 10:14) 2 Pt 3:3; Hs 9, 12, 3; cp. Hb 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τοῦ χρόνου in the last time Jd 18. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων at the end of the times/ages 1 Pt 1:20. ἐ. τῶν προσευχῶν μου when I pray, in my prayers (cp. PTebt 58, 31 [111 B.C.] ἐ. τ. διαλόγου, ‘in the discussion’; 4 Macc 15:19 ἐ. τ. βασάνων ‘during the tortures’; Sir 37:29; 3 Macc 5:40; Demetr.: 722, Fgm. 1, 14 Jac. ἐ. τοῦ ἀρίστου; Synes., Ep. 121 p. 258c ἐ. τῶν κοινῶν ἱερῶν) Ro 1:10; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4.
    w. dat., time at or during which (Hom. et al.; PTebt 5, 66 [118 B.C.]; PAmh 157; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 3 ἐ. χρόνοις Τίερίου) at, in, at the time of, during: ἐ. τοῖς νῦν χρόνοις in these present times 2 Cl 19:4. ἐ. τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ at the time of the first covenant Hb 9:15. ἐ. συντελείᾳ τ. αἰώνων at the close of the age 9:26 (Tat. 13, 1 ἐ. ς. τοῦ κόσμου; cp. Sir 22:10 and PLond III, 954, 18 p. 154 [260 A.D.] ἐ. τέλει τ. χρόνου; POxy 275, 20 [66 A.D.] ἐ. συνκλεισμῷ τ. χρόνου; En 27:3 ἐπʼ ἐσχάτοις αἰώσιν). ἐ. τῇ θυσίᾳ at the time of, together with, the sacrifice Phil 2:17. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν at every remembrance of you Phil 1:3. ἐ. παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν during your wrath, i.e. while you are angry Eph 4:26. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ in all (our) distress 1 Th 3:7b. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει 2 Cor 1:4. ἐ. τούτῳ in the meanwhile J 4:27 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2, cp. Philops. 14 p. 41; Syntipas p. 76, 2 ἐφʼ ἡμέραις ἑπτα; 74, 6).
    w. acc.
    α. answering the question ‘when?’ on: ἐ. τὴν αὔριον (Sb 6011, 14 [I B.C.]; PRyl 441 ἐ. τὴν ἐπαύριον) (on) the next day Lk 10:35; Ac 4:5. ἐ. τὴν ὥραν τ. προσευχῆς at the hour of prayer 3:1 (Polyaenus 8, 17 ἐ. ὥραν ὡρισμένην).
    β. answering the qu. ‘how long?’ for, over a period of (Hom. et al.; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 170, 8=BGU 1058, 9 [13 B.C.]; POxy 275, 9; 15 ἐ. τὸν ὅλον χρόνον; PTebt 381, 19 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον περίεστιν ἡ μήτηρ; LXX; En 106:15; TestJob 30:2 ἐ. ὥρας τρεῖς; TestJud 3:4; TestGad 5:11; Jos., Ant. 11, 2; Just., D. 142, 1 ἐ. ποσόν ‘for awhile’) ἐ. ἔτη τρία for three years (Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.) Lk 4:25. ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας for three days (Diod S 13, 19, 2; Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 4; GDI 4706, 119 [Thera] ἐπʼ ἀμέρας τρεῖς) GPt 8:30 al. ἐ. ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31.—16:18 (ἐ. πολλὰς ἡμέρας as Appian, Liby. 29 §124; cp. Diod S 3, 16, 4); 17:2; 19:8, 10, 34; 27:20; Hb 11:30. ἐ. χρόνον for a while (cp. Il. 2, 299; Hdt. 9, 22, 1; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1257; Jos., Vi. 2) Lk 18:4. ἐ. πλείονα χρόνον (Diod S 3, 16, 6; Hero Alex. I p. 344, 17) Ac 18:20. ἐφʼ ὅσον χρόνον as long as Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1. Also ἐφʼ ὅσον as long as Mt 9:15; 2 Pt 1:13 (for other mngs. of ἐφʼ ὅσον s. above under 13). ἐφʼ ἱκανόν (sc. χρόνον) for a considerable time (EpArist 109) Ac 20:11. ἐ. χρόνον ἱκανόν Qua. ἐ. πολύ for a long time, throughout a long period of time (Thu. 1, 7; 1, 18, 1; 2, 16, 1 al.; Appian, Liby. 5 §21; Arrian, Cyneg. 23, 1; Lucian, Toxar. 20; Wsd 18:20; Sir 49:13; JosAs 19:3; Jos., Vi. 66: Just., A I, 65, 3) Ac 28:6. ἐ. πλεῖον the same (schol. on Pind., N. 7, 56b; PLille 3, 16 [III B.C.]; Jdth 13:1; Sir prol. l. 7; Jos., Ant. 18, 150) Ac 20:9; any longer (Lucian, D. Deor. 5, 3; Appian, Hann. 54 §227; 3 Macc 5:8; Wsd 8:12; Ath. 12, 3) Ac 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐπί

  • 13 perder

    v.
    1 to lose (dinero, objeto, amigo).
    Ella pierde She loses.
    Ella pierde su cartera She loses her purse.
    Ella perdió la oportunidad She lost the opportunity.
    no te pelees con él, que llevas las de perder don't get into a fight with him, you're bound to lose
    3 to waste.
    no hay tiempo que perder there's no time to lose
    4 to miss (tren, vuelo).
    Ella perdió el bus She missed the bus.
    5 to be the ruin of.
    le pierde su pasión por el juego his passion for gambling is ruining him
    6 to lose, to leak (tener un escape de) (agua).
    ese camión va perdiendo aceite this lorry is losing o leaking oil
    7 to go downhill.
    * * *
    Conjugation model [ ENTENDER], like link=entender entender
    1 (gen) to lose
    2 (malgastar, desperdiciar) to waste
    3 (tren etc) to miss
    4 (ser causa de daños) to be the ruin of
    1 (gen) to lose; (salir perdiendo) to lose out
    2 (empeorar) to get worse
    esta ciudad ha perdido mucho, ya no es lo que era this city has gone downhill, it isn't what it used to be
    1 (extraviarse - persona) to get lost; (- animal) to go missing
    2 (confundirse) to get confused, get mixed up
    3 (desaparecer) to disappear, take off
    en cuanto ve problemas, se pierde as soon as there's a problem, he disappears
    4 (dejar escapar) to miss
    ¡no te lo pierdas! don't miss it!
    \
    echar a perder to spoil
    perder agua to leak
    perder color to fade
    perder de vista to lose sight of
    perderse por algo/alguien familiar to give up everything for somebody/something
    salir perdiendo to come off worse, lose out
    tener buen perder to be a good loser
    tener mal perder to be a bad loser
    ¡piérdete! familiar get lost!
    * * *
    verb
    2) miss
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) [+ objeto, dinero, peso] to lose

    perder algo de vistato lose sight of sth

    conviene no perder de vista que... — we mustn't forget that..., we mustn't lose sight of the fact that...

    2) [+ tiempo] to waste

    ¡me estás haciendo perder el tiempo! — you're wasting my time!

    3) [+ aire, aceite] to leak

    el vehículo pierde aceite — the car is leaking oil, the car has an oil leak

    4) (=no coger) [+ tren, avión] to miss; [+ oportunidad] to miss, lose
    5) (=destruir) to ruin

    ese vicio le perderá — that vice will ruin him, that vice will be his ruin

    lo que le pierde es... — where he comes unstuck is...

    6) (Jur) to lose, forfeit
    2. VI
    1) [en competición, disputa] to lose

    tienen o llevan todas las de perder — they look certain to lose

    saber perder — to be a good loser

    salir perdiendo, salí perdiendo en el negocio — I lost out on the deal

    2) (=empeorar)

    era un buen cantante, pero ha perdido mucho — he was a good singer, but he's gone downhill

    era muy guapo, pero ha perdido bastante — he isn't nearly as good-looking as he used to be

    3) [tela] to fade
    4)

    echar a perder — [+ comida, sorpresa] to ruin, spoil; [+ oportunidad] to waste

    echarse a perder — [comida] to go off; [sorpresa] to be ruined, be spoiled

    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) ( extraviar) <llaves/documento/guante> to lose
    b) <señal/imagen/contacto> to lose
    3)
    a) <dinero/propiedad/cosecha> to lose

    con preguntar no se pierde nada — we've/you've nothing to lose by asking, there's no harm in asking

    más se perdió en la guerra — (fr hecha) it's not the end of the world

    b) <derecho/trabajo> to lose
    c) <brazo/sangre/vista> to lose

    perder la vida — to lose one's life, to perish; cabeza, vista II, III

    d) <hijo/marido> to lose
    4)
    a) <interés/entusiasmo/paciencia> to lose

    llegas tarde, para no perder la costumbre — (iró) you're late, just for a change (iro)

    perder la práctica/la costumbre — to get out of practice/the habit

    perder el conocimiento — to lose consciousness, to pass out

    b) <fuerza/intensidad/calor/altura> to lose

    perder el ritmo — (Mús) to lose the beat; ( en trabajo) to get out of the rhythm

    c) <peso/kilos> to lose
    5)
    a) <autobús/tren/avión> to miss
    b) <ocasión/oportunidad> to miss
    c) < tiempo> to waste
    6)
    a) <guerra/pleito/partido> to lose
    b) <curso/año> to fail; < examen> (Ur) to fail
    7) <agua/aceite/aire> to lose
    2.
    perder vi
    1) ( ser derrotado) to lose
    2)
    a) cafetera/tanque to leak
    b) (RPl) color ( aclararse) to fade
    3)

    echar(se) a perder ver echar I 1) a), echarse I 1) a)

    3.
    perderse v pron
    1)
    a) ( extraviarse) persona/objeto to get lost; (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿y a tí que se te ha perdido por allí? — whatever possessed you to go there

    no hay por dónde perderse — (Chi fam) there's no question about it

    b) ( desaparecer) to disappear
    c) (en tema, conversación)

    empieza otra vez, ya me perdí — start again, you've lost me already

    2) <fiesta/película/espectáculo> to miss
    a) ( acabar mal) to get into trouble, lose one's way (liter)
    b) (Per fam) ( prostituirse) to go on the streets (colloq)
    * * *
    = lose, misplace, forfeit, mislay, lose out, miss, suffer + loss.
    Ex. One of the hardest tasks of a curator is to make a precis of the information about a particular object without losing any essential information.
    Ex. This article discusses the common abuses of circulation privileges by a few faculty members: removing books from the library without checking them out; misplacing books after they have been checked out; and failing to return books when needed by others = Este artículo analiza los abusos comunes de los privilegios de préstamo por parte de unos pocos profesores: coger libros de la biblioteca sin sacarlos en préstamo, perder libros tras haberlos sacados en préstamo y no dever libros cuando otros los necesitan.
    Ex. In addition, it enables the library to respond to the needs of the new popular culture without forfeiting its traditional cultural purpose.
    Ex. Workflow systems automate business processes, such as the management of a housing benefit claim, to ensure all tasks are completed on time and no information can be lost or mislaid.
    Ex. Libraries, in the crush to pay journal invoices, are losing out, as other services as well as staffing and pay all end up unfunded = Las bibliotecas, ante la presión de tener que pagar las facturas de las revistas, salen perdiendo ya que otros servicios así como el personal y los salarios terminanan todos con insuficientes fondos.
    Ex. Thus the browser may miss valuable items, although some browsers will find browsing a perfectly adequate method of gauging the extent of a library collection.
    Ex. They played their third game of the season today and suffered another loss but the team continues to improve.
    ----
    * echar a perder = ruin, bungle, bring out + the worst in, cast + a blight on, blight, go off.
    * echarlo todo a perder = upset + the applecart.
    * echar + Posesivo + planes a perder = upset + Posesivo + plans.
    * ganar cuando todo parece estar perdido = victory from the jaws of defeat.
    * hacer perder el conocimiento = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.
    * hacer perder el entusiasmo = dampen + Posesivo + enthusiasm.
    * hacer perder el sentido a = make + nonsense of.
    * hacer perder la agilidad física = stale.
    * hacer perder la agilidad mental = stale.
    * hacer perder las esperanzas = dampen + Posesivo + hopes.
    * hacer que Alguien pierda el empleo = put + Nombre + out of work.
    * hacer que pierda el interés = take + the shine off things.
    * llevar todas las de perder = odds + be stacked against, not have a leg to stand on.
    * lo que se gana por un lado se pierde por otro = swings and roundabouts.
    * lo que se pierda en una cosa se gana en la otra = what you lose on the swings you gain on the roundabouts.
    * ni ganar ni perder = break + even.
    * no perder de vista = keep + an eye on, keep + a beady eye on, keep in + sight.
    * no perder el ánimo = keep + Posesivo + chin up.
    * no perder el control = stay on top of, stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * no perder el trabajo = stay in + work.
    * no perder la cabeza = keep + a cool head, remain + cool-headed, play it + cool.
    * no perder la calma = keep + a cool head, remain + cool-headed, play it + cool.
    * no perderse = keep on + the right track.
    * no perderse en/por = find + Posesivo + way round/through.
    * no perderse mucho = be no great loss.
    * no perderse nada = be no great loss.
    * no tener nada que perder = have + nothing to lose.
    * perder agua = lose + water, leak.
    * perder Algo = take + Nombre + out of + Posesivo + hands.
    * perder confianza = lose + confidence (in).
    * perder contacto con la realidad = lose + touch with reality.
    * perder control = lose + control (of).
    * perder credibilidad = destroy + credence.
    * perder de vista = lose from + sight, drop from + sight, lose + sight of.
    * perder de vista el hecho de que = lose + sight of the fact that.
    * perder eficacia = lose + clout.
    * perder el alma = lose + Posesivo + soul.
    * perder el ánimo = lose + heart.
    * perder el apetito = lose + Posesivo + appetite.
    * perder el atractivo = lose + Posesivo + allure, lose + Posesivo + savour.
    * perder el color = fade.
    * perder el conocimiento = lose + Posesivo + senses, pass out, lose + Posesivo + consciousness.
    * perder el contacto con = lose + touch with.
    * perder el control = slip beyond + the grasp of, lose + Posesivo + grip, run + amok, sweep + Nombre + off + Posesivo + feet, go to + pieces, go + wild.
    * perder el control de Algo = get out of + hand.
    * perder el control de la situación = things + get out of hand.
    * perder el culo = go into + raptures.
    * perder el encanto = lose + Posesivo + allure, lose + Posesivo + savour, lose + Posesivo + shine.
    * perder el entusiasmo = lose + heart.
    * perder el equilibrio = lose + Posesivo + balance.
    * perder el favor de = lose + popularity with.
    * perder el hábito = lose + the habit.
    * perder el hilo = lose + the plot, lose + the thread.
    * perder el interés = pall.
    * perder el juicio = lose + Posesivo + sanity.
    * perder el norte = be off course, fly off + course.
    * perder el pie = lose + Posesivo + footing.
    * perder el rumbo = be off course, fly off + course.
    * perder el sentido = faint, lose + Posesivo + senses, lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.
    * perder el sentido del humor = lose + sense of humour.
    * perder el sueño por = lose + sleep over/on.
    * perder el tiempo = dawdle, mess around, pissing into the wind, mess about, faff (about/around), pootle, sit + idle, muck around/about, piddle around.
    * perder el tiempo, hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = piddle around.
    * perder el valor = lose + Posesivo + nerve.
    * perder entusiasmo = lose + enthusiasm.
    * perder esperanza = lose + hope.
    * perder fuerza = lose + power, lose + steam.
    * perder gas = lose + steam.
    * perder hasta la camisa = lose + Posesivo + shirt.
    * perder ímpetu = lose + momentum, run out of + steam, lose + impetus.
    * perder influencia = lose + clout.
    * perder interés = lapse, lose + interest.
    * perder la cabeza = lose + Posesivo + mind, lose + Posesivo + head, lose + Posesivo + marbles, go + bonkers, fly off + the handle, go (right) off + Posesivo + rocker, go out of + Posesivo + mind, go + soft in the head.
    * perder la calma = blow + a fuse.
    * perder la chaveta = go + bonkers, go (right) off + Posesivo + rocker, go + berserk, go + postal, go + haywire.
    * perder la chaveta por = have + a crush on.
    * perder la compostura = lose + Posesivo + balance, break down + in disarray.
    * perder la conciencia = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.
    * perder la cordura = lose + Posesivo + sanity.
    * perder la credibilidad = lose + face.
    * perder la cuenta (de) = lose + count (of).
    * perder la esperanza = despair, throw in + the towel, give up + hope, throw in/up + the sponge.
    * perder la fe = lose + Posesivo + faith.
    * perder la identidad de uno = lose + Posesivo + identity.
    * perder la ilusión = lose + heart.
    * perder la motivación = lose + motivation.
    * perder la noción del tiempo = lose + track of time, lose + all notion of time, lose + all sense of time.
    * perder la oportunidad = miss + the boat.
    * perder la paciencia = lose + Posesivo + temper.
    * perder la pista de = lose + track of.
    * perder la presión = depressurise [depressurize, -USA].
    * perder la razón = lose + Posesivo + sanity.
    * perder las facultades = lose + Posesivo + faculties.
    * perder la sincronización = get out of + step.
    * perder las riendas = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy.
    * perder la timidez con = warm up to.
    * perder la vida = lose + Posesivo + life.
    * perder la virginidad = lose + Posesivo + virginity.
    * perder la visión = lose + Posesivo + sight.
    * perder la vista = become + blind.
    * perder la voz = lose + Posesivo + voice.
    * perder los estribos = lose + Posesivo + cool, fly off + the handle, lose + Posesivo + head, go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, lose + Posesivo + temper.
    * perder los nervios = lose + Posesivo + cool, fly off + the handle, lose + Posesivo + head.
    * perder los papeles = lose + control (of), lose + Posesivo + cool, lose + Posesivo + head, fly off + the handle, freak out, flip out.
    * perder nota = lose + marks.
    * perder para siempre = lose to + posterity.
    * perder peso = lose + weight.
    * perder poder = lose + power.
    * perder prestigio = lose + face.
    * perder propiedades = lose + property.
    * perder protagonismo = fade into + the background.
    * perderse = go astray, get + lost, lose + Posesivo + way, go + missing, miss out on, slip through + the cracks, get out of + Posesivo + depth, wander off + route, disorient, disorientate, wander off + track, lose + Posesivo + bearings.
    * perderse entre el gentío = lose + Reflexivo + amid the crowd.
    * perderse entre la muchedumbre = lose + Reflexivo + amid the crowd.
    * perderse entre la multitud = lose + Reflexivo + amid the crowd.
    * perder sentido = lose + purpose.
    * perderse por = wander through.
    * perderse por los caminos secundarios = go + off-road.
    * perderse una clase = miss + class.
    * perder terreno = lose + ground.
    * perder tiempo = waste + time, lose + time.
    * perder (toda/la) esperanza = abandon + (all) hope.
    * perder una batalla = lose + battle.
    * perder una guerra = lose + war.
    * perder un amigo = lose + a friend.
    * perder una oportunidad = miss + opportunity, lose + opportunity, miss + chance, waste + opportunity.
    * perder una venta = lose + sale.
    * perder una votación = outvote.
    * perder un objeto personal = lose + property.
    * perder un partido = lose + match.
    * perder valor = lose + Posesivo + value.
    * perder ventas = lose + sales.
    * perder vigor = run out of + steam, lose + steam.
    * perder vitalidad = run out of + steam.
    * por probar nada se pierde = nothing ventured, nothing gained.
    * que no se puede uno perder = unmissable.
    * que pierde agua = leaking, leaky [leakier -comp., leakiest -sup].
    * salir perdiendo = victimise [victimize, -USA], come off + worst, lose out, compare + unfavourably, lose + neck, be a little worse off.
    * salir sin ganar ni perder = break + even.
    * se pierda o se gane = win or lose.
    * sin perder de vista = with an eye on.
    * sin perder un (solo) minuto = without a moment wasted, without a wasted moment, without a minute wasted, without a wasted minute.
    * sin tiempo que perder = without a minute to spare.
    * tener todas las de perder = fight + a losing battle.
    * un arte que se está perdiendo = a dying art.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) ( extraviar) <llaves/documento/guante> to lose
    b) <señal/imagen/contacto> to lose
    3)
    a) <dinero/propiedad/cosecha> to lose

    con preguntar no se pierde nada — we've/you've nothing to lose by asking, there's no harm in asking

    más se perdió en la guerra — (fr hecha) it's not the end of the world

    b) <derecho/trabajo> to lose
    c) <brazo/sangre/vista> to lose

    perder la vida — to lose one's life, to perish; cabeza, vista II, III

    d) <hijo/marido> to lose
    4)
    a) <interés/entusiasmo/paciencia> to lose

    llegas tarde, para no perder la costumbre — (iró) you're late, just for a change (iro)

    perder la práctica/la costumbre — to get out of practice/the habit

    perder el conocimiento — to lose consciousness, to pass out

    b) <fuerza/intensidad/calor/altura> to lose

    perder el ritmo — (Mús) to lose the beat; ( en trabajo) to get out of the rhythm

    c) <peso/kilos> to lose
    5)
    a) <autobús/tren/avión> to miss
    b) <ocasión/oportunidad> to miss
    c) < tiempo> to waste
    6)
    a) <guerra/pleito/partido> to lose
    b) <curso/año> to fail; < examen> (Ur) to fail
    7) <agua/aceite/aire> to lose
    2.
    perder vi
    1) ( ser derrotado) to lose
    2)
    a) cafetera/tanque to leak
    b) (RPl) color ( aclararse) to fade
    3)

    echar(se) a perder ver echar I 1) a), echarse I 1) a)

    3.
    perderse v pron
    1)
    a) ( extraviarse) persona/objeto to get lost; (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿y a tí que se te ha perdido por allí? — whatever possessed you to go there

    no hay por dónde perderse — (Chi fam) there's no question about it

    b) ( desaparecer) to disappear
    c) (en tema, conversación)

    empieza otra vez, ya me perdí — start again, you've lost me already

    2) <fiesta/película/espectáculo> to miss
    a) ( acabar mal) to get into trouble, lose one's way (liter)
    b) (Per fam) ( prostituirse) to go on the streets (colloq)
    * * *
    = lose, misplace, forfeit, mislay, lose out, miss, suffer + loss.

    Ex: One of the hardest tasks of a curator is to make a precis of the information about a particular object without losing any essential information.

    Ex: This article discusses the common abuses of circulation privileges by a few faculty members: removing books from the library without checking them out; misplacing books after they have been checked out; and failing to return books when needed by others = Este artículo analiza los abusos comunes de los privilegios de préstamo por parte de unos pocos profesores: coger libros de la biblioteca sin sacarlos en préstamo, perder libros tras haberlos sacados en préstamo y no dever libros cuando otros los necesitan.
    Ex: In addition, it enables the library to respond to the needs of the new popular culture without forfeiting its traditional cultural purpose.
    Ex: Workflow systems automate business processes, such as the management of a housing benefit claim, to ensure all tasks are completed on time and no information can be lost or mislaid.
    Ex: Libraries, in the crush to pay journal invoices, are losing out, as other services as well as staffing and pay all end up unfunded = Las bibliotecas, ante la presión de tener que pagar las facturas de las revistas, salen perdiendo ya que otros servicios así como el personal y los salarios terminanan todos con insuficientes fondos.
    Ex: Thus the browser may miss valuable items, although some browsers will find browsing a perfectly adequate method of gauging the extent of a library collection.
    Ex: They played their third game of the season today and suffered another loss but the team continues to improve.
    * echar a perder = ruin, bungle, bring out + the worst in, cast + a blight on, blight, go off.
    * echarlo todo a perder = upset + the applecart.
    * echar + Posesivo + planes a perder = upset + Posesivo + plans.
    * ganar cuando todo parece estar perdido = victory from the jaws of defeat.
    * hacer perder el conocimiento = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.
    * hacer perder el entusiasmo = dampen + Posesivo + enthusiasm.
    * hacer perder el sentido a = make + nonsense of.
    * hacer perder la agilidad física = stale.
    * hacer perder la agilidad mental = stale.
    * hacer perder las esperanzas = dampen + Posesivo + hopes.
    * hacer que Alguien pierda el empleo = put + Nombre + out of work.
    * hacer que pierda el interés = take + the shine off things.
    * llevar todas las de perder = odds + be stacked against, not have a leg to stand on.
    * lo que se gana por un lado se pierde por otro = swings and roundabouts.
    * lo que se pierda en una cosa se gana en la otra = what you lose on the swings you gain on the roundabouts.
    * ni ganar ni perder = break + even.
    * no perder de vista = keep + an eye on, keep + a beady eye on, keep in + sight.
    * no perder el ánimo = keep + Posesivo + chin up.
    * no perder el control = stay on top of, stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * no perder el trabajo = stay in + work.
    * no perder la cabeza = keep + a cool head, remain + cool-headed, play it + cool.
    * no perder la calma = keep + a cool head, remain + cool-headed, play it + cool.
    * no perderse = keep on + the right track.
    * no perderse en/por = find + Posesivo + way round/through.
    * no perderse mucho = be no great loss.
    * no perderse nada = be no great loss.
    * no tener nada que perder = have + nothing to lose.
    * perder agua = lose + water, leak.
    * perder Algo = take + Nombre + out of + Posesivo + hands.
    * perder confianza = lose + confidence (in).
    * perder contacto con la realidad = lose + touch with reality.
    * perder control = lose + control (of).
    * perder credibilidad = destroy + credence.
    * perder de vista = lose from + sight, drop from + sight, lose + sight of.
    * perder de vista el hecho de que = lose + sight of the fact that.
    * perder eficacia = lose + clout.
    * perder el alma = lose + Posesivo + soul.
    * perder el ánimo = lose + heart.
    * perder el apetito = lose + Posesivo + appetite.
    * perder el atractivo = lose + Posesivo + allure, lose + Posesivo + savour.
    * perder el color = fade.
    * perder el conocimiento = lose + Posesivo + senses, pass out, lose + Posesivo + consciousness.
    * perder el contacto con = lose + touch with.
    * perder el control = slip beyond + the grasp of, lose + Posesivo + grip, run + amok, sweep + Nombre + off + Posesivo + feet, go to + pieces, go + wild.
    * perder el control de Algo = get out of + hand.
    * perder el control de la situación = things + get out of hand.
    * perder el culo = go into + raptures.
    * perder el encanto = lose + Posesivo + allure, lose + Posesivo + savour, lose + Posesivo + shine.
    * perder el entusiasmo = lose + heart.
    * perder el equilibrio = lose + Posesivo + balance.
    * perder el favor de = lose + popularity with.
    * perder el hábito = lose + the habit.
    * perder el hilo = lose + the plot, lose + the thread.
    * perder el interés = pall.
    * perder el juicio = lose + Posesivo + sanity.
    * perder el norte = be off course, fly off + course.
    * perder el pie = lose + Posesivo + footing.
    * perder el rumbo = be off course, fly off + course.
    * perder el sentido = faint, lose + Posesivo + senses, lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.
    * perder el sentido del humor = lose + sense of humour.
    * perder el sueño por = lose + sleep over/on.
    * perder el tiempo = dawdle, mess around, pissing into the wind, mess about, faff (about/around), pootle, sit + idle, muck around/about, piddle around.
    * perder el tiempo, hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = piddle around.
    * perder el valor = lose + Posesivo + nerve.
    * perder entusiasmo = lose + enthusiasm.
    * perder esperanza = lose + hope.
    * perder fuerza = lose + power, lose + steam.
    * perder gas = lose + steam.
    * perder hasta la camisa = lose + Posesivo + shirt.
    * perder ímpetu = lose + momentum, run out of + steam, lose + impetus.
    * perder influencia = lose + clout.
    * perder interés = lapse, lose + interest.
    * perder la cabeza = lose + Posesivo + mind, lose + Posesivo + head, lose + Posesivo + marbles, go + bonkers, fly off + the handle, go (right) off + Posesivo + rocker, go out of + Posesivo + mind, go + soft in the head.
    * perder la calma = blow + a fuse.
    * perder la chaveta = go + bonkers, go (right) off + Posesivo + rocker, go + berserk, go + postal, go + haywire.
    * perder la chaveta por = have + a crush on.
    * perder la compostura = lose + Posesivo + balance, break down + in disarray.
    * perder la conciencia = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.
    * perder la cordura = lose + Posesivo + sanity.
    * perder la credibilidad = lose + face.
    * perder la cuenta (de) = lose + count (of).
    * perder la esperanza = despair, throw in + the towel, give up + hope, throw in/up + the sponge.
    * perder la fe = lose + Posesivo + faith.
    * perder la identidad de uno = lose + Posesivo + identity.
    * perder la ilusión = lose + heart.
    * perder la motivación = lose + motivation.
    * perder la noción del tiempo = lose + track of time, lose + all notion of time, lose + all sense of time.
    * perder la oportunidad = miss + the boat.
    * perder la paciencia = lose + Posesivo + temper.
    * perder la pista de = lose + track of.
    * perder la presión = depressurise [depressurize, -USA].
    * perder la razón = lose + Posesivo + sanity.
    * perder las facultades = lose + Posesivo + faculties.
    * perder la sincronización = get out of + step.
    * perder las riendas = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy.
    * perder la timidez con = warm up to.
    * perder la vida = lose + Posesivo + life.
    * perder la virginidad = lose + Posesivo + virginity.
    * perder la visión = lose + Posesivo + sight.
    * perder la vista = become + blind.
    * perder la voz = lose + Posesivo + voice.
    * perder los estribos = lose + Posesivo + cool, fly off + the handle, lose + Posesivo + head, go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, lose + Posesivo + temper.
    * perder los nervios = lose + Posesivo + cool, fly off + the handle, lose + Posesivo + head.
    * perder los papeles = lose + control (of), lose + Posesivo + cool, lose + Posesivo + head, fly off + the handle, freak out, flip out.
    * perder nota = lose + marks.
    * perder para siempre = lose to + posterity.
    * perder peso = lose + weight.
    * perder poder = lose + power.
    * perder prestigio = lose + face.
    * perder propiedades = lose + property.
    * perder protagonismo = fade into + the background.
    * perderse = go astray, get + lost, lose + Posesivo + way, go + missing, miss out on, slip through + the cracks, get out of + Posesivo + depth, wander off + route, disorient, disorientate, wander off + track, lose + Posesivo + bearings.
    * perderse entre el gentío = lose + Reflexivo + amid the crowd.
    * perderse entre la muchedumbre = lose + Reflexivo + amid the crowd.
    * perderse entre la multitud = lose + Reflexivo + amid the crowd.
    * perder sentido = lose + purpose.
    * perderse por = wander through.
    * perderse por los caminos secundarios = go + off-road.
    * perderse una clase = miss + class.
    * perder terreno = lose + ground.
    * perder tiempo = waste + time, lose + time.
    * perder (toda/la) esperanza = abandon + (all) hope.
    * perder una batalla = lose + battle.
    * perder una guerra = lose + war.
    * perder un amigo = lose + a friend.
    * perder una oportunidad = miss + opportunity, lose + opportunity, miss + chance, waste + opportunity.
    * perder una venta = lose + sale.
    * perder una votación = outvote.
    * perder un objeto personal = lose + property.
    * perder un partido = lose + match.
    * perder valor = lose + Posesivo + value.
    * perder ventas = lose + sales.
    * perder vigor = run out of + steam, lose + steam.
    * perder vitalidad = run out of + steam.
    * por probar nada se pierde = nothing ventured, nothing gained.
    * que no se puede uno perder = unmissable.
    * que pierde agua = leaking, leaky [leakier -comp., leakiest -sup].
    * salir perdiendo = victimise [victimize, -USA], come off + worst, lose out, compare + unfavourably, lose + neck, be a little worse off.
    * salir sin ganar ni perder = break + even.
    * se pierda o se gane = win or lose.
    * sin perder de vista = with an eye on.
    * sin perder un (solo) minuto = without a moment wasted, without a wasted moment, without a minute wasted, without a wasted minute.
    * sin tiempo que perder = without a minute to spare.
    * tener todas las de perder = fight + a losing battle.
    * un arte que se está perdiendo = a dying art.

    * * *
    perder [E8 ]
    vt
    A
    1 (extraviar) ‹llaves/documento/guante› to lose
    he perdido su dirección I've lost her address
    perdió las tijeras y se pasó una hora buscándolas she mislaid o lost the scissors and spent an hour looking for them
    me perdiste la página you lost my place o page
    perdí a mi marido en la muchedumbre I lost my husband in the crowd
    no pierdas de vista al niño don't let the child out of your sight
    2 ‹señal/imagen/contacto› to lose
    hemos perdido el contacto con el avión we've lost contact with the plane
    B
    (ser la ruina de): lo perdió la curiosidad his curiosity was his undoing o his downfall
    C
    1 ‹dinero/propiedad/cosecha› to lose
    perdió mil pesos jugando al póker she lost a thousand pesos playing poker
    perdió una fortuna en ese negocio he lost a fortune in o on that deal
    con preguntar no se pierde nada we've/you've nothing to lose by asking, there's no harm in asking, we/you can but ask
    más se perdió en la guerra ( fr hecha); things could be worse!, worse things happen at sea, it's not the end of the world
    terreno2 (↑ terreno (2))
    2 ‹derecho/trabajo› to lose
    si te vas pierdes el lugar en la cola if you go away you lose your place in the line ( AmE) o ( BrE) queue
    3 ‹ojo/brazo› to lose; ‹vista/oído› to lose
    ha perdido mucho peso/mucha sangre she's lost a lot of weight/blood
    el susto le hizo perder el habla the fright rendered him speechless
    perder la vida to lose one's life, to perish
    4 ‹hijo/marido› to lose
    perder un niño or un bebé (en el embarazo) to lose a baby, to have a miscarriage
    D
    1 ‹interés/entusiasmo› to lose; ‹paciencia› to lose
    no hay que perder el ánimo you mustn't lose heart
    yo no pierdo las esperanzas I'm not giving up hope
    he perdido la costumbre de levantarme temprano I've got(ten) out of o I've lost the habit of getting up early
    llegas tarde, para no perder la costumbre ( iró); you're late, just for a change ( iro)
    trata de no perder la práctica try not to get out of practice
    tienes que perderles el miedo a los aviones you have to get over o to overcome your fear of flying
    perder el equilibrio to lose one's balance
    perder el conocimiento to lose consciousness, to pass out
    2 ‹fuerza/intensidad/calor› to lose
    el avión empezó a perder altura the plane began to lose height
    perder el ritmo ( Mús) to lose the beat
    estás trabajando muy bien, no pierdas el ritmo you're working well, keep it up!
    3 ‹peso/kilos› to lose
    E
    1 ‹autobús/tren/avión› to miss
    2 ‹ocasión› to miss
    sería tonto perder esta estupenda oportunidad it would be stupid to miss o to pass up this marvelous opportunity
    no pierde oportunidad de recordarnos cuánto le debemos he never misses a chance to remind us how much we owe him
    3 ‹tiempo›
    ¡no me hagas perder (el) tiempo! don't waste my time!
    no hay tiempo que perder there's no time to lose
    no pierdas (el) tiempo, no lo vas a convencer don't waste your time, you're not going to convince him
    llámalo sin perder un minuto call him immediately
    perdimos dos días por lo de la huelga we lost two days because of the strike
    F
    1 ‹guerra/pleito› to lose; ‹partido› to lose
    2 ‹curso/año› to fail
    perder un examen (Ur); to fail an exam
    G ‹agua/aceite/aire› to lose
    el coche pierde aceite the car has an oil leak o is losing oil
    el globo perdía aire air was escaping from the balloon
    ■ perder
    vi
    A (ser derrotado) to lose
    perdimos por un punto we lost by one point
    no sabes perder you're a bad loser
    no discutas con él porque llevas las de perder don't argue with him because you'll lose
    la que sale perdiendo soy yo I lose out o come off worst
    B
    1 ( RPl) «cafetera/tanque» to leak
    2 «color» (aclararse) to fade; (tiñiendo otras prendas) to run
    C
    A
    1 (extraviarse) «persona/objeto» to get lost
    siempre me pierdo en esta ciudad I always get lost in this town
    no te pierdas, llámanos de vez en cuando don't lose touch, call us now and then
    (+ me/te/le etc): se le perdió el dinero he's lost the money
    guárdalo bien para que no se te pierda keep it safe so you don't lose it
    no hay por dónde perderse ( Chi fam); there's no question about it
    2 (desaparecer) to disappear
    se perdió entre la muchedumbre she disappeared into the crowd
    3
    (en un tema, una conversación): cuando se ponen a hablar rápido me pierdo when they start talking quickly I get lost
    me distraje un momento y me perdí my attention wandered for a moment and I lost the thread
    las cifras son tan enormes que uno se pierde the figures are so huge that they start to lose all meaning
    empieza otra vez, ya me perdí start again, you've lost me already
    4
    (en una prenda, un espacio): te pierdes en ese vestido you look lost in that dress
    los sillones quedan perdidos en ese salón tan grande the armchairs are rather lost in such a big sitting room
    B ‹fiesta/película/espectáculo› to miss
    no te perdiste nada you didn't miss anything
    te perdiste una excelente oportunidad de callarte la boca ( hum); you could have kept your big mouth shut ( colloq)
    C «persona»
    1 (acabar mal) to get into trouble, lose one's way ( liter)
    2 ( Per fam) (prostituirse) to go on the streets o the game ( colloq)
    * * *

     

    perder ( conjugate perder) verbo transitivo
    1 ( en general) to lose;

    quiere perder peso he wants to lose weight;
    con preguntar no se pierde nada we've/you've nothing to lose by asking;
    perder la vida to lose one's life, to perish;
    See also→ cabeza 1 e, vista 2 3;
    yo no pierdo las esperanzas I'm not giving up hope;
    perder la práctica to get out of practice;
    perder el equilibrio to lose one's balance;
    perder el conocimiento to lose consciousness, to pass out;
    perder el ritmo (Mús) to lose the beat;

    ( en trabajo) to get out of the rhythm
    2
    a)autobús/tren/avión to miss

    b)ocasión/oportunidad to miss;


    c) tiempo to waste;

    ¡no me hagas perder (el) tiempo! don't waste my time!;

    no hay tiempo que perder there's no time to lose
    3
    a)guerra/pleito/partido to lose

    b)curso/año to fail;

    examen› (Ur) to fail
    4agua/aceite/aire to lose
    verbo intransitivo
    1 ( ser derrotado) to lose;

    no sabes perder you're a bad loser;
    llevar las de perder to be onto a loser;
    la que sale perdiendo soy yo I'm the one who loses out o comes off worst
    2 [cafetera/tanque] to leak
    3
    echar(se) a perder ver echar I 1a, echarse 1a

    perderse verbo pronominal
    1 [persona/objeto] to get lost;

    se le perdió el dinero he's lost the money;
    cuando se ponen a hablar rápido me pierdo when they start talking quickly I get lost
    2fiesta/película/espectáculo to miss
    perder
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (un objeto) to lose
    2 (un medio de transporte) to miss
    3 (el tiempo) to waste
    4 (oportunidad) to miss ➣ Ver nota en miss
    5 (cualidad, costumbre, sentido) to lose: tienes que perder tus miedos, you have to overcome your fears
    6 (agua, aceite) to leak
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 (disminuir una cualidad) to lose
    2 (estropear) to ruin, go off
    3 (en una competición, batalla) to lose
    ♦ Locuciones: echar (algo) a perder, to spoil (sthg)
    llevar las de perder, to be onto a loser
    ' perder' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    adormecerse
    - aflojar
    - baño
    - borda
    - brújula
    - cabeza
    - cabo
    - clarear
    - conciencia
    - conocimiento
    - costumbre
    - cuenta
    - declinar
    - descuidarse
    - desesperarse
    - desfallecer
    - desgracia
    - desinflarse
    - desnaturalizar
    - despedirse
    - despintar
    - despistar
    - destinada
    - destinado
    - desvanecerse
    - deteriorarse
    - distraerse
    - don
    - enloquecer
    - estribo
    - facultad
    - flaquear
    - granizada
    - hilo
    - infortunio
    - innecesaria
    - innecesario
    - interés
    - joderse
    - juicio
    - llevar
    - norte
    - papel
    - pasarse
    - peso
    - razón
    - resbalar
    - rumbo
    - saber
    - sentida
    English:
    avoid
    - balance
    - black out
    - blow
    - boat
    - bound
    - break
    - bungle
    - cool
    - course
    - crush
    - danger
    - dawdle
    - decline
    - dignity
    - dilly-dally
    - erode
    - even
    - face
    - fade
    - fiddle around
    - flag
    - footing
    - forfeit
    - freak out
    - gamble away
    - gazump
    - ground
    - grow out of
    - handle
    - hang about
    - hang around
    - heart
    - keep
    - leak
    - lose
    - mislay
    - miss
    - muck about
    - muck around
    - muck up
    - pall
    - piece
    - pot
    - rack
    - rag
    - reason
    - rise
    - risk
    - shape
    * * *
    vt
    1. [extraviar] to lose;
    he perdido el paraguas I've lost my umbrella
    2. [dejar de tener] [dinero, amigo, empleo, interés] to lose;
    he perdido el contacto con ellos I've lost touch with them;
    la policía ha perdido la pista o [m5] el rastro de los secuestradores the police have lost track of the kidnappers;
    no sé nada de Ana, le he perdido la pista o [m5] el rastro I don't know anything about Ana, I've lost touch with her;
    el accidente le hizo perder la visión he lost his sight in the accident;
    ya hemos perdido toda esperanza de encontrarlo we've now given up o lost all hope of finding him;
    he perdido bastante práctica I'm rather out of practice;
    perder el equilibrio/la memoria to lose one's balance/memory;
    perder peso to lose weight;
    perder el miedo/el respeto a alguien to lose one's fear of/respect for sb;
    cientos de personas perdieron la vida hundreds of people lost their lives;
    no tienes/tiene/ etc[m5]. nada que perder you have/he has/ etc nothing to lose;
    Esp
    más se perdió en Cuba o [m5] en la guerra it's not as bad as all that, it's not the end of the world
    3. [ser derrotado en] [batalla, partido, campeonato, elecciones] to lose;
    este error podría hacerle perder el partido this mistake could lose her the game
    4. [desperdiciar] [tiempo] to waste;
    [oportunidad, ocasión] to miss;
    no pierdas el tiempo con o [m5] en tonterías don't waste your time on nonsense like that;
    he perdido toda la mañana en llamadas de teléfono I've wasted all morning making phone calls;
    no hay tiempo que perder there's no time to lose
    5. [no alcanzar] [tren, vuelo, autobús] to miss
    6. [tener un escape de] [agua] to lose, to leak;
    la bombona pierde aire air is escaping from the cylinder;
    ese camión va perdiendo aceite that truck o Br lorry is losing o leaking oil
    7. [perjudicar] to be the ruin of;
    le pierde su pasión por el juego his passion for gambling is ruining him
    8. Urug [examen] to fail
    vi
    1. [salir derrotado] to lose;
    perder al póquer/billar to lose at poker/billiards;
    perdimos (por) dos a cero we lost Br two-nil o US two-zero;
    no te pelees con él, que llevas las de perder don't get into a fight with him, you're bound to lose;
    sabe/no sabe perder he's a good/bad loser;
    salir perdiendo to lose out, to come off worse
    2. [empeorar] to go downhill;
    este restaurante ha perdido mucho this restaurant has really gone downhill;
    estas alfombras pierden bastante al lavarlas these rugs don't wash very well
    3. [tener un escape] [de agua, aceite] to have a leak;
    esa bombona pierde that gas cylinder is leaking;
    una de las ruedas pierde por la válvula the air's coming out of one of the tyres
    4. [en frases]
    echar algo a perder to spoil sth;
    echarse a perder [alimento] to spoil, Br to go off
    * * *
    I v/t
    1 objeto lose;
    ¡piérdete! get lost!;
    no tener nada que perder have nothing to lose
    2 tren, avión etc miss
    3 el tiempo waste
    II v/i lose;
    tener las de perder be at a disadvantage;
    salir perdiendo come off worst
    * * *
    perder {56} vt
    1) : to lose
    2) : to miss
    perdimos la oportunidad: we missed the opportunity
    3) : to waste (time)
    perder vi
    : to lose
    * * *
    perder vb
    1. (en general) to lose [pt. & pp. lost]
    2. (tren, avión, oportunidad, etc) to miss
    3. (tiempo) to waste
    4. (líquido, gas) to leak
    echar a perder algo to ruin something / to spoil something
    echarse a perder to go off / to go bad

    Spanish-English dictionary > perder

  • 14 शब्दः _śabdḥ

    शब्दः [शब्द्-घञ्]
    1 Sound (the object of the sense of hearing and property of आकाश); अथात्मनः शब्दगुणं गुणज्ञः पदं विमानेन विगाहमानः R.13.1.
    -2 Sound, note (of birds; men &c.), noise in general; विश्वासोपगमादभिन्नगतयः शब्दं सहन्ते मृगाः Ś.1.14; स शब्दस्तुमुलो$भवत् Bg.1.13; Ś.3.1; Ms.4.31; Ku.1.45.
    -3 The sound of a musical instrument; वाद्यशब्दः Pt.2; Ku.1.45.
    -4 A word, sound, significant word (for def. &c. see Mbh. in- troduction); एकः शब्दः सम्यगधीतः सम्यक् प्रयुक्तः स्वर्गे लोके कामधुग्भवति; so शब्दार्थौ.
    -5 A declinable word, a noun, substantive.
    -6 A title, an epithet; यस्यार्थुक्तं गिरिराज- शब्दं कुर्वन्ति बालव्यजनैश्चमर्यः Ku.1.13; Ś.2.15; नृपेण चक्रे युवराजशब्दभाक् R.3.35;2.53,64;3.49;5.22;18.42; V.1.1.
    -7 The name, mere name as in शब्दपति q. v.
    -3 Verbal authority (regarded by the Naiyāyikas as a Pramāṇa.
    -9 Grammar; Dk.1.1.
    -1 Fame; लब्धशब्देन कौसल्ये कुमारेण धनुष्मता Rām.2.63.11; स्वर्गाय शब्दं दिवमात्महेतोर्धर्मार्थमात्मंस्थितिमाचकाङ्क्ष Bu. Ch.2.53; (cf. also 'शब्दो$क्षरे यशोगीत्योः' -हैमः).
    -11 The sacred syllable ओम्.
    -12 A technical term.
    -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable ओम् uttered aloud.
    -अतीत a. beyond the power or reach of words, indescribable.
    -अधिष्ठानम् the ear.
    -अध्याहारः supplying a word (to complete an ellipsis).
    -अनुकृतिः onomatopœia.
    -अनुरूप a. proportionate or corresponding to the sound; शब्दानुरूपेण पराक्रमेण भवि- तव्यम् Pt.1.
    -अनुशासनम् the science of words; i. e. grammar.
    -अर्थः the meaning of a word. (
    -र्थौ dual) a word and its meaning; अदोषौ शब्दार्थौ K.P.1; न त्वयं शब्दार्थः, व्यामोहादेषा प्रतीतिः ŚB. on MS.4.1.14.
    -अलं- कारः a figure of speech depending for its charmingness on sound or words and disappearing as soon as the words which constitute the figure are replaced by others of the same meaning (opp. अर्थालंकार); e. g.; see K. P. 9.
    -आख्येय a. to be communicated in words; शब्दाख्येयं यदपि किल ते यः सखीनां पुरस्तात् Me.15. (
    -यम्) an oral or verbal communication.
    -आडम्बरः bombast, verbosity, high-sounding or grandiloquent words.
    -आदि a. begin- ning with शब्द (as the objects of sense); शब्दादीन् विषयान् भोक्तुं चरितुं दुश्चरं तपः R.1.25.
    -इन्द्रियम् the ear.
    -कार a. sounding, sonorous.
    -कोशः a lexicon, dictionary.
    - a.
    1 perceiving sounds.
    -2 uttering sounds.
    -गत a. inherent or residing in a word.
    -गतिः music, song.
    -गुण a. having sound for its quality; अथात्मनः शब्दगुणं गुणज्ञः R.13.1.
    -गोचरः the aim or object of speech.
    -ग्रहः 1 catching the sound.
    -2 the ear.
    -ग्रामः the range or reach of sound.
    -चातुर्यम् cleverness of style, eloquence.
    -चित्रम् one of the two subdivisions of the last (अवर or अधम) class of poetry (wherein the charm lies in the use of words which please the ear simply by their sound; see the example given under the word चित्र).
    -चोरः 'a word-thief', a plagiarist.
    -तन्मात्रम् the subtle element of sound.
    -नेतृ m. N. of Pāṇini.
    -पतिः a lord in name only, nominal lord; ननु शब्दपतिः क्षितरेहं त्वयि मे भावनिबन्धना रतिः R.8.52.
    -पातिन् a. hitting an invisible mark the sound of which is only heard, tra- cing a sound; शब्दपातिनमिषुं विससर्ज R.9.73.
    -प्रमाणम् verbal or oral evidence.
    -बोधः knowledge derived from verbal testimony.
    -ब्रह्मन् n.
    1 the Vedas; शब्द- ब्रह्मणि निष्णातः परं ब्रह्माधिगच्छति Maitra. Up.6.22.
    -2 spiritual knowledge consisting in words, knowledge of the Supreme Sprit or the Spirit itself; शब्दब्रह्मणस्तादृशं विवर्तमितिहासम् U.2;7.2.
    -3 a property of words called स्फोट q. v.
    -भाव्यत्वम् the state of becoming known through scriptural word only; कर्मणः शब्दभाव्य- त्वात्... Ms.7.1.9. (on which Śabara writes अथेह कर्मणः शब्दभाव्यत्वम् । नान्यतः शक्यमेतज्ज्ञातुं कस्यापूर्वस्य धर्मा इति ॥
    -भिद् f. perversion of words.
    -भेदिन् a. hitting a mark merely by its sound. (-m.)
    1 an epithet of Arjuna.
    -2 the anus.
    -3 a kind of arrow.
    -योनिः f. a root, radical word.
    -लक्षण a. what is determined by the sacred word; इह शब्दलक्षणे कर्मणि यथाशब्दार्थं प्रवृत्तिः ŚB. on Ms.11.1.26.
    -वारिधिः a vocabulary.
    -विद्या, -शास्त्रम् the science of words; i. e. grammar; अनन्तपारं किल शब्द- शास्त्रम् Pt.1; Śi.2.112;14.24.
    -विरोधः opposition of words (in a sentence).
    -विशेषः a variety of sound.
    -विशेषणम् (in gram.) an adjective, adjectival word.
    -वृत्तिः f.
    1 the function of a word (in Rhet.).
    -2 the power of a word (to convey sense), indicative power (लक्षणा); अदृष्टार्थाच्छब्दवृत्तिर्लघीयसी ŚB. on MS.11.1.48.
    -वेधिन् a. hitting an invisible mark the sound of which is only heard; see शब्दपातिन्; अभ्याससाध्यं निखिलं मत्वा संतमसे व्यधात् । इषुपातानभूद्येन शब्दवेधविशारदः ॥ Bm.1.632. (-m.)
    1 a kind of arrow.
    -2 an archer.
    -3 a warrior who pierces his enemies by mere sounds; Rām.2.63.11.
    -4 an epithet of king Daśaratha.
    -5 an epithet of Arjuna.
    -वेध्य a. to be shot at without being seen; एवं मयाप्यविज्ञातं शब्दवेध्यमिदं फलम् Rām.2.63.13.
    -वैलक्ष्यण्यम् verbal difference.
    -शक्तिः f. the force or expressive power of a word; signification of a word; see शक्ति.
    -शासनम् 1 a rule of grammar.
    -2 the science of gram- mar.
    -शुद्धिः f.
    1 purity of words.
    -2 the correct use of words.
    -श्लेषः a play or pun upon words, a verbal equivoque; (it differs from अर्थश्लेष in-as-much as the pun dissappears as soon as the words which constitute it are replaced by others of the same signification, whereas in अर्थश्लेष the pun remains unchanged; शब्दपरि- वृत्तिसहत्मर्थश्लेषः.)
    -संग्रहः a vocabulary, lexicon.
    -संज्ञा (in gram.) a technical term; P.I.1.68.
    -साधन, -साह a. See शब्दवेधिन्; ततो$स्त्रं शब्दसाहं वै त्वरमाणो महारणे Mb.3.22. 5.
    -सौष्ठवम् elegance of words, a graceful or elegant style.
    -सौकर्यम् ease of expression.
    -स्मृतिः f. philology.
    -हीनम् the use of a word in a form or meaning not sanctioned by standard authors.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > शब्दः _śabdḥ

  • 15 फलम् _phalam

    फलम् [फल्-अच्]
    1 Fruit (fig. also) as of a tree; उदेति पूर्वं कुसुमं ततः फलम् Ś.7.3; R.4.43;1.49.
    -2 Crop, produce; कृषिफलम् Me.16.
    -3 A result, fruit, consequence, effect; अत्युत्कटैः पापपुण्यैरिहैव फलमश्नुते H.1.8; फलेन ज्ञास्यसि Pt.1; न नवः प्रभुराफलोदयात् स्थिरकर्मा विरराम कर्मणः R.8.22;1.33; अनिष्टमिष्टं मिश्रं च त्रिविधं कर्मणः फलम् Bg.18.12.
    -4 (Hence) Reward, recompense, meed, retribution (good or bad); फलमस्योपहासस्य सद्यः प्राप्स्यसि पश्य माम् R.12.37.
    -5 A deed, act (opp. words); ब्रुवते हि फलेन साधवो न तु कण्ठेन निजोपयोगिताम् N.2.48 'good men prove their usefulness by deeds, not by words'.
    -6 Aim, object, purpose; परेङ्गितज्ञानफला हि बुद्धयः Pt.1.43; किमपेक्ष्य फलम् Ki.2.21, 'with what object in view; Me.56.
    -7 Use, good, profit, advantage; जगता वा विफलेन किं फलम् Bv.2.61.
    -8 Profit or interest on capital.
    -9 Progeny, offspring; तस्यापनोदाय फलप्रवृत्तावुपस्थितायामपि निर्व्यपेक्षः (त्यक्षामि) R.14.39.
    -1 A kernel (of a fruit).
    -11 A tablet or board (शारिफल).
    -12 A blade (of a sword).
    -13 The point or head of an arrow, dart &c.; barb; आरामुखं क्षुरप्रं च गोपुच्छं चार्धचन्द्रकम् । सूचीमुखं च भल्लं च वत्सदन्तं द्विभल्लकम् ॥ कर्णिकं काकतुण्डं च तथान्यान्यप्यनेकशः । फलानि देशभेदेन भवन्ति बहुरूपतः ॥ Dhanur.64-5; फलयोगमवाप्य सायकानाम् Ms.7.1; Ki.14.52.
    -14 A shield.
    -15 A testicle; अकर्तव्यमिदं यस्माद् विफलस्त्वं भविष्यसि Rām.1.48.27.
    -16 A gift.
    -17 The result of a calculation (in Math.)
    -18 Product or quotient.
    -19 Menstrual discharge.
    -2 Nutmeg.
    -21 A ploughshare.
    -22 Loss, disadvantage.
    -23 The second (or third) term in a rule-of-three sum.
    -24 Correlative equation.
    -25 The area of a figure.
    -26 The three myrobalans (त्रिफला).
    -27 A point on a die.
    -28 Benefit, enjoyment; ईश्वरा भूरिदानेन यल्लभन्ते फलं किल Pt.2.72.
    -29 Compensation; यावत् सस्यं विनश्येत् तु तावत् स्यात् क्षेत्रिणः फलम् Y.2.161.
    -3 A counterpart (प्रतिबिम्ब); तन्मायाफलरूपेण केवलं निर्विकल्पितम् Bhāg.11.24.3.
    -31 Shoulder-blade; तस्यां स फलके खड्गं निजघान ततो$ङ्गदः Rām.6.76.1.
    -Comp. -अदनः = फलाशनः q. v.; a parrot.
    -अधिकारः a claim for wages.
    -अध्यक्षः Mimu- sops Kauki (Mār. खिरणी).
    -अनुबन्धः succession or sequence of fruits or results.
    -अनुमेय a. to be inferred from the results or consequences; फलानुमेयाः प्रारम्भाः संस्काराः प्राक्तना इव R.1.2.
    -अनुसरणम् 1 rate of profits.
    -2 following or reaping consequences.
    -अन्तः a bamboo.
    -अन्वेषिन् a. seeking for reward or recompense (of actions).
    -अपूर्वम् The mystic power which produces the consequences of a sacrificial act.
    -अपेक्षा expectation of the fruits or consequences (of acts), regard to results.
    -अपेत a. useless, unfertile, unpro- ductive.
    -अम्लः a kind of sorrel. (
    -म्लम्) tamarind. ˚पञ्चकम् the five sour fruits; bergumot (जम्बीर), orange (नारिङ्ग), sorrel (आम्लवेतस), tamarind (चिञ्चा) and a citron (मातुलुङ्ग, Mar. महाळुंग).
    -अशनः a parrot.
    -अस्थि n. a cocoa-nut.
    -आकाङ्क्षा expectation of (good) re- sults; see फलापेक्षा.
    -आगमः 1 production of fruits, load of fruits; भवन्ति नम्रास्तरवः फलागमैः Ś.5.12.
    -2 the fruit season, autumn.
    -आढ्य a. full of or abounding in fruits. (
    -ढ्या) a kind of plantain.
    -आरामः a fruit- garden, orchard.
    -आसक्त a.
    1 fond of fuits.
    -2 attach- ed to fruits, fond of getting fruit (of actions done).
    -आसवः a decoction of fruit.
    -आहारः feeding or living on fruits, fruit-meal.
    -इन्द्रः a species of Jambū (Rājajambū).
    -उच्चयः a collection of fruits.
    -उत्तमा 1 a kind of grapes (having no stones).
    -2 = त्रिफला.
    -उत्पत्तिः f.
    1 production of fruit.
    -2 profit, gain. (
    -त्तिः) the mango tree (sometimes written फलोत्पति in this sense).
    -उत्प्रेक्षा a kind of comparison.
    -उदयः 1 ap- pearance of fruit, production of results or consequences, attainment of success or desired object; आफलोदयकर्मणाम् R.1.5;8.22.
    -2 profit, gain.
    -3 retribution, punishment.
    -4 happiness, joy.
    -5 heaven.
    -उद्गमः appear- ance of fruits; भवन्ति नम्रास्तरवः फलोद्गमैः Ś.5.12 (v. l.).
    -उद्देशः regard to results; see फलापेक्षा.
    -उन्मुख a. about to give fruit.
    - उपगम a. bearing fruit.
    -उपजीविन् a. living by cultivating or selling fruits.
    -उपभोगः 1 enjoyment of fruit.
    -2 partaking of reward.
    -उपेत a. yielding fruit, fruitful, fortile.
    -काम a. one who is desirous of fruit; धर्मवाणिजका मूढा फलकामा नराधमाः । अर्चयन्ति जगन्नाथं ते कामं नाप्नुवन्त्युत ॥ (मल. त. Śabda. ch.)
    -कामना desire of fruits or consequences.
    -कालः fruit- season.
    -केसरः the cocoanut tree.
    -कोशः, -षः, कोशकः the scrotum (covering of the testicles).
    -खण्डनम् frustration of fruits or results, disappointment.
    -खेला a quail.
    -ग्रन्थः (in astrol.) a work describing the effects of celestial phenomena on the destiny of men; Bṛi. S.
    -ग्रहः deriving benefit or advantage.
    -ग्रही, -ग्राहिन् a. (also फलेग्रहि and फलेग्राहिन्) fruitful, yielding or bearing fruit in season; श्लाध्यतां कुलमुपैति पैतृकं स्यान्मनोरथतरुः फलेग्रहिः Kir. K.3.6; Māl.9.39; भूष्णुरात्मा फलेग्रहिः Ait. Br. (शुनःशेप legend); फलेग्रहीन् हंसि वनस्पतीनाम् Bk.; द्वितीयो ह्यवकेशी स्यात् प्रथमस्तु फलेग्रहिः Śiva. B.16.27. (-m.) a fruit-tree.
    -ग्रहिष्णु a. fruitful.
    -चोरकः a kind of perfume (Mar. चोरओवा).
    - छदनम a house built of wooden boards.
    -तन्त्र a. aiming only at one's advantage.
    -त्रयम्, -त्रिकम् the three myrobalans (त्रिफला).
    -द, -दातृ, -प्रद a.
    1 productive, fruitful, bearing fruit; फलदानां तु वृक्षाणां छेदने जप्यमृक्शतम् Ms.11.142; गते$पि वयसि ग्राह्या विद्या सर्वात्मना बुधैः ।...... अन्यत्र फलदा भवेत् ॥ Subhāṣ.
    -2 bringing in gain or profit.
    -3 giving a reward, rewarding. (
    -दः) a tree.
    -धर्मन् a. ripening soon and then falling on the ground, perishing; फेनधर्मा महाराज फलधर्मा तथैव च। निमेषादपि कौन्तेय यस्यायुरपचीयते Mb.3.35.2-3.
    -निर्वृत्ति f. final consequence or reward.
    -निवृत्तिः f. cessation of consequences.
    -निष्पत्तिः f.
    1 production of fruit.
    -2 attainment of reward.
    -परिणतिः f.,
    -परिणामः, -पाकः (
    -फलेपाकः also)
    1 the ripening of fruit.
    -2 the fulness of cousequences.
    -पाकः Carissa Carandas (Mar. करवंद).
    -पाकान्ता, -पाकावसाना an annual plant; ओषध्यः फलपाकान्ताः Ak.
    -पातनम् knocking down or gathering fruit.
    -पादपः a fruit-tree.
    -पूरः, -पूरकः the common citron tree; एतस्मिन् फलपूरबीजनिकरभ्रान्त्या नितान्तारुणे संप्राप्तेषु शुकेषु पञ्जरशुका निर्गन्तुमुद्युञ्जते । Rām. Ch.7.86.
    -प्रजननम् the produc- tion of fruit.
    -प्रदानम् 1 the giving of fruits.
    -2 a ceremony at weddings.
    -प्राप्तिः f. attainment of the desired fruit of object.
    -प्रिया 1 the Priyaṅgu plant.
    -2 a species of crow.
    -प्रेप्सु a. desirous of attaining results.
    -बन्धिन् a. forming or developing fruit.
    -भागः a share in any product or profit.
    -भागिन्, -भाज् a. partaking of a reward or profit; दातॄन् प्रतिग्रहीतॄ प्रतिग्रहीतॄश्च कुरुते फल- भागिनः Ms.3.143.
    -भावना The acquisition of a result; success; सुपर्वणां हि स्फुटभावना या सा पूर्वरूपं फलभावनायाः N.14. 7.
    -भुज् m. a monkey; P. R.
    -भूमन् m. greater fruit; क्रतुवच्चानुमानेनाभ्यासे फलभूमा स्यात् MS.11.1.29.
    -भूयस्त्वम् (see फलभूमन् above); यथा कर्मसु सौर्यादिषु फलं कर्मणा क्रियत इति कर्माभ्यासे फलभूयस्त्वमेवमिहापि ŚB. on MS.11.1.29.
    -भूमिः f. a place where one receives the reward or recompense of his deeds (i. e. heaven or hell).
    -भृत् a. bearing fruit, fruitful.
    -भोगः 1 enjoyment of consequences.
    -2 usufruct.
    -मत्स्या the aloe plant.
    -मुख्या a species of plant (अजमोदा).
    -मूलम् fruits and roots; फलमूलाशिनौ दान्तौ Rāmarakṣā 18.
    -योगः 1 the attainment of fruit or the desired object; Mu.7.1.
    -2 wages, remuneration.
    -3 a stage in the perform- ance of a drama; सावस्था फलयोगः स्यात् यः समग्रफलागमः S. D.
    -राजन् m. a water-melon.
    -राशिः m. the 3rd term in the rule of three.
    -वन्ध्यः a tree barren of fruit.
    -वर्णिका jelly (?); Gaṇeśa P.2.149.
    -वर्तिः f. a coarse wick of cloth besmeared with some laxative and inserted into the anus for discharging the bowels, suppository.
    -वर्तुलम् a watermelon.
    -वल्ली a series of quotients.
    -विक्रयिन् a. a fruit-seller.
    -वृक्षः a fruit-tree.
    -वृक्षकः the bread-fruit tree.
    -शाडवः the pome- granate tree.
    -शालिन् a.
    1 bearing fruit, fruitful.
    -2 sharing in the consequences.
    -शैशिरः the Badara tree.
    -श्रेष्ठः the mango tree.
    -संस्थ a. bearing fruit.
    -संपद् f.
    1 abundance of fruit.
    -2 success.
    -3 prosperity.
    -साधनम् a means of effecting any desired object, realization of an object
    -सिद्धिः f.
    1 reaping fruit, attainment or realization of the desired object.
    -2 a prosperous result.
    -स्थानम् the stage in which results are enjoyed; Buddh.
    -स्थापनम् the sacrament called सीमन्तोन्नयन; फलस्थापनात् मातापितृजं पाप्मानमपोहति Hārīta.
    -स्नेहः a walnut tree.
    -हारी an epithet of Kālī or Durgā
    -हानिः loss of profit
    -हीन a. yielding no fruit or profit.
    -हेतु a. acting with a view to results.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > फलम् _phalam

  • 16 armatoste

    m.
    1 unwieldy object (mueble, objeto).
    2 useless object, contraption, hulk, banger.
    * * *
    1 (cosa) monstrosity; (máquina) useless contraption
    2 (persona) useless great oaf
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=objeto) monstrosity; (Mec) contraption; (Aut) old crock *, jalopy *, old banger *
    2) (=persona) bungling great fool *
    * * *
    masculino (fam) huge great thing (colloq)
    * * *
    Ex. If you are in cahoots with the circle of power, you get your projects approved in no time, and in some cases, you can build the most hideous and unsightly contraption.
    * * *
    masculino (fam) huge great thing (colloq)
    * * *

    Ex: If you are in cahoots with the circle of power, you get your projects approved in no time, and in some cases, you can build the most hideous and unsightly contraption.

    * * *
    ( fam)
    huge o hulking great thing ( colloq)
    * * *

    armatoste sustantivo masculino (fam) huge great thing (colloq)
    armatoste m (objeto grande) monstrosity
    ' armatoste' also found in these entries:
    English:
    hulk
    * * *
    1. [mueble, objeto] unwieldy object
    2. [máquina] contraption
    * * *
    m fam
    huge thing
    * * *
    armatoste nm, fam : monstrosity, contraption

    Spanish-English dictionary > armatoste

  • 17 discriminación

    f.
    1 discrimination, bias, prejudice.
    2 discrimination, nose, eye, keenness.
    * * *
    1 discrimination
    \
    discriminación racial racial discrimination
    * * *
    noun f.
    * * *

    discriminación positiva — positive discrimination, affirmative action (EEUU)

    * * *
    femenino discrimination
    * * *
    Ex. She was chairperson of the Task Force that in 1972 wrote a monumental report about discrimination against women in the library profession.
    ----
    * capacidad de discriminación = discriminating power.
    * discriminación de género = gender discrimination.
    * discriminación étnica = ethnic discrimination.
    * discriminación por razones de edad = ageism [agism].
    * discriminación positiva = affirmative action, positive discrimination.
    * discriminación racial = racial injustice, racial discrimination, colour bar.
    * discriminación salarial = pay discrimination, pay inequality, wage discrimination, salary discrimination.
    * discriminación sexual = sexual discrimination, sex discrimination, gender discrimination.
    * método del Valor de Discriminación (DV) = Discrimination Value model (DV).
    * poder de discriminación = discretion.
    * ser objeto de discriminación = suffer + discrimination.
    * validez de discriminación = discriminant validity.
    * * *
    femenino discrimination
    * * *

    Ex: She was chairperson of the Task Force that in 1972 wrote a monumental report about discrimination against women in the library profession.

    * capacidad de discriminación = discriminating power.
    * discriminación de género = gender discrimination.
    * discriminación étnica = ethnic discrimination.
    * discriminación por razones de edad = ageism [agism].
    * discriminación positiva = affirmative action, positive discrimination.
    * discriminación racial = racial injustice, racial discrimination, colour bar.
    * discriminación salarial = pay discrimination, pay inequality, wage discrimination, salary discrimination.
    * discriminación sexual = sexual discrimination, sex discrimination, gender discrimination.
    * método del Valor de Discriminación (DV) = Discrimination Value model (DV).
    * poder de discriminación = discretion.
    * ser objeto de discriminación = suffer + discrimination.
    * validez de discriminación = discriminant validity.

    * * *
    discrimination
    discriminación CONTRA algn/algo discrimination AGAINST sb/sth
    han sido objeto de discriminación they have been the object of discrimination
    un caso de discriminación de género/una discriminación de género a case of sex discrimination
    Compuestos:
    discrimination in the work place
    disability discrimination
    age discrimination, ageism
    sex discrimination
    sex discrimination
    positive discrimination
    discriminación racial/sexual
    racial/sexual discrimination
    * * *

    discriminación sustantivo femenino
    discrimination
    discriminación sustantivo femenino discrimination
    discriminación positiva, reverse discrimination
    ' discriminación' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    sexual
    English:
    affirmative
    - blatant
    - colour bar
    - discrimination
    - eradicate
    - outrage
    - reverse discrimination
    - taste
    - ageism
    - sex
    * * *
    discrimination
    discriminación positiva positive discrimination;
    discriminación racial racial discrimination;
    discriminación sexual sex o sexual discrimination
    * * *
    f discrimination
    * * *
    discriminación nf, pl - ciones : discrimination
    * * *
    discriminación n discrimination

    Spanish-English dictionary > discriminación

  • 18 स्व _sva

    स्व pron. a.
    1 One's own, belonging to oneself, often serving as a reflexive pronoun; स्वनियोगमशून्यं कुरु Ś.2; प्रजाः प्रजाः स्वा इव तन्त्रयित्वा 5.5; oft. in comp. in this sense; स्वपुत्र, स्वकलत्र, स्वद्रव्य.
    -2 Innate, natural, inherent, peculiar, inborn; सूर्यापाये न खलु कमलं पुष्यति स्वामभिख्याम् Me.82; Ś.1.19; स तस्य स्वो भावः प्रकृतिनियतत्वादकृतकः U. 6.14.
    -3 Belonging to one's own caste or tribe; शूद्रैव भार्या शूद्रस्य सा च स्वा च विशः स्मृते Ms.3.13;5.14.
    -स्वः 1 One's own self.
    -2 A relative, kinsman; एनं स्वा अभि- संविशन्ति भर्ता स्वानां श्रेष्ठः पुर एता भवति Bṛi. Up.1.3.18; (दौर्गत्यं) येन स्वैरपि मन्यन्ते जीवन्तो$पि मृता इव Pt.2.1; Ms. 2.19.
    -3 The soul.
    -4 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -स्वा A woman of one's own caste.
    -स्वः, -स्वम् 1 Wealth, property; as in निःस्व q. v.
    -2 (In alg.) The plus or affirmative quantity; cf. धनः; स्वशब्दो$यमात्मीयधनज्ञातीनां प्रत्येकं वाचको न समुदायस्य ŚB. on MS.6.7.2. The Ego.
    -4 Nature (स्वभावः); वृत्तिर्भूतानि भूतानां चराणामचराणि च । कृता स्वेन नृणां तत्र कामाच्चोदनयापि वा ॥ Bhāg.12.7.13.
    -Comp. -अक्षपादः a follower of the Nyāya system of philosophy.
    -अक्षरम् one's own hand-writing.
    -अधिकारः one's own duty or sway; स्वाधिकारात् प्रमत्तः Me.1; स्वाधिकारभूमौ Ś.7.
    -अधिपत्यम् one's own supremacy, sovereignty.
    -अधि- ष्ठानम् one of the six Chakras or mystical circles of the body.
    -अधीन a.
    1 dependent on oneself, self-dependent.
    -2 independent.
    -3 one's own subject.
    -4 in one's own power; स्वाधीना वचनीयतापि हि वरं बद्धो न सेवाञ्जलिः Mk.3. 11. ˚कुशल a. having prosperity in one's own power; स्वाधीनकुशलाः सिद्धिमन्तः Ś.4. ˚ पतिका, ˚भर्तृका a woman who has full control over her husband, one whose husband is subject to her; अथ सा निर्गताबाधा राधा स्वाधीनभर्तृका । निजगाद रतिक्लान्तं कान्तं मण्डनवाञ्छया Gīt.12; see S. D.112. et seq.
    -अध्यायः 1 self-recitation, muttering to oneself.
    -2 study of the Vedas, sacred study, perusal of sacred books; स्वाध्यायेनार्चयेदृषीन् Ms.3.81; Bg.16.1; T. Up.1.9.1.
    -3 the Veda itself.
    -4 a day on which sacred study is enjoined to be resumed after suspension. ˚अर्थिन् m. a student who tries to secure his own livelihood during his course of holy study; Ms.11.1.
    -अध्यायिन् m.
    1 a student of the Vedas.
    -2 a tradesman.
    -अनुभवः, अनुभूतिः f.
    1 self-experience.
    -2 self-knowledge; स्वानुभूत्येकसाराय नमः शान्ताय तेजसे Bh.2.1. अनुभावः love for property.
    -अनुरूप a.
    1 natural, inborn.
    -2 worthy of oneself.
    -अन्तम् 1 the mind; मम स्वान्तध्वान्तं तिरयतु नवीनो जलधरः Bv.4.5; Mv.7.17.
    -2 a cavern.
    -3 one's own death, end.
    -अर्जित a. self-acquired.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 self-interested.
    -2 having its own or true meaning.
    -3 having one's own object or aim.
    -4 pleonastic.
    (-र्थः) 1 one's own interest, self-interest; सर्वः स्वार्थं समीहते Śi.2.65; स्वार्थात्सतां गुरुतरा प्रणयिक्रियैव V. 4.15.
    -2 own or inherent meaning; स्वार्थे णिच्, स्वार्थे कप्रत्ययः &c.; परार्थव्यासङ्गादुपजहदथ स्वार्थपरताम् Bv.1.79 (where both senses are intended).
    -3 = पुरुषार्थः q. v.; Bhāg.12.2.6. ˚अनुमानम् inference for oneself, a kind of inductive reasoning, one of the two main kinds of अनुमान, the other being परार्थानुमान. ˚पण्डित a.
    1 clever in one's own affairs.
    -2 expert in attending to one's own interests. ˚पर, ˚परायण a. intent on securing one's own interests, selfish; परार्थानुष्ठाने जडयति नृपं स्वार्थपरता Mu.3.4. ˚विघातः frustration of one's object. ˚सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of one's own object.
    -आनन्दः delight in one's self.
    -आयत्त a. subject to, or dependent upon, oneself; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणं विधात्रा विनिर्मितं छादनमज्ञतायाः Bh. 2.7.
    -आरब्ध, -आरम्भक a. self-undertaken.
    - आहत a. coined by one's self.
    -इच्छा self-will, own inclination. ˚आचारः acting as one likes; self-will. ˚मृत्युः an epithet of Bhīṣma.
    -उत्थ a. innate.
    -उदयः the rising of a sign or heavenly body at any particular place.
    -उपधिः a fixed star.
    -कम्पनः air, wind.
    -कर्मन् one's own duty (स्वधर्म); स्वकर्मनिरतः सिद्धिं यथा विन्दति तच्छृणु Bg.18. 45.
    -कर्मस्थ a. minding one's own duty; अधीयीरंस्त्रयो वर्णाः स्वकर्मस्था द्विजातयः Ms.1.1.
    -कर्मिन् a. selfish.
    -कामिन् a. selfish.
    -कार्यम् one's own business or interest.
    -कुलक्षयः a fish.
    -कृतम् a deed done by one's self.
    -कृतंभुज् a. experiencing the results of former deeds (प्रारब्धकर्म); मा शोचतं महाभागावात्मजान् स्वकृतंभुजः Bhāg.1. 4.18.
    -गतम् ind. to oneself, aside (in theatrical lang- uage).
    -गृहः a kind of bird.
    -गोचर a. subject to one's self; स्वगोचरे सत्यपि चित्तहारिणा Ki.8.13.
    -चर a. self-moving.
    -छन्द a.
    1 self-willed, uncontrolled, wanton.
    -2 spontaneous.
    -3 wild. (
    -न्दः) one's own will or choice, own fancy or pleasure, independence. (
    -न्दम्) ind. at one's own will or pleasure, wantonly, volunta- rily; स्वच्छन्दं दलदरविन्द ते मरन्दं विन्दन्तो विदधतु गुञ्जितं मिलिन्दाः Bv.1.15.
    - a.
    1 self-born.
    -2 natural (स्वाभाविक); आगता त्वामियं बुद्धिः स्वजा वैनायिकी च या Rām.2.112.16.
    (-जः) 1 a son or child.
    -2 sweat, perspiration.
    -3 a viper. (
    -जा) a daughter. (
    -जम्) blood.
    -जनः 1 a kinsman, relative; इतःप्रत्यादेशात् स्वजनमनुगन्तुं व्यवसिता Ś. 6.8; Pt.1.5.
    -2 one's own people or kindred, one's household. ˚गन्धिन् a. distantly related to. (स्वजनायते Den. P. 'becomes or is treated as a relation'; Pt.1.5.)
    -जातिः 1 one's own kind.
    -2 one's own family or caste.
    -ज्ञातिः a kinsman.
    -ता personal regard or interest; अस्यां मे महती स्वता Svapna.1.7.
    -तन्त्र a.
    1 self-dependent, uncontrolled, independent, self-willed.
    -2 of age, full-grown. (
    -न्त्रम्) one's own (common group of) subsidiaries; जैमिनेः परतन्त्रापत्तेः स्वतन्त्रप्रतिषेधः स्यात् MS. 12.1.8. (
    -न्त्रः) a blind man.
    -दृश् a. seeing one's self; ईयते भगवानेभिः सगुणो निर्गुणः स्वदृक् Bhāg.3.32.36.
    -देशः one's own country, native country. ˚जः, ˚बन्धुः a fellow countryman.
    -धर्मः 1 one's own religion.
    -2 one's own duty, the duties of one's own class; Ms.1.88,91; स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेयः परधर्मो भयावहः Bg.3.35.
    -3 peculiarity, one's own rights.
    -निघ्न a. depending on or subservi- ent to oneself; (पुराणि च) निगृह्य निग्रहाभिज्ञो निन्ये नेता स्वनिघ्नताम् Śiva B.25.9.
    -पक्षः 1 one's own side or party.
    -2 a friend.
    -3 one's own opinion.
    -पणः one's own stake.
    -परमण्डलम् one's own and an enemy's country.
    -प्रकाश a.
    1 self-evident.
    -2 self-luminous.
    -प्रतिष्ठ a. astringent.
    -प्रधान a. independent.
    -प्रयोगात् ind. by means of one's own efforts.
    -बीजः the soul.
    -भटः 1 one's own warrior.
    -2 bodyguard.
    -भावः 1 own state.
    -2 an essential or inherent property, natu- ral constitution, innate or peculiar disposition, nature; स्वभावहेतुजा भावाः Mb.12.211.3; पौरुषं कारणं केचिदाहुः कर्मसु मानवाः । दैवमेके प्रशंसन्ति स्वभावमपरे जनाः ॥ 12.238.4; Bg.5.14; स्वभावो दुरतिक्रमः Subhāṣ.; so कुटिल˚, शुद्ध˚, मृदु˚, चपल˚, कठिन˚ &c. ˚आत्मक a. natural, inborn; स्वभावतः प्रवृत्तो यः प्राप्नोत्यर्थ न कारणात्। तत् स्वभावात्मकं विद्धि फलं पुरुष- सत्तम ॥ Mb.3.32.19. ˚उक्तिः f.
    1 spontaneous declara- tion.
    -2 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech which consists in describing a thing to the life, or with exact resem- blance; स्वभावोक्तिस्तु डिम्भादेः स्वक्रियारूपवर्णनम् K. P.1, or नानावस्थं पदार्थानां रूपं साक्षाद्विवृण्वती Kāv.2.8. ˚ज a. innate, natural. ˚भावः natural disposition. ˚वादः the doctrine that the universe was produced and is sustained by the natural and necessary action of substances according to their inherent properties, (and not by the agency of a Supreme Being). ˚सिद्ध a. natural, sponta- neous, inborn.
    -भूः m.
    1 an epithet of Brahman.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu. -f. one's own country, home.
    -मनीषा own judgement.
    -मनीषिका indifference.
    -मात्रेण ind. by one's self.
    -युतिः the line which joins the extremities of the perpendicular and diagonal.
    -यूथ्यः a relation.
    -योनि a. related on the mother's side. (-m., f.) own womb, one's own place of birth. (-f.) a sister or near female relative; रेतःसेकः स्वयोनीषु कुमारीष्वन्त्यजासु च (गुरुतल्पसमं विदुः) Ms.11.58.
    -रसः 1 natural taste.
    -2 proper taste or sentiment in com- position.
    -3 a kind of astringent juice.
    -4 the residue of oily substances (ground on a stone.)
    -राज् a.
    1 self-luminons; त्वमकरणः स्वराडखिलकारकशक्तिधरः Bhāg.1. 87.28.
    -2 self-wise; Bhāg.1.1.1. -m.
    1 the Supreme Being.
    -2 one of the seven rays of the sun.
    -3 N. of Brahmā; दिदृक्षुरागादृषिभिर्वृतः स्वराट् Bhāg.3.18.2.
    -4 N. of Viṣṇ&u; हस्तौ च निरभिद्येतां बलं ताभ्यां ततः स्वराट् Bhāg.3. 26.59.
    -5 a king with a revenue of 5 lacs to one crore Karṣas; ततस्तु कोटिपर्यन्तः स्वराट् सम्राट् ततः परम् Śukra.1. 185.
    -राज्यम् 1 independent dominion or sovereignty.
    -2 own kingdom.
    -राष्ट्रम् own kingdom.
    -रुचिः one's own pleasure.
    -रूप a.
    1 similar, like.
    -2 handsome, pleasing, lovely.
    -3 learned, wise.
    (-पम्) 1 one's own form or shape, natural state or condition; तत्रान्यस्य कथं न भावि जगतो यस्मात् स्वरूपं हि तत् Pt.1.159.
    -2 natural character or form, true constitution.
    -3 nature.
    -4 peculiar aim.
    -5 kind, sort, species. ˚असिद्धि f. one of the three forms of fallacy called असिद्ध q. v.
    -लक्षणम् a peculiar characteristic or property.
    -लोकः 1 one's own form (आत्मरूप); व्यर्थो$पि नैवोपरमेत पुंसां मत्तः परावृत्तधियां स्वलोकात् Bhāg.11.22.34.
    -2 self-knowledge; पुष्णन् स्वलोकाय न कल्पते वै Bhāg.7.6.16.
    -बत् a. possessed of property; स्ववती श्रुत्यनुरोधात् ŚB. on MS.6.1.2.
    -वश a.
    1 self-controlled.
    -2 independent.
    -वहित a.
    1 self-impelled.
    -2 alert, active.
    -वासिनी a woman whether married or unmarried who continues to live after maturity in her father's house.
    -विग्रहः one's own body.
    -विषयः one's own country, home.
    -वृत्तम् one's own business.
    -वृत्ति a. living by one's own exertions.
    -संविद् f. the knowledge of one's own or the true essence.
    -संवृत a. self-protected, self-guarded; मायां नित्यं स्वसंवृतः Ms.7.14.
    -संवेदनम् knowledge derived from one's self.
    -संस्था 1 self-abiding.
    -2 self-possession.
    -3 ab- sorption in one's own self; उन्मत्तमत्तजडवत्स्वसंस्थां गतस्य मे वीर चिकित्सितेन Bhāg.5.1.13.
    -स्थ a.
    1 self-abiding.
    -2 self-dependent, relying on one's own exer- tions, confident, firm, resolute; स्वस्थं तं सूचयन्तीव वञ्चितो$सीति वीक्षितैः Bu. Ch.4.37.
    -3 independent.
    -4 doing well, well, in health, at ease, comfortable; स्वस्थ एवास्मि Māl.4; स्वस्थे को वा न पण्डितः Pt.1.127; see अखस्थ also.
    -5 contented, happy. (
    -स्थम्) ind. at ease, comfortably, composedly.
    -स्थानम् one's own place or home, one's own abode; नक्रः स्वस्थानमासाद्य गजेन्द्रमपि कर्षति Pt.3.46. ˚विवृद्धिः (Mīmāṁsā) augmen- tation in its own place (opp. दण्डकलितवत् आवृत्तिः); तत्र पूर्णे पुनरावृत्तिर्नास्तीति दण्डकलितवद् न स्यात् । न च वृद्ध्या विना तद न्तरं पूर्यते इति स्वस्थानविवृद्धिरागतेति ŚB. on MS.1.5.83.
    -स्वरूपम् one's true character.
    -हन्तृ m. suicide.
    -हरणम् confiscation of property.
    -हस्तः one's own hand or handwriting, an autograph; see under हस्त.
    -हस्तिका an axe.
    -हित a. beneficial to oneself (
    -तम्) one's own good or advantage, one's own welfare.
    -हेतुः one's own cause.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > स्व _sva

  • 19 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is (); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yetthough, Lat. attamenetsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 20 Á

    * * *
    a negative suffix to verbs, not;
    era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.
    * * *
    1.
    á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]
    With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.
    WITH DAT.
    A. Loc.
    I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.
    II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.
    2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).
    3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.
    4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.
    III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).
    B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:
    I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.
    II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.
    III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.
    IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.
    C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:
    I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.
    2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.
    3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.
    II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.
    III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.
    IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’
    2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.
    V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.
    VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.
    VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.
    VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.
    WITH ACC.
    A. Loc.
    I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.
    2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.
    3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.
    II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:
    1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.
    2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.
    III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.
    IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.
    V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.
    VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.
    VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.
    B. TEMP.
    I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.
    II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.
    III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.
    IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.
    V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.
    VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.
    VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.
    C. Metaph. and in various relations:
    I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.
    β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.
    II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:
    1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.
    2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.
    3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.
    β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.
    III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.
    IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:
    1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.
    2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.
    3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.
    V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.
    VI. connected with nouns,
    1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.
    2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.
    3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.
    VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.
    2.
    f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.
    COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á

См. также в других словарях:

  • Object 187 — Type Main battle tank Place of origin  Soviet Union …   Wikipedia

  • Power Instinct — Genres Fighting game Developers Atlus, Noise Factory Publishers Atlus Platforms Arcade …   Wikipedia

  • Object-oriented ontology — (OOO) is a metaphysical movement that rejects the privileging of human existence over the existence of nonhuman objects.[1] Specifically, object oriented ontology opposes the anthropocentrism of Immanuel Kant s Copernican Revolution, whereby… …   Wikipedia

  • Object Process Methodology — (OPM) is an approach to designing information systems by depicting them using object models and process models. OPM was conceived and developed by Prof. Dov Dori, at the Technion – Israel Institute of Technology. A paper that first presented… …   Wikipedia

  • Object Windows Library — Developer(s) Originally Borland (now Codegear) Initial release 1991 Stable release OWLNext 6.30.9 / September 2, 2010; 14 months ago (2010 09 02) …   Wikipedia

  • Object Subject Verb — (OSV) or Object Agent Verb (OAV) is one of the permutations of expression used in Linguistic typology.OSV or OAV denotes the sequence Object Subject Verb in neutral expressions: Oranges Sam ate. It is a notation used when classifying languages… …   Wikipedia

  • Power — Pow er, n. [OE. pouer, poer, OF. poeir, pooir, F. pouvoir, n. & v., fr. LL. potere, for L. posse, potesse, to be able, to have power. See {Possible}, {Potent}, and cf. {Posse comitatus}.] 1. Ability to act, regarded as latent or inherent; the… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Power loom — Power Pow er, n. [OE. pouer, poer, OF. poeir, pooir, F. pouvoir, n. & v., fr. LL. potere, for L. posse, potesse, to be able, to have power. See {Possible}, {Potent}, and cf. {Posse comitatus}.] 1. Ability to act, regarded as latent or inherent;… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Power of a point — Power Pow er, n. [OE. pouer, poer, OF. poeir, pooir, F. pouvoir, n. & v., fr. LL. potere, for L. posse, potesse, to be able, to have power. See {Possible}, {Potent}, and cf. {Posse comitatus}.] 1. Ability to act, regarded as latent or inherent;… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Power of attorney — Power Pow er, n. [OE. pouer, poer, OF. poeir, pooir, F. pouvoir, n. & v., fr. LL. potere, for L. posse, potesse, to be able, to have power. See {Possible}, {Potent}, and cf. {Posse comitatus}.] 1. Ability to act, regarded as latent or inherent;… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Power press — Power Pow er, n. [OE. pouer, poer, OF. poeir, pooir, F. pouvoir, n. & v., fr. LL. potere, for L. posse, potesse, to be able, to have power. See {Possible}, {Potent}, and cf. {Posse comitatus}.] 1. Ability to act, regarded as latent or inherent;… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»